diff options
| author | Fabio Alessandrelli <fabio.alessandrelli@gmail.com> | 2019-02-16 17:19:46 +0100 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Fabio Alessandrelli <fabio.alessandrelli@gmail.com> | 2019-02-20 01:30:32 +0100 |
| commit | 2e495c73d691391c763b79d11ad3c74504a85519 (patch) | |
| tree | d8b40cc435eec65f51260ddd2c2bf18ca2527774 /thirdparty/mbedtls/include | |
| parent | aa5b99821b23d74eafb49f4b0d2d86fe693a903c (diff) | |
Bump mbedTLS to version 2.16 (LTS version)
Diffstat (limited to 'thirdparty/mbedtls/include')
60 files changed, 4447 insertions, 1828 deletions
diff --git a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/aes.h b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/aes.h index f6603d5962..b42e564efc 100644 --- a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/aes.h +++ b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/aes.h @@ -60,7 +60,11 @@ /* Error codes in range 0x0021-0x0025 */ #define MBEDTLS_ERR_AES_BAD_INPUT_DATA -0x0021 /**< Invalid input data. */ + +/* MBEDTLS_ERR_AES_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE is deprecated and should not be used. */ #define MBEDTLS_ERR_AES_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE -0x0023 /**< Feature not available. For example, an unsupported AES key size. */ + +/* MBEDTLS_ERR_AES_HW_ACCEL_FAILED is deprecated and should not be used. */ #define MBEDTLS_ERR_AES_HW_ACCEL_FAILED -0x0025 /**< AES hardware accelerator failed. */ #if ( defined(__ARMCC_VERSION) || defined(_MSC_VER) ) && \ @@ -79,7 +83,7 @@ extern "C" { /** * \brief The AES context-type definition. */ -typedef struct +typedef struct mbedtls_aes_context { int nr; /*!< The number of rounds. */ uint32_t *rk; /*!< AES round keys. */ @@ -98,7 +102,7 @@ mbedtls_aes_context; /** * \brief The AES XTS context-type definition. */ -typedef struct +typedef struct mbedtls_aes_xts_context { mbedtls_aes_context crypt; /*!< The AES context to use for AES block encryption or decryption. */ @@ -117,7 +121,7 @@ typedef struct * It must be the first API called before using * the context. * - * \param ctx The AES context to initialize. + * \param ctx The AES context to initialize. This must not be \c NULL. */ void mbedtls_aes_init( mbedtls_aes_context *ctx ); @@ -125,6 +129,8 @@ void mbedtls_aes_init( mbedtls_aes_context *ctx ); * \brief This function releases and clears the specified AES context. * * \param ctx The AES context to clear. + * If this is \c NULL, this function does nothing. + * Otherwise, the context must have been at least initialized. */ void mbedtls_aes_free( mbedtls_aes_context *ctx ); @@ -135,7 +141,7 @@ void mbedtls_aes_free( mbedtls_aes_context *ctx ); * It must be the first API called before using * the context. * - * \param ctx The AES XTS context to initialize. + * \param ctx The AES XTS context to initialize. This must not be \c NULL. */ void mbedtls_aes_xts_init( mbedtls_aes_xts_context *ctx ); @@ -143,6 +149,8 @@ void mbedtls_aes_xts_init( mbedtls_aes_xts_context *ctx ); * \brief This function releases and clears the specified AES XTS context. * * \param ctx The AES XTS context to clear. + * If this is \c NULL, this function does nothing. + * Otherwise, the context must have been at least initialized. */ void mbedtls_aes_xts_free( mbedtls_aes_xts_context *ctx ); #endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_XTS */ @@ -151,7 +159,9 @@ void mbedtls_aes_xts_free( mbedtls_aes_xts_context *ctx ); * \brief This function sets the encryption key. * * \param ctx The AES context to which the key should be bound. + * It must be initialized. * \param key The encryption key. + * This must be a readable buffer of size \p keybits bits. * \param keybits The size of data passed in bits. Valid options are: * <ul><li>128 bits</li> * <li>192 bits</li> @@ -167,7 +177,9 @@ int mbedtls_aes_setkey_enc( mbedtls_aes_context *ctx, const unsigned char *key, * \brief This function sets the decryption key. * * \param ctx The AES context to which the key should be bound. + * It must be initialized. * \param key The decryption key. + * This must be a readable buffer of size \p keybits bits. * \param keybits The size of data passed. Valid options are: * <ul><li>128 bits</li> * <li>192 bits</li> @@ -185,8 +197,10 @@ int mbedtls_aes_setkey_dec( mbedtls_aes_context *ctx, const unsigned char *key, * sets the encryption key. * * \param ctx The AES XTS context to which the key should be bound. + * It must be initialized. * \param key The encryption key. This is comprised of the XTS key1 * concatenated with the XTS key2. + * This must be a readable buffer of size \p keybits bits. * \param keybits The size of \p key passed in bits. Valid options are: * <ul><li>256 bits (each of key1 and key2 is a 128-bit key)</li> * <li>512 bits (each of key1 and key2 is a 256-bit key)</li></ul> @@ -203,8 +217,10 @@ int mbedtls_aes_xts_setkey_enc( mbedtls_aes_xts_context *ctx, * sets the decryption key. * * \param ctx The AES XTS context to which the key should be bound. + * It must be initialized. * \param key The decryption key. This is comprised of the XTS key1 * concatenated with the XTS key2. + * This must be a readable buffer of size \p keybits bits. * \param keybits The size of \p key passed in bits. Valid options are: * <ul><li>256 bits (each of key1 and key2 is a 128-bit key)</li> * <li>512 bits (each of key1 and key2 is a 256-bit key)</li></ul> @@ -230,10 +246,13 @@ int mbedtls_aes_xts_setkey_dec( mbedtls_aes_xts_context *ctx, * call to this API with the same context. * * \param ctx The AES context to use for encryption or decryption. + * It must be initialized and bound to a key. * \param mode The AES operation: #MBEDTLS_AES_ENCRYPT or * #MBEDTLS_AES_DECRYPT. - * \param input The 16-Byte buffer holding the input data. - * \param output The 16-Byte buffer holding the output data. + * \param input The buffer holding the input data. + * It must be readable and at least \c 16 Bytes long. + * \param output The buffer where the output data will be written. + * It must be writeable and at least \c 16 Bytes long. * \return \c 0 on success. */ @@ -256,8 +275,8 @@ int mbedtls_aes_crypt_ecb( mbedtls_aes_context *ctx, * mbedtls_aes_setkey_enc() or mbedtls_aes_setkey_dec() must be called * before the first call to this API with the same context. * - * \note This function operates on aligned blocks, that is, the input size - * must be a multiple of the AES block size of 16 Bytes. + * \note This function operates on full blocks, that is, the input size + * must be a multiple of the AES block size of \c 16 Bytes. * * \note Upon exit, the content of the IV is updated so that you can * call the same function again on the next @@ -268,13 +287,17 @@ int mbedtls_aes_crypt_ecb( mbedtls_aes_context *ctx, * * * \param ctx The AES context to use for encryption or decryption. + * It must be initialized and bound to a key. * \param mode The AES operation: #MBEDTLS_AES_ENCRYPT or * #MBEDTLS_AES_DECRYPT. * \param length The length of the input data in Bytes. This must be a - * multiple of the block size (16 Bytes). + * multiple of the block size (\c 16 Bytes). * \param iv Initialization vector (updated after use). + * It must be a readable and writeable buffer of \c 16 Bytes. * \param input The buffer holding the input data. + * It must be readable and of size \p length Bytes. * \param output The buffer holding the output data. + * It must be writeable and of size \p length Bytes. * * \return \c 0 on success. * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_AES_INVALID_INPUT_LENGTH @@ -302,9 +325,10 @@ int mbedtls_aes_crypt_cbc( mbedtls_aes_context *ctx, * returns #MBEDTLS_ERR_AES_INVALID_INPUT_LENGTH. * * \param ctx The AES XTS context to use for AES XTS operations. + * It must be initialized and bound to a key. * \param mode The AES operation: #MBEDTLS_AES_ENCRYPT or * #MBEDTLS_AES_DECRYPT. - * \param length The length of a data unit in bytes. This can be any + * \param length The length of a data unit in Bytes. This can be any * length between 16 bytes and 2^24 bytes inclusive * (between 1 and 2^20 block cipher blocks). * \param data_unit The address of the data unit encoded as an array of 16 @@ -312,15 +336,15 @@ int mbedtls_aes_crypt_cbc( mbedtls_aes_context *ctx, * is typically the index of the block device sector that * contains the data. * \param input The buffer holding the input data (which is an entire - * data unit). This function reads \p length bytes from \p + * data unit). This function reads \p length Bytes from \p * input. * \param output The buffer holding the output data (which is an entire - * data unit). This function writes \p length bytes to \p + * data unit). This function writes \p length Bytes to \p * output. * * \return \c 0 on success. * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_AES_INVALID_INPUT_LENGTH if \p length is - * smaller than an AES block in size (16 bytes) or if \p + * smaller than an AES block in size (16 Bytes) or if \p * length is larger than 2^20 blocks (16 MiB). */ int mbedtls_aes_crypt_xts( mbedtls_aes_xts_context *ctx, @@ -356,13 +380,18 @@ int mbedtls_aes_crypt_xts( mbedtls_aes_xts_context *ctx, * * * \param ctx The AES context to use for encryption or decryption. + * It must be initialized and bound to a key. * \param mode The AES operation: #MBEDTLS_AES_ENCRYPT or * #MBEDTLS_AES_DECRYPT. - * \param length The length of the input data. + * \param length The length of the input data in Bytes. * \param iv_off The offset in IV (updated after use). + * It must point to a valid \c size_t. * \param iv The initialization vector (updated after use). + * It must be a readable and writeable buffer of \c 16 Bytes. * \param input The buffer holding the input data. + * It must be readable and of size \p length Bytes. * \param output The buffer holding the output data. + * It must be writeable and of size \p length Bytes. * * \return \c 0 on success. */ @@ -397,12 +426,16 @@ int mbedtls_aes_crypt_cfb128( mbedtls_aes_context *ctx, * * * \param ctx The AES context to use for encryption or decryption. + * It must be initialized and bound to a key. * \param mode The AES operation: #MBEDTLS_AES_ENCRYPT or * #MBEDTLS_AES_DECRYPT * \param length The length of the input data. * \param iv The initialization vector (updated after use). + * It must be a readable and writeable buffer of \c 16 Bytes. * \param input The buffer holding the input data. + * It must be readable and of size \p length Bytes. * \param output The buffer holding the output data. + * It must be writeable and of size \p length Bytes. * * \return \c 0 on success. */ @@ -447,11 +480,16 @@ int mbedtls_aes_crypt_cfb8( mbedtls_aes_context *ctx, * will compromise security. * * \param ctx The AES context to use for encryption or decryption. + * It must be initialized and bound to a key. * \param length The length of the input data. * \param iv_off The offset in IV (updated after use). + * It must point to a valid \c size_t. * \param iv The initialization vector (updated after use). + * It must be a readable and writeable buffer of \c 16 Bytes. * \param input The buffer holding the input data. + * It must be readable and of size \p length Bytes. * \param output The buffer holding the output data. + * It must be writeable and of size \p length Bytes. * * \return \c 0 on success. */ @@ -523,15 +561,21 @@ int mbedtls_aes_crypt_ofb( mbedtls_aes_context *ctx, * securely discarded as soon as it's no longer needed. * * \param ctx The AES context to use for encryption or decryption. + * It must be initialized and bound to a key. * \param length The length of the input data. * \param nc_off The offset in the current \p stream_block, for * resuming within the current cipher stream. The * offset pointer should be 0 at the start of a stream. + * It must point to a valid \c size_t. * \param nonce_counter The 128-bit nonce and counter. + * It must be a readable-writeable buffer of \c 16 Bytes. * \param stream_block The saved stream block for resuming. This is * overwritten by the function. + * It must be a readable-writeable buffer of \c 16 Bytes. * \param input The buffer holding the input data. + * It must be readable and of size \p length Bytes. * \param output The buffer holding the output data. + * It must be writeable and of size \p length Bytes. * * \return \c 0 on success. */ @@ -584,7 +628,7 @@ int mbedtls_internal_aes_decrypt( mbedtls_aes_context *ctx, * \brief Deprecated internal AES block encryption function * without return value. * - * \deprecated Superseded by mbedtls_aes_encrypt_ext() in 2.5.0. + * \deprecated Superseded by mbedtls_internal_aes_encrypt() * * \param ctx The AES context to use for encryption. * \param input Plaintext block. @@ -598,7 +642,7 @@ MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED void mbedtls_aes_encrypt( mbedtls_aes_context *ctx, * \brief Deprecated internal AES block decryption function * without return value. * - * \deprecated Superseded by mbedtls_aes_decrypt_ext() in 2.5.0. + * \deprecated Superseded by mbedtls_internal_aes_decrypt() * * \param ctx The AES context to use for decryption. * \param input Ciphertext block. diff --git a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/aesni.h b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/aesni.h index 746baa0e17..0196f49b87 100644 --- a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/aesni.h +++ b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/aesni.h @@ -2,6 +2,9 @@ * \file aesni.h * * \brief AES-NI for hardware AES acceleration on some Intel processors + * + * \warning These functions are only for internal use by other library + * functions; you must not call them directly. */ /* * Copyright (C) 2006-2015, ARM Limited, All Rights Reserved @@ -42,7 +45,10 @@ extern "C" { #endif /** - * \brief AES-NI features detection routine + * \brief Internal function to detect the AES-NI feature in CPUs. + * + * \note This function is only for internal use by other library + * functions; you must not call it directly. * * \param what The feature to detect * (MBEDTLS_AESNI_AES or MBEDTLS_AESNI_CLMUL) @@ -52,7 +58,10 @@ extern "C" { int mbedtls_aesni_has_support( unsigned int what ); /** - * \brief AES-NI AES-ECB block en(de)cryption + * \brief Internal AES-NI AES-ECB block encryption and decryption + * + * \note This function is only for internal use by other library + * functions; you must not call it directly. * * \param ctx AES context * \param mode MBEDTLS_AES_ENCRYPT or MBEDTLS_AES_DECRYPT @@ -62,12 +71,15 @@ int mbedtls_aesni_has_support( unsigned int what ); * \return 0 on success (cannot fail) */ int mbedtls_aesni_crypt_ecb( mbedtls_aes_context *ctx, - int mode, - const unsigned char input[16], - unsigned char output[16] ); + int mode, + const unsigned char input[16], + unsigned char output[16] ); /** - * \brief GCM multiplication: c = a * b in GF(2^128) + * \brief Internal GCM multiplication: c = a * b in GF(2^128) + * + * \note This function is only for internal use by other library + * functions; you must not call it directly. * * \param c Result * \param a First operand @@ -77,21 +89,29 @@ int mbedtls_aesni_crypt_ecb( mbedtls_aes_context *ctx, * elements of GF(2^128) as per the GCM spec. */ void mbedtls_aesni_gcm_mult( unsigned char c[16], - const unsigned char a[16], - const unsigned char b[16] ); + const unsigned char a[16], + const unsigned char b[16] ); /** - * \brief Compute decryption round keys from encryption round keys + * \brief Internal round key inversion. This function computes + * decryption round keys from the encryption round keys. + * + * \note This function is only for internal use by other library + * functions; you must not call it directly. * * \param invkey Round keys for the equivalent inverse cipher * \param fwdkey Original round keys (for encryption) * \param nr Number of rounds (that is, number of round keys minus one) */ void mbedtls_aesni_inverse_key( unsigned char *invkey, - const unsigned char *fwdkey, int nr ); + const unsigned char *fwdkey, + int nr ); /** - * \brief Perform key expansion (for encryption) + * \brief Internal key expansion for encryption + * + * \note This function is only for internal use by other library + * functions; you must not call it directly. * * \param rk Destination buffer where the round keys are written * \param key Encryption key @@ -100,8 +120,8 @@ void mbedtls_aesni_inverse_key( unsigned char *invkey, * \return 0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_AES_INVALID_KEY_LENGTH */ int mbedtls_aesni_setkey_enc( unsigned char *rk, - const unsigned char *key, - size_t bits ); + const unsigned char *key, + size_t bits ); #ifdef __cplusplus } diff --git a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/arc4.h b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/arc4.h index f11fc5be0a..c43f4065f1 100644 --- a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/arc4.h +++ b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/arc4.h @@ -36,6 +36,7 @@ #include <stddef.h> +/* MBEDTLS_ERR_ARC4_HW_ACCEL_FAILED is deprecated and should not be used. */ #define MBEDTLS_ERR_ARC4_HW_ACCEL_FAILED -0x0019 /**< ARC4 hardware accelerator failed. */ #ifdef __cplusplus @@ -53,7 +54,7 @@ extern "C" { * security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers instead. * */ -typedef struct +typedef struct mbedtls_arc4_context { int x; /*!< permutation index */ int y; /*!< permutation index */ diff --git a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/aria.h b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/aria.h index bae0621b23..1e8956ed13 100644 --- a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/aria.h +++ b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/aria.h @@ -39,6 +39,8 @@ #include <stddef.h> #include <stdint.h> +#include "platform_util.h" + #define MBEDTLS_ARIA_ENCRYPT 1 /**< ARIA encryption. */ #define MBEDTLS_ARIA_DECRYPT 0 /**< ARIA decryption. */ @@ -46,9 +48,18 @@ #define MBEDTLS_ARIA_MAX_ROUNDS 16 /**< Maxiumum number of rounds in ARIA. */ #define MBEDTLS_ARIA_MAX_KEYSIZE 32 /**< Maximum size of an ARIA key in bytes. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ARIA_INVALID_KEY_LENGTH -0x005C /**< Invalid key length. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ARIA_INVALID_INPUT_LENGTH -0x005E /**< Invalid data input length. */ +#if !defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED) +#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ARIA_INVALID_KEY_LENGTH MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_NUMERIC_CONSTANT( -0x005C ) +#endif /* !MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED */ +#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ARIA_BAD_INPUT_DATA -0x005C /**< Bad input data. */ + +#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ARIA_INVALID_INPUT_LENGTH -0x005E /**< Invalid data input length. */ + +/* MBEDTLS_ERR_ARIA_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE is deprecated and should not be used. + */ #define MBEDTLS_ERR_ARIA_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE -0x005A /**< Feature not available. For example, an unsupported ARIA key size. */ + +/* MBEDTLS_ERR_ARIA_HW_ACCEL_FAILED is deprecated and should not be used. */ #define MBEDTLS_ERR_ARIA_HW_ACCEL_FAILED -0x0058 /**< ARIA hardware accelerator failed. */ #if !defined(MBEDTLS_ARIA_ALT) @@ -62,7 +73,7 @@ extern "C" { /** * \brief The ARIA context-type definition. */ -typedef struct +typedef struct mbedtls_aria_context { unsigned char nr; /*!< The number of rounds (12, 14 or 16) */ /*! The ARIA round keys. */ @@ -80,14 +91,16 @@ mbedtls_aria_context; * It must be the first API called before using * the context. * - * \param ctx The ARIA context to initialize. + * \param ctx The ARIA context to initialize. This must not be \c NULL. */ void mbedtls_aria_init( mbedtls_aria_context *ctx ); /** * \brief This function releases and clears the specified ARIA context. * - * \param ctx The ARIA context to clear. + * \param ctx The ARIA context to clear. This may be \c NULL, in which + * case this function returns immediately. If it is not \c NULL, + * it must point to an initialized ARIA context. */ void mbedtls_aria_free( mbedtls_aria_context *ctx ); @@ -95,14 +108,16 @@ void mbedtls_aria_free( mbedtls_aria_context *ctx ); * \brief This function sets the encryption key. * * \param ctx The ARIA context to which the key should be bound. - * \param key The encryption key. - * \param keybits The size of data passed in bits. Valid options are: + * This must be initialized. + * \param key The encryption key. This must be a readable buffer + * of size \p keybits Bits. + * \param keybits The size of \p key in Bits. Valid options are: * <ul><li>128 bits</li> * <li>192 bits</li> * <li>256 bits</li></ul> * - * \return \c 0 on success or #MBEDTLS_ERR_ARIA_INVALID_KEY_LENGTH - * on failure. + * \return \c 0 on success. + * \return A negative error code on failure. */ int mbedtls_aria_setkey_enc( mbedtls_aria_context *ctx, const unsigned char *key, @@ -112,13 +127,16 @@ int mbedtls_aria_setkey_enc( mbedtls_aria_context *ctx, * \brief This function sets the decryption key. * * \param ctx The ARIA context to which the key should be bound. - * \param key The decryption key. + * This must be initialized. + * \param key The decryption key. This must be a readable buffer + * of size \p keybits Bits. * \param keybits The size of data passed. Valid options are: * <ul><li>128 bits</li> * <li>192 bits</li> * <li>256 bits</li></ul> * - * \return \c 0 on success, or #MBEDTLS_ERR_ARIA_INVALID_KEY_LENGTH on failure. + * \return \c 0 on success. + * \return A negative error code on failure. */ int mbedtls_aria_setkey_dec( mbedtls_aria_context *ctx, const unsigned char *key, @@ -137,10 +155,12 @@ int mbedtls_aria_setkey_dec( mbedtls_aria_context *ctx, * call to this API with the same context. * * \param ctx The ARIA context to use for encryption or decryption. + * This must be initialized and bound to a key. * \param input The 16-Byte buffer holding the input data. * \param output The 16-Byte buffer holding the output data. * \return \c 0 on success. + * \return A negative error code on failure. */ int mbedtls_aria_crypt_ecb( mbedtls_aria_context *ctx, const unsigned char input[MBEDTLS_ARIA_BLOCKSIZE], @@ -172,16 +192,21 @@ int mbedtls_aria_crypt_ecb( mbedtls_aria_context *ctx, * * * \param ctx The ARIA context to use for encryption or decryption. - * \param mode The ARIA operation: #MBEDTLS_ARIA_ENCRYPT or - * #MBEDTLS_ARIA_DECRYPT. + * This must be initialized and bound to a key. + * \param mode The mode of operation. This must be either + * #MBEDTLS_ARIA_ENCRYPT for encryption, or + * #MBEDTLS_ARIA_DECRYPT for decryption. * \param length The length of the input data in Bytes. This must be a * multiple of the block size (16 Bytes). * \param iv Initialization vector (updated after use). - * \param input The buffer holding the input data. - * \param output The buffer holding the output data. + * This must be a readable buffer of size 16 Bytes. + * \param input The buffer holding the input data. This must + * be a readable buffer of length \p length Bytes. + * \param output The buffer holding the output data. This must + * be a writable buffer of length \p length Bytes. * - * \return \c 0 on success, or #MBEDTLS_ERR_ARIA_INVALID_INPUT_LENGTH - * on failure. + * \return \c 0 on success. + * \return A negative error code on failure. */ int mbedtls_aria_crypt_cbc( mbedtls_aria_context *ctx, int mode, @@ -216,15 +241,22 @@ int mbedtls_aria_crypt_cbc( mbedtls_aria_context *ctx, * * * \param ctx The ARIA context to use for encryption or decryption. - * \param mode The ARIA operation: #MBEDTLS_ARIA_ENCRYPT or - * #MBEDTLS_ARIA_DECRYPT. - * \param length The length of the input data. + * This must be initialized and bound to a key. + * \param mode The mode of operation. This must be either + * #MBEDTLS_ARIA_ENCRYPT for encryption, or + * #MBEDTLS_ARIA_DECRYPT for decryption. + * \param length The length of the input data \p input in Bytes. * \param iv_off The offset in IV (updated after use). + * This must not be larger than 15. * \param iv The initialization vector (updated after use). - * \param input The buffer holding the input data. - * \param output The buffer holding the output data. + * This must be a readable buffer of size 16 Bytes. + * \param input The buffer holding the input data. This must + * be a readable buffer of length \p length Bytes. + * \param output The buffer holding the output data. This must + * be a writable buffer of length \p length Bytes. * * \return \c 0 on success. + * \return A negative error code on failure. */ int mbedtls_aria_crypt_cfb128( mbedtls_aria_context *ctx, int mode, @@ -294,17 +326,24 @@ int mbedtls_aria_crypt_cfb128( mbedtls_aria_context *ctx, * securely discarded as soon as it's no longer needed. * * \param ctx The ARIA context to use for encryption or decryption. - * \param length The length of the input data. - * \param nc_off The offset in the current \p stream_block, for - * resuming within the current cipher stream. The - * offset pointer should be 0 at the start of a stream. - * \param nonce_counter The 128-bit nonce and counter. - * \param stream_block The saved stream block for resuming. This is - * overwritten by the function. - * \param input The buffer holding the input data. - * \param output The buffer holding the output data. - * - * \return \c 0 on success. + * This must be initialized and bound to a key. + * \param length The length of the input data \p input in Bytes. + * \param nc_off The offset in Bytes in the current \p stream_block, + * for resuming within the current cipher stream. The + * offset pointer should be \c 0 at the start of a + * stream. This must not be larger than \c 15 Bytes. + * \param nonce_counter The 128-bit nonce and counter. This must point to + * a read/write buffer of length \c 16 bytes. + * \param stream_block The saved stream block for resuming. This must + * point to a read/write buffer of length \c 16 bytes. + * This is overwritten by the function. + * \param input The buffer holding the input data. This must + * be a readable buffer of length \p length Bytes. + * \param output The buffer holding the output data. This must + * be a writable buffer of length \p length Bytes. + * + * \return \c 0 on success. + * \return A negative error code on failure. */ int mbedtls_aria_crypt_ctr( mbedtls_aria_context *ctx, size_t length, diff --git a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/asn1write.h b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/asn1write.h index f76fc807d0..76c1780b59 100644 --- a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/asn1write.h +++ b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/asn1write.h @@ -26,191 +26,272 @@ #include "asn1.h" -#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_CHK_ADD(g, f) do { if( ( ret = f ) < 0 ) return( ret ); else \ - g += ret; } while( 0 ) +#define MBEDTLS_ASN1_CHK_ADD(g, f) \ + do { \ + if( ( ret = f ) < 0 ) \ + return( ret ); \ + else \ + g += ret; \ + } while( 0 ) #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif /** - * \brief Write a length field in ASN.1 format - * Note: function works backwards in data buffer + * \brief Write a length field in ASN.1 format. * - * \param p reference to current position pointer - * \param start start of the buffer (for bounds-checking) - * \param len the length to write + * \note This function works backwards in data buffer. * - * \return the length written or a negative error code + * \param p The reference to the current position pointer. + * \param start The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking. + * \param len The length value to write. + * + * \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success. + * \return A negative \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_XXX error code on failure. */ -int mbedtls_asn1_write_len( unsigned char **p, unsigned char *start, size_t len ); - +int mbedtls_asn1_write_len( unsigned char **p, unsigned char *start, + size_t len ); /** - * \brief Write a ASN.1 tag in ASN.1 format - * Note: function works backwards in data buffer + * \brief Write an ASN.1 tag in ASN.1 format. + * + * \note This function works backwards in data buffer. * - * \param p reference to current position pointer - * \param start start of the buffer (for bounds-checking) - * \param tag the tag to write + * \param p The reference to the current position pointer. + * \param start The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking. + * \param tag The tag to write. * - * \return the length written or a negative error code + * \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success. + * \return A negative \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_XXX error code on failure. */ int mbedtls_asn1_write_tag( unsigned char **p, unsigned char *start, - unsigned char tag ); + unsigned char tag ); /** - * \brief Write raw buffer data - * Note: function works backwards in data buffer + * \brief Write raw buffer data. * - * \param p reference to current position pointer - * \param start start of the buffer (for bounds-checking) - * \param buf data buffer to write - * \param size length of the data buffer + * \note This function works backwards in data buffer. * - * \return the length written or a negative error code + * \param p The reference to the current position pointer. + * \param start The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking. + * \param buf The data buffer to write. + * \param size The length of the data buffer. + * + * \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success. + * \return A negative \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_XXX error code on failure. */ int mbedtls_asn1_write_raw_buffer( unsigned char **p, unsigned char *start, - const unsigned char *buf, size_t size ); + const unsigned char *buf, size_t size ); #if defined(MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C) /** - * \brief Write a big number (MBEDTLS_ASN1_INTEGER) in ASN.1 format - * Note: function works backwards in data buffer + * \brief Write a arbitrary-precision number (#MBEDTLS_ASN1_INTEGER) + * in ASN.1 format. + * + * \note This function works backwards in data buffer. * - * \param p reference to current position pointer - * \param start start of the buffer (for bounds-checking) - * \param X the MPI to write + * \param p The reference to the current position pointer. + * \param start The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking. + * \param X The MPI to write. * - * \return the length written or a negative error code + * \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success. + * \return A negative \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_XXX error code on failure. */ -int mbedtls_asn1_write_mpi( unsigned char **p, unsigned char *start, const mbedtls_mpi *X ); +int mbedtls_asn1_write_mpi( unsigned char **p, unsigned char *start, + const mbedtls_mpi *X ); #endif /* MBEDTLS_BIGNUM_C */ /** - * \brief Write a NULL tag (MBEDTLS_ASN1_NULL) with zero data in ASN.1 format - * Note: function works backwards in data buffer + * \brief Write a NULL tag (#MBEDTLS_ASN1_NULL) with zero data + * in ASN.1 format. + * + * \note This function works backwards in data buffer. * - * \param p reference to current position pointer - * \param start start of the buffer (for bounds-checking) + * \param p The reference to the current position pointer. + * \param start The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking. * - * \return the length written or a negative error code + * \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success. + * \return A negative \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_XXX error code on failure. */ int mbedtls_asn1_write_null( unsigned char **p, unsigned char *start ); /** - * \brief Write an OID tag (MBEDTLS_ASN1_OID) and data in ASN.1 format - * Note: function works backwards in data buffer + * \brief Write an OID tag (#MBEDTLS_ASN1_OID) and data + * in ASN.1 format. * - * \param p reference to current position pointer - * \param start start of the buffer (for bounds-checking) - * \param oid the OID to write - * \param oid_len length of the OID + * \note This function works backwards in data buffer. * - * \return the length written or a negative error code + * \param p The reference to the current position pointer. + * \param start The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking. + * \param oid The OID to write. + * \param oid_len The length of the OID. + * + * \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success. + * \return A negative \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_XXX error code on failure. */ int mbedtls_asn1_write_oid( unsigned char **p, unsigned char *start, - const char *oid, size_t oid_len ); + const char *oid, size_t oid_len ); /** - * \brief Write an AlgorithmIdentifier sequence in ASN.1 format - * Note: function works backwards in data buffer + * \brief Write an AlgorithmIdentifier sequence in ASN.1 format. + * + * \note This function works backwards in data buffer. * - * \param p reference to current position pointer - * \param start start of the buffer (for bounds-checking) - * \param oid the OID of the algorithm - * \param oid_len length of the OID - * \param par_len length of parameters, which must be already written. + * \param p The reference to the current position pointer. + * \param start The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking. + * \param oid The OID of the algorithm to write. + * \param oid_len The length of the algorithm's OID. + * \param par_len The length of the parameters, which must be already written. * If 0, NULL parameters are added * - * \return the length written or a negative error code + * \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success. + * \return A negative \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_XXX error code on failure. */ -int mbedtls_asn1_write_algorithm_identifier( unsigned char **p, unsigned char *start, - const char *oid, size_t oid_len, - size_t par_len ); +int mbedtls_asn1_write_algorithm_identifier( unsigned char **p, + unsigned char *start, + const char *oid, size_t oid_len, + size_t par_len ); /** - * \brief Write a boolean tag (MBEDTLS_ASN1_BOOLEAN) and value in ASN.1 format - * Note: function works backwards in data buffer + * \brief Write a boolean tag (#MBEDTLS_ASN1_BOOLEAN) and value + * in ASN.1 format. + * + * \note This function works backwards in data buffer. * - * \param p reference to current position pointer - * \param start start of the buffer (for bounds-checking) - * \param boolean 0 or 1 + * \param p The reference to the current position pointer. + * \param start The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking. + * \param boolean The boolean value to write, either \c 0 or \c 1. * - * \return the length written or a negative error code + * \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success. + * \return A negative \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_XXX error code on failure. */ -int mbedtls_asn1_write_bool( unsigned char **p, unsigned char *start, int boolean ); +int mbedtls_asn1_write_bool( unsigned char **p, unsigned char *start, + int boolean ); /** - * \brief Write an int tag (MBEDTLS_ASN1_INTEGER) and value in ASN.1 format - * Note: function works backwards in data buffer + * \brief Write an int tag (#MBEDTLS_ASN1_INTEGER) and value + * in ASN.1 format. * - * \param p reference to current position pointer - * \param start start of the buffer (for bounds-checking) - * \param val the integer value + * \note This function works backwards in data buffer. * - * \return the length written or a negative error code + * \param p The reference to the current position pointer. + * \param start The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking. + * \param val The integer value to write. + * + * \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success. + * \return A negative \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_XXX error code on failure. */ int mbedtls_asn1_write_int( unsigned char **p, unsigned char *start, int val ); /** - * \brief Write a printable string tag (MBEDTLS_ASN1_PRINTABLE_STRING) and - * value in ASN.1 format - * Note: function works backwards in data buffer + * \brief Write a string in ASN.1 format using a specific + * string encoding tag. + + * \note This function works backwards in data buffer. + * + * \param p The reference to the current position pointer. + * \param start The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking. + * \param tag The string encoding tag to write, e.g. + * #MBEDTLS_ASN1_UTF8_STRING. + * \param text The string to write. + * \param text_len The length of \p text in bytes (which might + * be strictly larger than the number of characters). + * + * \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success. + * \return A negative error code on failure. + */ +int mbedtls_asn1_write_tagged_string( unsigned char **p, unsigned char *start, + int tag, const char *text, + size_t text_len ); + +/** + * \brief Write a string in ASN.1 format using the PrintableString + * string encoding tag (#MBEDTLS_ASN1_PRINTABLE_STRING). + * + * \note This function works backwards in data buffer. + * + * \param p The reference to the current position pointer. + * \param start The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking. + * \param text The string to write. + * \param text_len The length of \p text in bytes (which might + * be strictly larger than the number of characters). + * + * \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success. + * \return A negative error code on failure. + */ +int mbedtls_asn1_write_printable_string( unsigned char **p, + unsigned char *start, + const char *text, size_t text_len ); + +/** + * \brief Write a UTF8 string in ASN.1 format using the UTF8String + * string encoding tag (#MBEDTLS_ASN1_PRINTABLE_STRING). + * + * \note This function works backwards in data buffer. * - * \param p reference to current position pointer - * \param start start of the buffer (for bounds-checking) - * \param text the text to write - * \param text_len length of the text + * \param p The reference to the current position pointer. + * \param start The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking. + * \param text The string to write. + * \param text_len The length of \p text in bytes (which might + * be strictly larger than the number of characters). * - * \return the length written or a negative error code + * \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success. + * \return A negative error code on failure. */ -int mbedtls_asn1_write_printable_string( unsigned char **p, unsigned char *start, - const char *text, size_t text_len ); +int mbedtls_asn1_write_utf8_string( unsigned char **p, unsigned char *start, + const char *text, size_t text_len ); /** - * \brief Write an IA5 string tag (MBEDTLS_ASN1_IA5_STRING) and - * value in ASN.1 format - * Note: function works backwards in data buffer + * \brief Write a string in ASN.1 format using the IA5String + * string encoding tag (#MBEDTLS_ASN1_IA5_STRING). * - * \param p reference to current position pointer - * \param start start of the buffer (for bounds-checking) - * \param text the text to write - * \param text_len length of the text + * \note This function works backwards in data buffer. * - * \return the length written or a negative error code + * \param p The reference to the current position pointer. + * \param start The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking. + * \param text The string to write. + * \param text_len The length of \p text in bytes (which might + * be strictly larger than the number of characters). + * + * \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success. + * \return A negative error code on failure. */ int mbedtls_asn1_write_ia5_string( unsigned char **p, unsigned char *start, - const char *text, size_t text_len ); + const char *text, size_t text_len ); /** - * \brief Write a bitstring tag (MBEDTLS_ASN1_BIT_STRING) and - * value in ASN.1 format - * Note: function works backwards in data buffer + * \brief Write a bitstring tag (#MBEDTLS_ASN1_BIT_STRING) and + * value in ASN.1 format. + * + * \note This function works backwards in data buffer. * - * \param p reference to current position pointer - * \param start start of the buffer (for bounds-checking) - * \param buf the bitstring - * \param bits the total number of bits in the bitstring + * \param p The reference to the current position pointer. + * \param start The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking. + * \param buf The bitstring to write. + * \param bits The total number of bits in the bitstring. * - * \return the length written or a negative error code + * \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success. + * \return A negative error code on failure. */ int mbedtls_asn1_write_bitstring( unsigned char **p, unsigned char *start, - const unsigned char *buf, size_t bits ); + const unsigned char *buf, size_t bits ); /** - * \brief Write an octet string tag (MBEDTLS_ASN1_OCTET_STRING) and - * value in ASN.1 format - * Note: function works backwards in data buffer + * \brief Write an octet string tag (#MBEDTLS_ASN1_OCTET_STRING) + * and value in ASN.1 format. + * + * \note This function works backwards in data buffer. * - * \param p reference to current position pointer - * \param start start of the buffer (for bounds-checking) - * \param buf data buffer to write - * \param size length of the data buffer + * \param p The reference to the current position pointer. + * \param start The start of the buffer, for bounds-checking. + * \param buf The buffer holding the data to write. + * \param size The length of the data buffer \p buf. * - * \return the length written or a negative error code + * \return The number of bytes written to \p p on success. + * \return A negative error code on failure. */ int mbedtls_asn1_write_octet_string( unsigned char **p, unsigned char *start, - const unsigned char *buf, size_t size ); + const unsigned char *buf, size_t size ); /** * \brief Create or find a specific named_data entry for writing in a @@ -218,15 +299,16 @@ int mbedtls_asn1_write_octet_string( unsigned char **p, unsigned char *start, * a new entry is added to the head of the list. * Warning: Destructive behaviour for the val data! * - * \param list Pointer to the location of the head of the list to seek - * through (will be updated in case of a new entry) - * \param oid The OID to look for - * \param oid_len Size of the OID - * \param val Data to store (can be NULL if you want to fill it by hand) - * \param val_len Minimum length of the data buffer needed + * \param list The pointer to the location of the head of the list to seek + * through (will be updated in case of a new entry). + * \param oid The OID to look for. + * \param oid_len The size of the OID. + * \param val The data to store (can be \c NULL if you want to fill + * it by hand). + * \param val_len The minimum length of the data buffer needed. * - * \return NULL if if there was a memory allocation error, or a pointer - * to the new / existing entry. + * \return A pointer to the new / existing entry on success. + * \return \c NULL if if there was a memory allocation error. */ mbedtls_asn1_named_data *mbedtls_asn1_store_named_data( mbedtls_asn1_named_data **list, const char *oid, size_t oid_len, diff --git a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/bignum.h b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/bignum.h index 31383b1eb5..141a8e9adf 100644 --- a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/bignum.h +++ b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/bignum.h @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ extern "C" { /** * \brief MPI structure */ -typedef struct +typedef struct mbedtls_mpi { int s; /*!< integer sign */ size_t n; /*!< total # of limbs */ @@ -186,96 +186,115 @@ typedef struct mbedtls_mpi; /** - * \brief Initialize one MPI (make internal references valid) - * This just makes it ready to be set or freed, + * \brief Initialize an MPI context. + * + * This makes the MPI ready to be set or freed, * but does not define a value for the MPI. * - * \param X One MPI to initialize. + * \param X The MPI context to initialize. This must not be \c NULL. */ void mbedtls_mpi_init( mbedtls_mpi *X ); /** - * \brief Unallocate one MPI + * \brief This function frees the components of an MPI context. * - * \param X One MPI to unallocate. + * \param X The MPI context to be cleared. This may be \c NULL, + * in which case this function is a no-op. If it is + * not \c NULL, it must point to an initialized MPI. */ void mbedtls_mpi_free( mbedtls_mpi *X ); /** - * \brief Enlarge to the specified number of limbs + * \brief Enlarge an MPI to the specified number of limbs. * - * This function does nothing if the MPI is already large enough. + * \note This function does nothing if the MPI is + * already large enough. * - * \param X MPI to grow - * \param nblimbs The target number of limbs + * \param X The MPI to grow. It must be initialized. + * \param nblimbs The target number of limbs. * - * \return 0 if successful, - * MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if memory allocation failed + * \return \c 0 if successful. + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if memory allocation failed. + * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure. */ int mbedtls_mpi_grow( mbedtls_mpi *X, size_t nblimbs ); /** - * \brief Resize down, keeping at least the specified number of limbs + * \brief This function resizes an MPI downwards, keeping at least the + * specified number of limbs. * * If \c X is smaller than \c nblimbs, it is resized up * instead. * - * \param X MPI to shrink - * \param nblimbs The minimum number of limbs to keep + * \param X The MPI to shrink. This must point to an initialized MPI. + * \param nblimbs The minimum number of limbs to keep. * - * \return 0 if successful, - * MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if memory allocation failed + * \return \c 0 if successful. + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if memory allocation failed * (this can only happen when resizing up). + * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure. */ int mbedtls_mpi_shrink( mbedtls_mpi *X, size_t nblimbs ); /** - * \brief Copy the contents of Y into X + * \brief Make a copy of an MPI. + * + * \param X The destination MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI. + * \param Y The source MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI. * - * \param X Destination MPI. It is enlarged if necessary. - * \param Y Source MPI. + * \note The limb-buffer in the destination MPI is enlarged + * if necessary to hold the value in the source MPI. * - * \return 0 if successful, - * MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if memory allocation failed + * \return \c 0 if successful. + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if memory allocation failed. + * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure. */ int mbedtls_mpi_copy( mbedtls_mpi *X, const mbedtls_mpi *Y ); /** - * \brief Swap the contents of X and Y + * \brief Swap the contents of two MPIs. * - * \param X First MPI value - * \param Y Second MPI value + * \param X The first MPI. It must be initialized. + * \param Y The second MPI. It must be initialized. */ void mbedtls_mpi_swap( mbedtls_mpi *X, mbedtls_mpi *Y ); /** - * \brief Safe conditional assignement X = Y if assign is 1 + * \brief Perform a safe conditional copy of MPI which doesn't + * reveal whether the condition was true or not. * - * \param X MPI to conditionally assign to - * \param Y Value to be assigned - * \param assign 1: perform the assignment, 0: keep X's original value - * - * \return 0 if successful, - * MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if memory allocation failed, + * \param X The MPI to conditionally assign to. This must point + * to an initialized MPI. + * \param Y The MPI to be assigned from. This must point to an + * initialized MPI. + * \param assign The condition deciding whether to perform the + * assignment or not. Possible values: + * * \c 1: Perform the assignment `X = Y`. + * * \c 0: Keep the original value of \p X. * * \note This function is equivalent to - * if( assign ) mbedtls_mpi_copy( X, Y ); + * `if( assign ) mbedtls_mpi_copy( X, Y );` * except that it avoids leaking any information about whether * the assignment was done or not (the above code may leak * information through branch prediction and/or memory access * patterns analysis). + * + * \return \c 0 if successful. + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if memory allocation failed. + * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure. */ int mbedtls_mpi_safe_cond_assign( mbedtls_mpi *X, const mbedtls_mpi *Y, unsigned char assign ); /** - * \brief Safe conditional swap X <-> Y if swap is 1 + * \brief Perform a safe conditional swap which doesn't + * reveal whether the condition was true or not. * - * \param X First mbedtls_mpi value - * \param Y Second mbedtls_mpi value - * \param assign 1: perform the swap, 0: keep X and Y's original values - * - * \return 0 if successful, - * MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if memory allocation failed, + * \param X The first MPI. This must be initialized. + * \param Y The second MPI. This must be initialized. + * \param assign The condition deciding whether to perform + * the swap or not. Possible values: + * * \c 1: Swap the values of \p X and \p Y. + * * \c 0: Keep the original values of \p X and \p Y. * * \note This function is equivalent to * if( assign ) mbedtls_mpi_swap( X, Y ); @@ -283,415 +302,512 @@ int mbedtls_mpi_safe_cond_assign( mbedtls_mpi *X, const mbedtls_mpi *Y, unsigned * the assignment was done or not (the above code may leak * information through branch prediction and/or memory access * patterns analysis). + * + * \return \c 0 if successful. + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if memory allocation failed. + * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure. + * */ int mbedtls_mpi_safe_cond_swap( mbedtls_mpi *X, mbedtls_mpi *Y, unsigned char assign ); /** - * \brief Set value from integer + * \brief Store integer value in MPI. * - * \param X MPI to set - * \param z Value to use + * \param X The MPI to set. This must be initialized. + * \param z The value to use. * - * \return 0 if successful, - * MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if memory allocation failed + * \return \c 0 if successful. + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if memory allocation failed. + * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure. */ int mbedtls_mpi_lset( mbedtls_mpi *X, mbedtls_mpi_sint z ); /** - * \brief Get a specific bit from X + * \brief Get a specific bit from an MPI. * - * \param X MPI to use - * \param pos Zero-based index of the bit in X + * \param X The MPI to query. This must be initialized. + * \param pos Zero-based index of the bit to query. * - * \return Either a 0 or a 1 + * \return \c 0 or \c 1 on success, depending on whether bit \c pos + * of \c X is unset or set. + * \return A negative error code on failure. */ int mbedtls_mpi_get_bit( const mbedtls_mpi *X, size_t pos ); /** - * \brief Set a bit of X to a specific value of 0 or 1 + * \brief Modify a specific bit in an MPI. * - * \note Will grow X if necessary to set a bit to 1 in a not yet - * existing limb. Will not grow if bit should be set to 0 + * \note This function will grow the target MPI if necessary to set a + * bit to \c 1 in a not yet existing limb. It will not grow if + * the bit should be set to \c 0. * - * \param X MPI to use - * \param pos Zero-based index of the bit in X - * \param val The value to set the bit to (0 or 1) + * \param X The MPI to modify. This must be initialized. + * \param pos Zero-based index of the bit to modify. + * \param val The desired value of bit \c pos: \c 0 or \c 1. * - * \return 0 if successful, - * MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if memory allocation failed, - * MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_BAD_INPUT_DATA if val is not 0 or 1 + * \return \c 0 if successful. + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if memory allocation failed. + * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure. */ int mbedtls_mpi_set_bit( mbedtls_mpi *X, size_t pos, unsigned char val ); /** - * \brief Return the number of zero-bits before the least significant - * '1' bit + * \brief Return the number of bits of value \c 0 before the + * least significant bit of value \c 1. + * + * \note This is the same as the zero-based index of + * the least significant bit of value \c 1. * - * Note: Thus also the zero-based index of the least significant '1' bit + * \param X The MPI to query. * - * \param X MPI to use + * \return The number of bits of value \c 0 before the least significant + * bit of value \c 1 in \p X. */ size_t mbedtls_mpi_lsb( const mbedtls_mpi *X ); /** * \brief Return the number of bits up to and including the most - * significant '1' bit' + * significant bit of value \c 1. * - * Note: Thus also the one-based index of the most significant '1' bit + * * \note This is same as the one-based index of the most + * significant bit of value \c 1. * - * \param X MPI to use + * \param X The MPI to query. This must point to an initialized MPI. + * + * \return The number of bits up to and including the most + * significant bit of value \c 1. */ size_t mbedtls_mpi_bitlen( const mbedtls_mpi *X ); /** - * \brief Return the total size in bytes + * \brief Return the total size of an MPI value in bytes. + * + * \param X The MPI to use. This must point to an initialized MPI. * - * \param X MPI to use + * \note The value returned by this function may be less than + * the number of bytes used to store \p X internally. + * This happens if and only if there are trailing bytes + * of value zero. + * + * \return The least number of bytes capable of storing + * the absolute value of \p X. */ size_t mbedtls_mpi_size( const mbedtls_mpi *X ); /** - * \brief Import from an ASCII string + * \brief Import an MPI from an ASCII string. * - * \param X Destination MPI - * \param radix Input numeric base - * \param s Null-terminated string buffer + * \param X The destination MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI. + * \param radix The numeric base of the input string. + * \param s Null-terminated string buffer. * - * \return 0 if successful, or a MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_XXX error code + * \return \c 0 if successful. + * \return A negative error code on failure. */ int mbedtls_mpi_read_string( mbedtls_mpi *X, int radix, const char *s ); /** - * \brief Export into an ASCII string + * \brief Export an MPI to an ASCII string. * - * \param X Source MPI - * \param radix Output numeric base - * \param buf Buffer to write the string to - * \param buflen Length of buf - * \param olen Length of the string written, including final NUL byte + * \param X The source MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI. + * \param radix The numeric base of the output string. + * \param buf The buffer to write the string to. This must be writable + * buffer of length \p buflen Bytes. + * \param buflen The available size in Bytes of \p buf. + * \param olen The address at which to store the length of the string + * written, including the final \c NULL byte. This must + * not be \c NULL. * - * \return 0 if successful, or a MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_XXX error code. - * *olen is always updated to reflect the amount - * of data that has (or would have) been written. + * \note You can call this function with `buflen == 0` to obtain the + * minimum required buffer size in `*olen`. * - * \note Call this function with buflen = 0 to obtain the - * minimum required buffer size in *olen. + * \return \c 0 if successful. + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL if the target buffer \p buf + * is too small to hold the value of \p X in the desired base. + * In this case, `*olen` is nonetheless updated to contain the + * size of \p buf required for a successful call. + * \return Another negative error code on different kinds of failure. */ int mbedtls_mpi_write_string( const mbedtls_mpi *X, int radix, char *buf, size_t buflen, size_t *olen ); #if defined(MBEDTLS_FS_IO) /** - * \brief Read MPI from a line in an opened file - * - * \param X Destination MPI - * \param radix Input numeric base - * \param fin Input file handle + * \brief Read an MPI from a line in an opened file. * - * \return 0 if successful, MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL if - * the file read buffer is too small or a - * MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_XXX error code + * \param X The destination MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI. + * \param radix The numeric base of the string representation used + * in the source line. + * \param fin The input file handle to use. This must not be \c NULL. * * \note On success, this function advances the file stream * to the end of the current line or to EOF. * - * The function returns 0 on an empty line. + * The function returns \c 0 on an empty line. * * Leading whitespaces are ignored, as is a - * '0x' prefix for radix 16. + * '0x' prefix for radix \c 16. * + * \return \c 0 if successful. + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL if the file read buffer + * is too small. + * \return Another negative error code on failure. */ int mbedtls_mpi_read_file( mbedtls_mpi *X, int radix, FILE *fin ); /** - * \brief Write X into an opened file, or stdout if fout is NULL + * \brief Export an MPI into an opened file. * - * \param p Prefix, can be NULL - * \param X Source MPI - * \param radix Output numeric base - * \param fout Output file handle (can be NULL) + * \param p A string prefix to emit prior to the MPI data. + * For example, this might be a label, or "0x" when + * printing in base \c 16. This may be \c NULL if no prefix + * is needed. + * \param X The source MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI. + * \param radix The numeric base to be used in the emitted string. + * \param fout The output file handle. This may be \c NULL, in which case + * the output is written to \c stdout. * - * \return 0 if successful, or a MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_XXX error code - * - * \note Set fout == NULL to print X on the console. + * \return \c 0 if successful. + * \return A negative error code on failure. */ -int mbedtls_mpi_write_file( const char *p, const mbedtls_mpi *X, int radix, FILE *fout ); +int mbedtls_mpi_write_file( const char *p, const mbedtls_mpi *X, + int radix, FILE *fout ); #endif /* MBEDTLS_FS_IO */ /** - * \brief Import X from unsigned binary data, big endian + * \brief Import an MPI from unsigned big endian binary data. * - * \param X Destination MPI - * \param buf Input buffer - * \param buflen Input buffer size + * \param X The destination MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI. + * \param buf The input buffer. This must be a readable buffer of length + * \p buflen Bytes. + * \param buflen The length of the input buffer \p p in Bytes. * - * \return 0 if successful, - * MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if memory allocation failed + * \return \c 0 if successful. + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if memory allocation failed. + * \return Another negative error code on different kinds of failure. */ -int mbedtls_mpi_read_binary( mbedtls_mpi *X, const unsigned char *buf, size_t buflen ); +int mbedtls_mpi_read_binary( mbedtls_mpi *X, const unsigned char *buf, + size_t buflen ); /** - * \brief Export X into unsigned binary data, big endian. - * Always fills the whole buffer, which will start with zeros - * if the number is smaller. + * \brief Export an MPI into unsigned big endian binary data + * of fixed size. * - * \param X Source MPI - * \param buf Output buffer - * \param buflen Output buffer size + * \param X The source MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI. + * \param buf The output buffer. This must be a writable buffer of length + * \p buflen Bytes. + * \param buflen The size of the output buffer \p buf in Bytes. * - * \return 0 if successful, - * MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL if buf isn't large enough + * \return \c 0 if successful. + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL if \p buf isn't + * large enough to hold the value of \p X. + * \return Another negative error code on different kinds of failure. */ -int mbedtls_mpi_write_binary( const mbedtls_mpi *X, unsigned char *buf, size_t buflen ); +int mbedtls_mpi_write_binary( const mbedtls_mpi *X, unsigned char *buf, + size_t buflen ); /** - * \brief Left-shift: X <<= count + * \brief Perform a left-shift on an MPI: X <<= count * - * \param X MPI to shift - * \param count Amount to shift + * \param X The MPI to shift. This must point to an initialized MPI. + * \param count The number of bits to shift by. * - * \return 0 if successful, - * MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if memory allocation failed + * \return \c 0 if successful. + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if a memory allocation failed. + * \return Another negative error code on different kinds of failure. */ int mbedtls_mpi_shift_l( mbedtls_mpi *X, size_t count ); /** - * \brief Right-shift: X >>= count + * \brief Perform a right-shift on an MPI: X >>= count * - * \param X MPI to shift - * \param count Amount to shift + * \param X The MPI to shift. This must point to an initialized MPI. + * \param count The number of bits to shift by. * - * \return 0 if successful, - * MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if memory allocation failed + * \return \c 0 if successful. + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if a memory allocation failed. + * \return Another negative error code on different kinds of failure. */ int mbedtls_mpi_shift_r( mbedtls_mpi *X, size_t count ); /** - * \brief Compare unsigned values + * \brief Compare the absolute values of two MPIs. * - * \param X Left-hand MPI - * \param Y Right-hand MPI + * \param X The left-hand MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI. + * \param Y The right-hand MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI. * - * \return 1 if |X| is greater than |Y|, - * -1 if |X| is lesser than |Y| or - * 0 if |X| is equal to |Y| + * \return \c 1 if `|X|` is greater than `|Y|`. + * \return \c -1 if `|X|` is lesser than `|Y|`. + * \return \c 0 if `|X|` is equal to `|Y|`. */ int mbedtls_mpi_cmp_abs( const mbedtls_mpi *X, const mbedtls_mpi *Y ); /** - * \brief Compare signed values + * \brief Compare two MPIs. * - * \param X Left-hand MPI - * \param Y Right-hand MPI + * \param X The left-hand MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI. + * \param Y The right-hand MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI. * - * \return 1 if X is greater than Y, - * -1 if X is lesser than Y or - * 0 if X is equal to Y + * \return \c 1 if \p X is greater than \p Y. + * \return \c -1 if \p X is lesser than \p Y. + * \return \c 0 if \p X is equal to \p Y. */ int mbedtls_mpi_cmp_mpi( const mbedtls_mpi *X, const mbedtls_mpi *Y ); /** - * \brief Compare signed values + * \brief Compare an MPI with an integer. * - * \param X Left-hand MPI - * \param z The integer value to compare to + * \param X The left-hand MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI. + * \param z The integer value to compare \p X to. * - * \return 1 if X is greater than z, - * -1 if X is lesser than z or - * 0 if X is equal to z + * \return \c 1 if \p X is greater than \p z. + * \return \c -1 if \p X is lesser than \p z. + * \return \c 0 if \p X is equal to \p z. */ int mbedtls_mpi_cmp_int( const mbedtls_mpi *X, mbedtls_mpi_sint z ); /** - * \brief Unsigned addition: X = |A| + |B| + * \brief Perform an unsigned addition of MPIs: X = |A| + |B| * - * \param X Destination MPI - * \param A Left-hand MPI - * \param B Right-hand MPI + * \param X The destination MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI. + * \param A The first summand. This must point to an initialized MPI. + * \param B The second summand. This must point to an initialized MPI. * - * \return 0 if successful, - * MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if memory allocation failed + * \return \c 0 if successful. + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if a memory allocation failed. + * \return Another negative error code on different kinds of failure. */ -int mbedtls_mpi_add_abs( mbedtls_mpi *X, const mbedtls_mpi *A, const mbedtls_mpi *B ); +int mbedtls_mpi_add_abs( mbedtls_mpi *X, const mbedtls_mpi *A, + const mbedtls_mpi *B ); /** - * \brief Unsigned subtraction: X = |A| - |B| + * \brief Perform an unsigned subtraction of MPIs: X = |A| - |B| + * + * \param X The destination MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI. + * \param A The minuend. This must point to an initialized MPI. + * \param B The subtrahend. This must point to an initialized MPI. * - * \param X Destination MPI - * \param A Left-hand MPI - * \param B Right-hand MPI + * \return \c 0 if successful. + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_NEGATIVE_VALUE if \p B is greater than \p A. + * \return Another negative error code on different kinds of failure. * - * \return 0 if successful, - * MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_NEGATIVE_VALUE if B is greater than A */ -int mbedtls_mpi_sub_abs( mbedtls_mpi *X, const mbedtls_mpi *A, const mbedtls_mpi *B ); +int mbedtls_mpi_sub_abs( mbedtls_mpi *X, const mbedtls_mpi *A, + const mbedtls_mpi *B ); /** - * \brief Signed addition: X = A + B + * \brief Perform a signed addition of MPIs: X = A + B * - * \param X Destination MPI - * \param A Left-hand MPI - * \param B Right-hand MPI + * \param X The destination MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI. + * \param A The first summand. This must point to an initialized MPI. + * \param B The second summand. This must point to an initialized MPI. * - * \return 0 if successful, - * MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if memory allocation failed + * \return \c 0 if successful. + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if a memory allocation failed. + * \return Another negative error code on different kinds of failure. */ -int mbedtls_mpi_add_mpi( mbedtls_mpi *X, const mbedtls_mpi *A, const mbedtls_mpi *B ); +int mbedtls_mpi_add_mpi( mbedtls_mpi *X, const mbedtls_mpi *A, + const mbedtls_mpi *B ); /** - * \brief Signed subtraction: X = A - B + * \brief Perform a signed subtraction of MPIs: X = A - B * - * \param X Destination MPI - * \param A Left-hand MPI - * \param B Right-hand MPI + * \param X The destination MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI. + * \param A The minuend. This must point to an initialized MPI. + * \param B The subtrahend. This must point to an initialized MPI. * - * \return 0 if successful, - * MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if memory allocation failed + * \return \c 0 if successful. + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if a memory allocation failed. + * \return Another negative error code on different kinds of failure. */ -int mbedtls_mpi_sub_mpi( mbedtls_mpi *X, const mbedtls_mpi *A, const mbedtls_mpi *B ); +int mbedtls_mpi_sub_mpi( mbedtls_mpi *X, const mbedtls_mpi *A, + const mbedtls_mpi *B ); /** - * \brief Signed addition: X = A + b + * \brief Perform a signed addition of an MPI and an integer: X = A + b * - * \param X Destination MPI - * \param A Left-hand MPI - * \param b The integer value to add + * \param X The destination MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI. + * \param A The first summand. This must point to an initialized MPI. + * \param b The second summand. * - * \return 0 if successful, - * MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if memory allocation failed + * \return \c 0 if successful. + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if a memory allocation failed. + * \return Another negative error code on different kinds of failure. */ -int mbedtls_mpi_add_int( mbedtls_mpi *X, const mbedtls_mpi *A, mbedtls_mpi_sint b ); +int mbedtls_mpi_add_int( mbedtls_mpi *X, const mbedtls_mpi *A, + mbedtls_mpi_sint b ); /** - * \brief Signed subtraction: X = A - b + * \brief Perform a signed subtraction of an MPI and an integer: + * X = A - b * - * \param X Destination MPI - * \param A Left-hand MPI - * \param b The integer value to subtract + * \param X The destination MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI. + * \param A The minuend. This must point to an initialized MPI. + * \param b The subtrahend. * - * \return 0 if successful, - * MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if memory allocation failed + * \return \c 0 if successful. + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if a memory allocation failed. + * \return Another negative error code on different kinds of failure. */ -int mbedtls_mpi_sub_int( mbedtls_mpi *X, const mbedtls_mpi *A, mbedtls_mpi_sint b ); +int mbedtls_mpi_sub_int( mbedtls_mpi *X, const mbedtls_mpi *A, + mbedtls_mpi_sint b ); /** - * \brief Baseline multiplication: X = A * B + * \brief Perform a multiplication of two MPIs: X = A * B + * + * \param X The destination MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI. + * \param A The first factor. This must point to an initialized MPI. + * \param B The second factor. This must point to an initialized MPI. * - * \param X Destination MPI - * \param A Left-hand MPI - * \param B Right-hand MPI + * \return \c 0 if successful. + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if a memory allocation failed. + * \return Another negative error code on different kinds of failure. * - * \return 0 if successful, - * MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if memory allocation failed */ -int mbedtls_mpi_mul_mpi( mbedtls_mpi *X, const mbedtls_mpi *A, const mbedtls_mpi *B ); +int mbedtls_mpi_mul_mpi( mbedtls_mpi *X, const mbedtls_mpi *A, + const mbedtls_mpi *B ); /** - * \brief Baseline multiplication: X = A * b + * \brief Perform a multiplication of an MPI with an unsigned integer: + * X = A * b * - * \param X Destination MPI - * \param A Left-hand MPI - * \param b The unsigned integer value to multiply with + * \param X The destination MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI. + * \param A The first factor. This must point to an initialized MPI. + * \param b The second factor. * - * \note b is unsigned + * \return \c 0 if successful. + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if a memory allocation failed. + * \return Another negative error code on different kinds of failure. * - * \return 0 if successful, - * MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if memory allocation failed */ -int mbedtls_mpi_mul_int( mbedtls_mpi *X, const mbedtls_mpi *A, mbedtls_mpi_uint b ); +int mbedtls_mpi_mul_int( mbedtls_mpi *X, const mbedtls_mpi *A, + mbedtls_mpi_uint b ); /** - * \brief Division by mbedtls_mpi: A = Q * B + R + * \brief Perform a division with remainder of two MPIs: + * A = Q * B + R * - * \param Q Destination MPI for the quotient - * \param R Destination MPI for the rest value - * \param A Left-hand MPI - * \param B Right-hand MPI + * \param Q The destination MPI for the quotient. + * This may be \c NULL if the value of the + * quotient is not needed. + * \param R The destination MPI for the remainder value. + * This may be \c NULL if the value of the + * remainder is not needed. + * \param A The dividend. This must point to an initialized MPi. + * \param B The divisor. This must point to an initialized MPI. * - * \return 0 if successful, - * MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if memory allocation failed, - * MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_DIVISION_BY_ZERO if B == 0 - * - * \note Either Q or R can be NULL. + * \return \c 0 if successful. + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if memory allocation failed. + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_DIVISION_BY_ZERO if \p B equals zero. + * \return Another negative error code on different kinds of failure. */ -int mbedtls_mpi_div_mpi( mbedtls_mpi *Q, mbedtls_mpi *R, const mbedtls_mpi *A, const mbedtls_mpi *B ); +int mbedtls_mpi_div_mpi( mbedtls_mpi *Q, mbedtls_mpi *R, const mbedtls_mpi *A, + const mbedtls_mpi *B ); /** - * \brief Division by int: A = Q * b + R - * - * \param Q Destination MPI for the quotient - * \param R Destination MPI for the rest value - * \param A Left-hand MPI - * \param b Integer to divide by + * \brief Perform a division with remainder of an MPI by an integer: + * A = Q * b + R * - * \return 0 if successful, - * MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if memory allocation failed, - * MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_DIVISION_BY_ZERO if b == 0 + * \param Q The destination MPI for the quotient. + * This may be \c NULL if the value of the + * quotient is not needed. + * \param R The destination MPI for the remainder value. + * This may be \c NULL if the value of the + * remainder is not needed. + * \param A The dividend. This must point to an initialized MPi. + * \param b The divisor. * - * \note Either Q or R can be NULL. + * \return \c 0 if successful. + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if memory allocation failed. + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_DIVISION_BY_ZERO if \p b equals zero. + * \return Another negative error code on different kinds of failure. */ -int mbedtls_mpi_div_int( mbedtls_mpi *Q, mbedtls_mpi *R, const mbedtls_mpi *A, mbedtls_mpi_sint b ); +int mbedtls_mpi_div_int( mbedtls_mpi *Q, mbedtls_mpi *R, const mbedtls_mpi *A, + mbedtls_mpi_sint b ); /** - * \brief Modulo: R = A mod B + * \brief Perform a modular reduction. R = A mod B * - * \param R Destination MPI for the rest value - * \param A Left-hand MPI - * \param B Right-hand MPI + * \param R The destination MPI for the residue value. + * This must point to an initialized MPI. + * \param A The MPI to compute the residue of. + * This must point to an initialized MPI. + * \param B The base of the modular reduction. + * This must point to an initialized MPI. + * + * \return \c 0 if successful. + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if a memory allocation failed. + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_DIVISION_BY_ZERO if \p B equals zero. + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_NEGATIVE_VALUE if \p B is negative. + * \return Another negative error code on different kinds of failure. * - * \return 0 if successful, - * MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if memory allocation failed, - * MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_DIVISION_BY_ZERO if B == 0, - * MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_NEGATIVE_VALUE if B < 0 */ -int mbedtls_mpi_mod_mpi( mbedtls_mpi *R, const mbedtls_mpi *A, const mbedtls_mpi *B ); +int mbedtls_mpi_mod_mpi( mbedtls_mpi *R, const mbedtls_mpi *A, + const mbedtls_mpi *B ); /** - * \brief Modulo: r = A mod b + * \brief Perform a modular reduction with respect to an integer. + * r = A mod b * - * \param r Destination mbedtls_mpi_uint - * \param A Left-hand MPI - * \param b Integer to divide by + * \param r The address at which to store the residue. + * This must not be \c NULL. + * \param A The MPI to compute the residue of. + * This must point to an initialized MPi. + * \param b The integer base of the modular reduction. * - * \return 0 if successful, - * MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if memory allocation failed, - * MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_DIVISION_BY_ZERO if b == 0, - * MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_NEGATIVE_VALUE if b < 0 + * \return \c 0 if successful. + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if a memory allocation failed. + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_DIVISION_BY_ZERO if \p b equals zero. + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_NEGATIVE_VALUE if \p b is negative. + * \return Another negative error code on different kinds of failure. */ -int mbedtls_mpi_mod_int( mbedtls_mpi_uint *r, const mbedtls_mpi *A, mbedtls_mpi_sint b ); +int mbedtls_mpi_mod_int( mbedtls_mpi_uint *r, const mbedtls_mpi *A, + mbedtls_mpi_sint b ); /** - * \brief Sliding-window exponentiation: X = A^E mod N - * - * \param X Destination MPI - * \param A Left-hand MPI - * \param E Exponent MPI - * \param N Modular MPI - * \param _RR Speed-up MPI used for recalculations + * \brief Perform a sliding-window exponentiation: X = A^E mod N * - * \return 0 if successful, - * MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if memory allocation failed, - * MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_BAD_INPUT_DATA if N is negative or even or - * if E is negative + * \param X The destination MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI. + * \param A The base of the exponentiation. + * This must point to an initialized MPI. + * \param E The exponent MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI. + * \param N The base for the modular reduction. This must point to an + * initialized MPI. + * \param _RR A helper MPI depending solely on \p N which can be used to + * speed-up multiple modular exponentiations for the same value + * of \p N. This may be \c NULL. If it is not \c NULL, it must + * point to an initialized MPI. If it hasn't been used after + * the call to mbedtls_mpi_init(), this function will compute + * the helper value and store it in \p _RR for reuse on + * subsequent calls to this function. Otherwise, the function + * will assume that \p _RR holds the helper value set by a + * previous call to mbedtls_mpi_exp_mod(), and reuse it. + * + * \return \c 0 if successful. + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if a memory allocation failed. + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_BAD_INPUT_DATA if \c N is negative or + * even, or if \c E is negative. + * \return Another negative error code on different kinds of failures. * - * \note _RR is used to avoid re-computing R*R mod N across - * multiple calls, which speeds up things a bit. It can - * be set to NULL if the extra performance is unneeded. */ -int mbedtls_mpi_exp_mod( mbedtls_mpi *X, const mbedtls_mpi *A, const mbedtls_mpi *E, const mbedtls_mpi *N, mbedtls_mpi *_RR ); +int mbedtls_mpi_exp_mod( mbedtls_mpi *X, const mbedtls_mpi *A, + const mbedtls_mpi *E, const mbedtls_mpi *N, + mbedtls_mpi *_RR ); /** - * \brief Fill an MPI X with size bytes of random + * \brief Fill an MPI with a number of random bytes. * - * \param X Destination MPI - * \param size Size in bytes - * \param f_rng RNG function - * \param p_rng RNG parameter + * \param X The destination MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI. + * \param size The number of random bytes to generate. + * \param f_rng The RNG function to use. This must not be \c NULL. + * \param p_rng The RNG parameter to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be + * \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't need a context argument. * - * \return 0 if successful, - * MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if memory allocation failed + * \return \c 0 if successful. + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if a memory allocation failed. + * \return Another negative error code on failure. * - * \note The bytes obtained from the PRNG are interpreted + * \note The bytes obtained from the RNG are interpreted * as a big-endian representation of an MPI; this can * be relevant in applications like deterministic ECDSA. */ @@ -700,61 +816,130 @@ int mbedtls_mpi_fill_random( mbedtls_mpi *X, size_t size, void *p_rng ); /** - * \brief Greatest common divisor: G = gcd(A, B) - * - * \param G Destination MPI - * \param A Left-hand MPI - * \param B Right-hand MPI - * - * \return 0 if successful, - * MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if memory allocation failed - */ -int mbedtls_mpi_gcd( mbedtls_mpi *G, const mbedtls_mpi *A, const mbedtls_mpi *B ); - -/** - * \brief Modular inverse: X = A^-1 mod N + * \brief Compute the greatest common divisor: G = gcd(A, B) * - * \param X Destination MPI - * \param A Left-hand MPI - * \param N Right-hand MPI + * \param G The destination MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI. + * \param A The first operand. This must point to an initialized MPI. + * \param B The second operand. This must point to an initialized MPI. * - * \return 0 if successful, - * MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if memory allocation failed, - * MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_BAD_INPUT_DATA if N is <= 1, - MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_NOT_ACCEPTABLE if A has no inverse mod N. + * \return \c 0 if successful. + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if a memory allocation failed. + * \return Another negative error code on different kinds of failure. */ -int mbedtls_mpi_inv_mod( mbedtls_mpi *X, const mbedtls_mpi *A, const mbedtls_mpi *N ); +int mbedtls_mpi_gcd( mbedtls_mpi *G, const mbedtls_mpi *A, + const mbedtls_mpi *B ); /** - * \brief Miller-Rabin primality test + * \brief Compute the modular inverse: X = A^-1 mod N * - * \param X MPI to check - * \param f_rng RNG function - * \param p_rng RNG parameter + * \param X The destination MPI. This must point to an initialized MPI. + * \param A The MPI to calculate the modular inverse of. This must point + * to an initialized MPI. + * \param N The base of the modular inversion. This must point to an + * initialized MPI. * - * \return 0 if successful (probably prime), - * MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if memory allocation failed, - * MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_NOT_ACCEPTABLE if X is not prime + * \return \c 0 if successful. + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if a memory allocation failed. + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_BAD_INPUT_DATA if \p N is less than + * or equal to one. + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_NOT_ACCEPTABLE if \p has no modular inverse + * with respect to \p N. */ -int mbedtls_mpi_is_prime( const mbedtls_mpi *X, - int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), - void *p_rng ); +int mbedtls_mpi_inv_mod( mbedtls_mpi *X, const mbedtls_mpi *A, + const mbedtls_mpi *N ); +#if !defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED) +#if defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_WARNING) +#define MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED __attribute__((deprecated)) +#else +#define MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED +#endif /** - * \brief Prime number generation - * - * \param X Destination MPI - * \param nbits Required size of X in bits - * ( 3 <= nbits <= MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_BITS ) - * \param dh_flag If 1, then (X-1)/2 will be prime too - * \param f_rng RNG function - * \param p_rng RNG parameter - * - * \return 0 if successful (probably prime), - * MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if memory allocation failed, - * MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_BAD_INPUT_DATA if nbits is < 3 - */ -int mbedtls_mpi_gen_prime( mbedtls_mpi *X, size_t nbits, int dh_flag, + * \brief Perform a Miller-Rabin primality test with error + * probability of 2<sup>-80</sup>. + * + * \deprecated Superseded by mbedtls_mpi_is_prime_ext() which allows + * specifying the number of Miller-Rabin rounds. + * + * \param X The MPI to check for primality. + * This must point to an initialized MPI. + * \param f_rng The RNG function to use. This must not be \c NULL. + * \param p_rng The RNG parameter to be passed to \p f_rng. + * This may be \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't use a + * context parameter. + * + * \return \c 0 if successful, i.e. \p X is probably prime. + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if a memory allocation failed. + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_NOT_ACCEPTABLE if \p X is not prime. + * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure. + */ +MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED int mbedtls_mpi_is_prime( const mbedtls_mpi *X, + int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), + void *p_rng ); +#undef MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED +#endif /* !MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED */ + +/** + * \brief Miller-Rabin primality test. + * + * \warning If \p X is potentially generated by an adversary, for example + * when validating cryptographic parameters that you didn't + * generate yourself and that are supposed to be prime, then + * \p rounds should be at least the half of the security + * strength of the cryptographic algorithm. On the other hand, + * if \p X is chosen uniformly or non-adversially (as is the + * case when mbedtls_mpi_gen_prime calls this function), then + * \p rounds can be much lower. + * + * \param X The MPI to check for primality. + * This must point to an initialized MPI. + * \param rounds The number of bases to perform the Miller-Rabin primality + * test for. The probability of returning 0 on a composite is + * at most 2<sup>-2*\p rounds</sup>. + * \param f_rng The RNG function to use. This must not be \c NULL. + * \param p_rng The RNG parameter to be passed to \p f_rng. + * This may be \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't use + * a context parameter. + * + * \return \c 0 if successful, i.e. \p X is probably prime. + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if a memory allocation failed. + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_NOT_ACCEPTABLE if \p X is not prime. + * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure. + */ +int mbedtls_mpi_is_prime_ext( const mbedtls_mpi *X, int rounds, + int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), + void *p_rng ); +/** + * \brief Flags for mbedtls_mpi_gen_prime() + * + * Each of these flags is a constraint on the result X returned by + * mbedtls_mpi_gen_prime(). + */ +typedef enum { + MBEDTLS_MPI_GEN_PRIME_FLAG_DH = 0x0001, /**< (X-1)/2 is prime too */ + MBEDTLS_MPI_GEN_PRIME_FLAG_LOW_ERR = 0x0002, /**< lower error rate from 2<sup>-80</sup> to 2<sup>-128</sup> */ +} mbedtls_mpi_gen_prime_flag_t; + +/** + * \brief Generate a prime number. + * + * \param X The destination MPI to store the generated prime in. + * This must point to an initialized MPi. + * \param nbits The required size of the destination MPI in bits. + * This must be between \c 3 and #MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_BITS. + * \param flags A mask of flags of type #mbedtls_mpi_gen_prime_flag_t. + * \param f_rng The RNG function to use. This must not be \c NULL. + * \param p_rng The RNG parameter to be passed to \p f_rng. + * This may be \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't use + * a context parameter. + * + * \return \c 0 if successful, in which case \p X holds a + * probably prime number. + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED if a memory allocation failed. + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_BAD_INPUT_DATA if `nbits` is not between + * \c 3 and #MBEDTLS_MPI_MAX_BITS. + */ +int mbedtls_mpi_gen_prime( mbedtls_mpi *X, size_t nbits, int flags, int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), void *p_rng ); diff --git a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/blowfish.h b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/blowfish.h index 985faa43f0..f01573dcaf 100644 --- a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/blowfish.h +++ b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/blowfish.h @@ -33,6 +33,8 @@ #include <stddef.h> #include <stdint.h> +#include "platform_util.h" + #define MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_ENCRYPT 1 #define MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_DECRYPT 0 #define MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_MAX_KEY_BITS 448 @@ -40,9 +42,16 @@ #define MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_ROUNDS 16 /**< Rounds to use. When increasing this value, make sure to extend the initialisation vectors */ #define MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_BLOCKSIZE 8 /* Blowfish uses 64 bit blocks */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_BLOWFISH_INVALID_KEY_LENGTH -0x0016 /**< Invalid key length. */ +#if !defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED) +#define MBEDTLS_ERR_BLOWFISH_INVALID_KEY_LENGTH MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_NUMERIC_CONSTANT( -0x0016 ) +#endif /* !MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED */ +#define MBEDTLS_ERR_BLOWFISH_BAD_INPUT_DATA -0x0016 /**< Bad input data. */ + +#define MBEDTLS_ERR_BLOWFISH_INVALID_INPUT_LENGTH -0x0018 /**< Invalid data input length. */ + +/* MBEDTLS_ERR_BLOWFISH_HW_ACCEL_FAILED is deprecated and should not be used. + */ #define MBEDTLS_ERR_BLOWFISH_HW_ACCEL_FAILED -0x0017 /**< Blowfish hardware accelerator failed. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_BLOWFISH_INVALID_INPUT_LENGTH -0x0018 /**< Invalid data input length. */ #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { @@ -55,7 +64,7 @@ extern "C" { /** * \brief Blowfish context structure */ -typedef struct +typedef struct mbedtls_blowfish_context { uint32_t P[MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_ROUNDS + 2]; /*!< Blowfish round keys */ uint32_t S[4][256]; /*!< key dependent S-boxes */ @@ -67,40 +76,53 @@ mbedtls_blowfish_context; #endif /* MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_ALT */ /** - * \brief Initialize Blowfish context + * \brief Initialize a Blowfish context. * - * \param ctx Blowfish context to be initialized + * \param ctx The Blowfish context to be initialized. + * This must not be \c NULL. */ void mbedtls_blowfish_init( mbedtls_blowfish_context *ctx ); /** - * \brief Clear Blowfish context + * \brief Clear a Blowfish context. * - * \param ctx Blowfish context to be cleared + * \param ctx The Blowfish context to be cleared. + * This may be \c NULL, in which case this function + * returns immediately. If it is not \c NULL, it must + * point to an initialized Blowfish context. */ void mbedtls_blowfish_free( mbedtls_blowfish_context *ctx ); /** - * \brief Blowfish key schedule + * \brief Perform a Blowfish key schedule operation. * - * \param ctx Blowfish context to be initialized - * \param key encryption key - * \param keybits must be between 32 and 448 bits + * \param ctx The Blowfish context to perform the key schedule on. + * \param key The encryption key. This must be a readable buffer of + * length \p keybits Bits. + * \param keybits The length of \p key in Bits. This must be between + * \c 32 and \c 448 and a multiple of \c 8. * - * \return 0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_BLOWFISH_INVALID_KEY_LENGTH + * \return \c 0 if successful. + * \return A negative error code on failure. */ int mbedtls_blowfish_setkey( mbedtls_blowfish_context *ctx, const unsigned char *key, unsigned int keybits ); /** - * \brief Blowfish-ECB block encryption/decryption + * \brief Perform a Blowfish-ECB block encryption/decryption operation. * - * \param ctx Blowfish context - * \param mode MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_ENCRYPT or MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_DECRYPT - * \param input 8-byte input block - * \param output 8-byte output block + * \param ctx The Blowfish context to use. This must be initialized + * and bound to a key. + * \param mode The mode of operation. Possible values are + * #MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_ENCRYPT for encryption, or + * #MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_DECRYPT for decryption. + * \param input The input block. This must be a readable buffer + * of size \c 8 Bytes. + * \param output The output block. This must be a writable buffer + * of size \c 8 Bytes. * - * \return 0 if successful + * \return \c 0 if successful. + * \return A negative error code on failure. */ int mbedtls_blowfish_crypt_ecb( mbedtls_blowfish_context *ctx, int mode, @@ -109,9 +131,7 @@ int mbedtls_blowfish_crypt_ecb( mbedtls_blowfish_context *ctx, #if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC) /** - * \brief Blowfish-CBC buffer encryption/decryption - * Length should be a multiple of the block - * size (8 bytes) + * \brief Perform a Blowfish-CBC buffer encryption/decryption operation. * * \note Upon exit, the content of the IV is updated so that you can * call the function same function again on the following @@ -121,15 +141,22 @@ int mbedtls_blowfish_crypt_ecb( mbedtls_blowfish_context *ctx, * IV, you should either save it manually or use the cipher * module instead. * - * \param ctx Blowfish context - * \param mode MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_ENCRYPT or MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_DECRYPT - * \param length length of the input data - * \param iv initialization vector (updated after use) - * \param input buffer holding the input data - * \param output buffer holding the output data + * \param ctx The Blowfish context to use. This must be initialized + * and bound to a key. + * \param mode The mode of operation. Possible values are + * #MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_ENCRYPT for encryption, or + * #MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_DECRYPT for decryption. + * \param length The length of the input data in Bytes. This must be + * multiple of \c 8. + * \param iv The initialization vector. This must be a read/write buffer + * of length \c 8 Bytes. It is updated by this function. + * \param input The input data. This must be a readable buffer of length + * \p length Bytes. + * \param output The output data. This must be a writable buffer of length + * \p length Bytes. * - * \return 0 if successful, or - * MBEDTLS_ERR_BLOWFISH_INVALID_INPUT_LENGTH + * \return \c 0 if successful. + * \return A negative error code on failure. */ int mbedtls_blowfish_crypt_cbc( mbedtls_blowfish_context *ctx, int mode, @@ -141,7 +168,7 @@ int mbedtls_blowfish_crypt_cbc( mbedtls_blowfish_context *ctx, #if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CFB) /** - * \brief Blowfish CFB buffer encryption/decryption. + * \brief Perform a Blowfish CFB buffer encryption/decryption operation. * * \note Upon exit, the content of the IV is updated so that you can * call the function same function again on the following @@ -151,15 +178,25 @@ int mbedtls_blowfish_crypt_cbc( mbedtls_blowfish_context *ctx, * IV, you should either save it manually or use the cipher * module instead. * - * \param ctx Blowfish context - * \param mode MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_ENCRYPT or MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_DECRYPT - * \param length length of the input data - * \param iv_off offset in IV (updated after use) - * \param iv initialization vector (updated after use) - * \param input buffer holding the input data - * \param output buffer holding the output data + * \param ctx The Blowfish context to use. This must be initialized + * and bound to a key. + * \param mode The mode of operation. Possible values are + * #MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_ENCRYPT for encryption, or + * #MBEDTLS_BLOWFISH_DECRYPT for decryption. + * \param length The length of the input data in Bytes. + * \param iv_off The offset in the initialiation vector. + * The value pointed to must be smaller than \c 8 Bytes. + * It is updated by this function to support the aforementioned + * streaming usage. + * \param iv The initialization vector. This must be a read/write buffer + * of size \c 8 Bytes. It is updated after use. + * \param input The input data. This must be a readable buffer of length + * \p length Bytes. + * \param output The output data. This must be a writable buffer of length + * \p length Bytes. * - * \return 0 if successful + * \return \c 0 if successful. + * \return A negative error code on failure. */ int mbedtls_blowfish_crypt_cfb64( mbedtls_blowfish_context *ctx, int mode, @@ -172,7 +209,7 @@ int mbedtls_blowfish_crypt_cfb64( mbedtls_blowfish_context *ctx, #if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CTR) /** - * \brief Blowfish-CTR buffer encryption/decryption + * \brief Perform a Blowfish-CTR buffer encryption/decryption operation. * * \warning You must never reuse a nonce value with the same key. Doing so * would void the encryption for the two messages encrypted with @@ -215,18 +252,24 @@ int mbedtls_blowfish_crypt_cfb64( mbedtls_blowfish_context *ctx, * content must not be written to insecure storage and should be * securely discarded as soon as it's no longer needed. * - * \param ctx Blowfish context - * \param length The length of the data + * \param ctx The Blowfish context to use. This must be initialized + * and bound to a key. + * \param length The length of the input data in Bytes. * \param nc_off The offset in the current stream_block (for resuming - * within current cipher stream). The offset pointer to - * should be 0 at the start of a stream. - * \param nonce_counter The 64-bit nonce and counter. - * \param stream_block The saved stream-block for resuming. Is overwritten - * by the function. - * \param input The input data stream - * \param output The output data stream - * - * \return 0 if successful + * within current cipher stream). The offset pointer + * should be \c 0 at the start of a stream and must be + * smaller than \c 8. It is updated by this function. + * \param nonce_counter The 64-bit nonce and counter. This must point to a + * read/write buffer of length \c 8 Bytes. + * \param stream_block The saved stream-block for resuming. This must point to + * a read/write buffer of length \c 8 Bytes. + * \param input The input data. This must be a readable buffer of + * length \p length Bytes. + * \param output The output data. This must be a writable buffer of + * length \p length Bytes. + * + * \return \c 0 if successful. + * \return A negative error code on failure. */ int mbedtls_blowfish_crypt_ctr( mbedtls_blowfish_context *ctx, size_t length, diff --git a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/bn_mul.h b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/bn_mul.h index b587317d95..2f7b72fe4c 100644 --- a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/bn_mul.h +++ b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/bn_mul.h @@ -170,19 +170,19 @@ #define MULADDC_INIT \ asm( \ - "xorq %%r8, %%r8 \n\t" + "xorq %%r8, %%r8\n" #define MULADDC_CORE \ - "movq (%%rsi), %%rax \n\t" \ - "mulq %%rbx \n\t" \ - "addq $8, %%rsi \n\t" \ - "addq %%rcx, %%rax \n\t" \ - "movq %%r8, %%rcx \n\t" \ - "adcq $0, %%rdx \n\t" \ - "nop \n\t" \ - "addq %%rax, (%%rdi) \n\t" \ - "adcq %%rdx, %%rcx \n\t" \ - "addq $8, %%rdi \n\t" + "movq (%%rsi), %%rax\n" \ + "mulq %%rbx\n" \ + "addq $8, %%rsi\n" \ + "addq %%rcx, %%rax\n" \ + "movq %%r8, %%rcx\n" \ + "adcq $0, %%rdx\n" \ + "nop \n" \ + "addq %%rax, (%%rdi)\n" \ + "adcq %%rdx, %%rcx\n" \ + "addq $8, %%rdi\n" #define MULADDC_STOP \ : "+c" (c), "+D" (d), "+S" (s) \ @@ -565,9 +565,8 @@ #endif /* TriCore */ /* - * gcc -O0 by default uses r7 for the frame pointer, so it complains about our - * use of r7 below, unless -fomit-frame-pointer is passed. Unfortunately, - * passing that option is not easy when building with yotta. + * Note, gcc -O0 by default uses r7 for the frame pointer, so it complains about + * our use of r7 below, unless -fomit-frame-pointer is passed. * * On the other hand, -fomit-frame-pointer is implied by any -Ox options with * x !=0, which we can detect using __OPTIMIZE__ (which is also defined by @@ -637,6 +636,23 @@ "r6", "r7", "r8", "r9", "cc" \ ); +#elif defined (__ARM_FEATURE_DSP) && (__ARM_FEATURE_DSP == 1) + +#define MULADDC_INIT \ + asm( + +#define MULADDC_CORE \ + "ldr r0, [%0], #4 \n\t" \ + "ldr r1, [%1] \n\t" \ + "umaal r1, %2, %3, r0 \n\t" \ + "str r1, [%1], #4 \n\t" + +#define MULADDC_STOP \ + : "=r" (s), "=r" (d), "=r" (c) \ + : "r" (b), "0" (s), "1" (d), "2" (c) \ + : "r0", "r1", "memory" \ + ); + #else #define MULADDC_INIT \ diff --git a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/camellia.h b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/camellia.h index 7e4721af78..0f7c42c92d 100644 --- a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/camellia.h +++ b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/camellia.h @@ -33,11 +33,20 @@ #include <stddef.h> #include <stdint.h> +#include "platform_util.h" + #define MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_ENCRYPT 1 #define MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_DECRYPT 0 -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CAMELLIA_INVALID_KEY_LENGTH -0x0024 /**< Invalid key length. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CAMELLIA_INVALID_INPUT_LENGTH -0x0026 /**< Invalid data input length. */ +#if !defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED) +#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CAMELLIA_INVALID_KEY_LENGTH MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_NUMERIC_CONSTANT( -0x0024 ) +#endif /* !MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED */ +#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CAMELLIA_BAD_INPUT_DATA -0x0024 /**< Bad input data. */ + +#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CAMELLIA_INVALID_INPUT_LENGTH -0x0026 /**< Invalid data input length. */ + +/* MBEDTLS_ERR_CAMELLIA_HW_ACCEL_FAILED is deprecated and should not be used. + */ #define MBEDTLS_ERR_CAMELLIA_HW_ACCEL_FAILED -0x0027 /**< Camellia hardware accelerator failed. */ #ifdef __cplusplus @@ -51,7 +60,7 @@ extern "C" { /** * \brief CAMELLIA context structure */ -typedef struct +typedef struct mbedtls_camellia_context { int nr; /*!< number of rounds */ uint32_t rk[68]; /*!< CAMELLIA round keys */ @@ -63,52 +72,68 @@ mbedtls_camellia_context; #endif /* MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_ALT */ /** - * \brief Initialize CAMELLIA context + * \brief Initialize a CAMELLIA context. * - * \param ctx CAMELLIA context to be initialized + * \param ctx The CAMELLIA context to be initialized. + * This must not be \c NULL. */ void mbedtls_camellia_init( mbedtls_camellia_context *ctx ); /** - * \brief Clear CAMELLIA context + * \brief Clear a CAMELLIA context. * - * \param ctx CAMELLIA context to be cleared + * \param ctx The CAMELLIA context to be cleared. This may be \c NULL, + * in which case this function returns immediately. If it is not + * \c NULL, it must be initialized. */ void mbedtls_camellia_free( mbedtls_camellia_context *ctx ); /** - * \brief CAMELLIA key schedule (encryption) + * \brief Perform a CAMELLIA key schedule operation for encryption. * - * \param ctx CAMELLIA context to be initialized - * \param key encryption key - * \param keybits must be 128, 192 or 256 + * \param ctx The CAMELLIA context to use. This must be initialized. + * \param key The encryption key to use. This must be a readable buffer + * of size \p keybits Bits. + * \param keybits The length of \p key in Bits. This must be either \c 128, + * \c 192 or \c 256. * - * \return 0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_CAMELLIA_INVALID_KEY_LENGTH + * \return \c 0 if successful. + * \return A negative error code on failure. */ -int mbedtls_camellia_setkey_enc( mbedtls_camellia_context *ctx, const unsigned char *key, - unsigned int keybits ); +int mbedtls_camellia_setkey_enc( mbedtls_camellia_context *ctx, + const unsigned char *key, + unsigned int keybits ); /** - * \brief CAMELLIA key schedule (decryption) + * \brief Perform a CAMELLIA key schedule operation for decryption. * - * \param ctx CAMELLIA context to be initialized - * \param key decryption key - * \param keybits must be 128, 192 or 256 + * \param ctx The CAMELLIA context to use. This must be initialized. + * \param key The decryption key. This must be a readable buffer + * of size \p keybits Bits. + * \param keybits The length of \p key in Bits. This must be either \c 128, + * \c 192 or \c 256. * - * \return 0 if successful, or MBEDTLS_ERR_CAMELLIA_INVALID_KEY_LENGTH + * \return \c 0 if successful. + * \return A negative error code on failure. */ -int mbedtls_camellia_setkey_dec( mbedtls_camellia_context *ctx, const unsigned char *key, - unsigned int keybits ); +int mbedtls_camellia_setkey_dec( mbedtls_camellia_context *ctx, + const unsigned char *key, + unsigned int keybits ); /** - * \brief CAMELLIA-ECB block encryption/decryption - * - * \param ctx CAMELLIA context - * \param mode MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_ENCRYPT or MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_DECRYPT - * \param input 16-byte input block - * \param output 16-byte output block - * - * \return 0 if successful + * \brief Perform a CAMELLIA-ECB block encryption/decryption operation. + * + * \param ctx The CAMELLIA context to use. This must be initialized + * and bound to a key. + * \param mode The mode of operation. This must be either + * #MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_ENCRYPT or #MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_DECRYPT. + * \param input The input block. This must be a readable buffer + * of size \c 16 Bytes. + * \param output The output block. This must be a writable buffer + * of size \c 16 Bytes. + * + * \return \c 0 if successful. + * \return A negative error code on failure. */ int mbedtls_camellia_crypt_ecb( mbedtls_camellia_context *ctx, int mode, @@ -117,9 +142,7 @@ int mbedtls_camellia_crypt_ecb( mbedtls_camellia_context *ctx, #if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CBC) /** - * \brief CAMELLIA-CBC buffer encryption/decryption - * Length should be a multiple of the block - * size (16 bytes) + * \brief Perform a CAMELLIA-CBC buffer encryption/decryption operation. * * \note Upon exit, the content of the IV is updated so that you can * call the function same function again on the following @@ -129,15 +152,22 @@ int mbedtls_camellia_crypt_ecb( mbedtls_camellia_context *ctx, * IV, you should either save it manually or use the cipher * module instead. * - * \param ctx CAMELLIA context - * \param mode MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_ENCRYPT or MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_DECRYPT - * \param length length of the input data - * \param iv initialization vector (updated after use) - * \param input buffer holding the input data - * \param output buffer holding the output data - * - * \return 0 if successful, or - * MBEDTLS_ERR_CAMELLIA_INVALID_INPUT_LENGTH + * \param ctx The CAMELLIA context to use. This must be initialized + * and bound to a key. + * \param mode The mode of operation. This must be either + * #MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_ENCRYPT or #MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_DECRYPT. + * \param length The length in Bytes of the input data \p input. + * This must be a multiple of \c 16 Bytes. + * \param iv The initialization vector. This must be a read/write buffer + * of length \c 16 Bytes. It is updated to allow streaming + * use as explained above. + * \param input The buffer holding the input data. This must point to a + * readable buffer of length \p length Bytes. + * \param output The buffer holding the output data. This must point to a + * writable buffer of length \p length Bytes. + * + * \return \c 0 if successful. + * \return A negative error code on failure. */ int mbedtls_camellia_crypt_cbc( mbedtls_camellia_context *ctx, int mode, @@ -149,11 +179,14 @@ int mbedtls_camellia_crypt_cbc( mbedtls_camellia_context *ctx, #if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CFB) /** - * \brief CAMELLIA-CFB128 buffer encryption/decryption + * \brief Perform a CAMELLIA-CFB128 buffer encryption/decryption + * operation. * - * Note: Due to the nature of CFB you should use the same key schedule for - * both encryption and decryption. So a context initialized with - * mbedtls_camellia_setkey_enc() for both MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_ENCRYPT and CAMELLIE_DECRYPT. + * \note Due to the nature of CFB mode, you should use the same + * key for both encryption and decryption. In particular, calls + * to this function should be preceded by a key-schedule via + * mbedtls_camellia_setkey_enc() regardless of whether \p mode + * is #MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_ENCRYPT or #MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_DECRYPT. * * \note Upon exit, the content of the IV is updated so that you can * call the function same function again on the following @@ -163,16 +196,24 @@ int mbedtls_camellia_crypt_cbc( mbedtls_camellia_context *ctx, * IV, you should either save it manually or use the cipher * module instead. * - * \param ctx CAMELLIA context - * \param mode MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_ENCRYPT or MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_DECRYPT - * \param length length of the input data - * \param iv_off offset in IV (updated after use) - * \param iv initialization vector (updated after use) - * \param input buffer holding the input data - * \param output buffer holding the output data - * - * \return 0 if successful, or - * MBEDTLS_ERR_CAMELLIA_INVALID_INPUT_LENGTH + * \param ctx The CAMELLIA context to use. This must be initialized + * and bound to a key. + * \param mode The mode of operation. This must be either + * #MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_ENCRYPT or #MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_DECRYPT. + * \param length The length of the input data \p input. Any value is allowed. + * \param iv_off The current offset in the IV. This must be smaller + * than \c 16 Bytes. It is updated after this call to allow + * the aforementioned streaming usage. + * \param iv The initialization vector. This must be a read/write buffer + * of length \c 16 Bytes. It is updated after this call to + * allow the aforementioned streaming usage. + * \param input The buffer holding the input data. This must be a readable + * buffer of size \p length Bytes. + * \param output The buffer to hold the output data. This must be a writable + * buffer of length \p length Bytes. + * + * \return \c 0 if successful. + * \return A negative error code on failure. */ int mbedtls_camellia_crypt_cfb128( mbedtls_camellia_context *ctx, int mode, @@ -185,11 +226,13 @@ int mbedtls_camellia_crypt_cfb128( mbedtls_camellia_context *ctx, #if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_CTR) /** - * \brief CAMELLIA-CTR buffer encryption/decryption + * \brief Perform a CAMELLIA-CTR buffer encryption/decryption operation. * - * Note: Due to the nature of CTR you should use the same key schedule for - * both encryption and decryption. So a context initialized with - * mbedtls_camellia_setkey_enc() for both MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_ENCRYPT and MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_DECRYPT. + * *note Due to the nature of CTR mode, you should use the same + * key for both encryption and decryption. In particular, calls + * to this function should be preceded by a key-schedule via + * mbedtls_camellia_setkey_enc() regardless of whether \p mode + * is #MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_ENCRYPT or #MBEDTLS_CAMELLIA_DECRYPT. * * \warning You must never reuse a nonce value with the same key. Doing so * would void the encryption for the two messages encrypted with @@ -212,41 +255,49 @@ int mbedtls_camellia_crypt_cfb128( mbedtls_camellia_context *ctx, * per-message nonce, handled by yourself, and the second one * updated by this function internally. * - * For example, you might reserve the first 12 bytes for the - * per-message nonce, and the last 4 bytes for internal use. In that - * case, before calling this function on a new message you need to - * set the first 12 bytes of \p nonce_counter to your chosen nonce - * value, the last 4 to 0, and \p nc_off to 0 (which will cause \p - * stream_block to be ignored). That way, you can encrypt at most - * 2**96 messages of up to 2**32 blocks each with the same key. + * For example, you might reserve the first \c 12 Bytes for the + * per-message nonce, and the last \c 4 Bytes for internal use. + * In that case, before calling this function on a new message you + * need to set the first \c 12 Bytes of \p nonce_counter to your + * chosen nonce value, the last four to \c 0, and \p nc_off to \c 0 + * (which will cause \p stream_block to be ignored). That way, you + * can encrypt at most \c 2**96 messages of up to \c 2**32 blocks + * each with the same key. * * The per-message nonce (or information sufficient to reconstruct - * it) needs to be communicated with the ciphertext and must be unique. - * The recommended way to ensure uniqueness is to use a message - * counter. An alternative is to generate random nonces, but this - * limits the number of messages that can be securely encrypted: - * for example, with 96-bit random nonces, you should not encrypt - * more than 2**32 messages with the same key. + * it) needs to be communicated with the ciphertext and must be + * unique. The recommended way to ensure uniqueness is to use a + * message counter. An alternative is to generate random nonces, + * but this limits the number of messages that can be securely + * encrypted: for example, with 96-bit random nonces, you should + * not encrypt more than 2**32 messages with the same key. * * Note that for both stategies, sizes are measured in blocks and - * that a CAMELLIA block is 16 bytes. + * that a CAMELLIA block is \c 16 Bytes. * * \warning Upon return, \p stream_block contains sensitive data. Its * content must not be written to insecure storage and should be * securely discarded as soon as it's no longer needed. * - * \param ctx CAMELLIA context - * \param length The length of the data - * \param nc_off The offset in the current stream_block (for resuming + * \param ctx The CAMELLIA context to use. This must be initialized + * and bound to a key. + * \param length The length of the input data \p input in Bytes. + * Any value is allowed. + * \param nc_off The offset in the current \p stream_block (for resuming * within current cipher stream). The offset pointer to - * should be 0 at the start of a stream. - * \param nonce_counter The 128-bit nonce and counter. - * \param stream_block The saved stream-block for resuming. Is overwritten - * by the function. - * \param input The input data stream - * \param output The output data stream - * - * \return 0 if successful + * should be \c 0 at the start of a stream. It is updated + * at the end of this call. + * \param nonce_counter The 128-bit nonce and counter. This must be a read/write + * buffer of length \c 16 Bytes. + * \param stream_block The saved stream-block for resuming. This must be a + * read/write buffer of length \c 16 Bytes. + * \param input The input data stream. This must be a readable buffer of + * size \p length Bytes. + * \param output The output data stream. This must be a writable buffer + * of size \p length Bytes. + * + * \return \c 0 if successful. + * \return A negative error code on failure. */ int mbedtls_camellia_crypt_ctr( mbedtls_camellia_context *ctx, size_t length, diff --git a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ccm.h b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ccm.h index 5d727e7cca..3f6b8f6709 100644 --- a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ccm.h +++ b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ccm.h @@ -53,8 +53,9 @@ #define MBEDTLS_ERR_CCM_BAD_INPUT -0x000D /**< Bad input parameters to the function. */ #define MBEDTLS_ERR_CCM_AUTH_FAILED -0x000F /**< Authenticated decryption failed. */ -#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CCM_HW_ACCEL_FAILED -0x0011 /**< CCM hardware accelerator failed. */ +/* MBEDTLS_ERR_CCM_HW_ACCEL_FAILED is deprecated and should not be used. */ +#define MBEDTLS_ERR_CCM_HW_ACCEL_FAILED -0x0011 /**< CCM hardware accelerator failed. */ #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { @@ -68,7 +69,8 @@ extern "C" { * \brief The CCM context-type definition. The CCM context is passed * to the APIs called. */ -typedef struct { +typedef struct mbedtls_ccm_context +{ mbedtls_cipher_context_t cipher_ctx; /*!< The cipher context used. */ } mbedtls_ccm_context; @@ -82,7 +84,7 @@ mbedtls_ccm_context; * to make references valid, and prepare the context * for mbedtls_ccm_setkey() or mbedtls_ccm_free(). * - * \param ctx The CCM context to initialize. + * \param ctx The CCM context to initialize. This must not be \c NULL. */ void mbedtls_ccm_init( mbedtls_ccm_context *ctx ); @@ -90,9 +92,10 @@ void mbedtls_ccm_init( mbedtls_ccm_context *ctx ); * \brief This function initializes the CCM context set in the * \p ctx parameter and sets the encryption key. * - * \param ctx The CCM context to initialize. + * \param ctx The CCM context to initialize. This must be an initialized + * context. * \param cipher The 128-bit block cipher to use. - * \param key The encryption key. + * \param key The encryption key. This must not be \c NULL. * \param keybits The key size in bits. This must be acceptable by the cipher. * * \return \c 0 on success. @@ -107,7 +110,8 @@ int mbedtls_ccm_setkey( mbedtls_ccm_context *ctx, * \brief This function releases and clears the specified CCM context * and underlying cipher sub-context. * - * \param ctx The CCM context to clear. + * \param ctx The CCM context to clear. If this is \c NULL, the function + * has no effect. Otherwise, this must be initialized. */ void mbedtls_ccm_free( mbedtls_ccm_context *ctx ); @@ -120,19 +124,27 @@ void mbedtls_ccm_free( mbedtls_ccm_context *ctx ); * \p tag = \p output + \p length, and make sure that the * output buffer is at least \p length + \p tag_len wide. * - * \param ctx The CCM context to use for encryption. + * \param ctx The CCM context to use for encryption. This must be + * initialized and bound to a key. * \param length The length of the input data in Bytes. - * \param iv Initialization vector (nonce). + * \param iv The initialization vector (nonce). This must be a readable + * buffer of at least \p iv_len Bytes. * \param iv_len The length of the nonce in Bytes: 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, * or 13. The length L of the message length field is * 15 - \p iv_len. - * \param add The additional data field. + * \param add The additional data field. If \p add_len is greater than + * zero, \p add must be a readable buffer of at least that + * length. * \param add_len The length of additional data in Bytes. - * Must be less than 2^16 - 2^8. - * \param input The buffer holding the input data. - * \param output The buffer holding the output data. - * Must be at least \p length Bytes wide. - * \param tag The buffer holding the authentication field. + * This must be less than `2^16 - 2^8`. + * \param input The buffer holding the input data. If \p length is greater + * than zero, \p input must be a readable buffer of at least + * that length. + * \param output The buffer holding the output data. If \p length is greater + * than zero, \p output must be a writable buffer of at least + * that length. + * \param tag The buffer holding the authentication field. This must be a + * readable buffer of at least \p tag_len Bytes. * \param tag_len The length of the authentication field to generate in Bytes: * 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14 or 16. * @@ -158,23 +170,30 @@ int mbedtls_ccm_encrypt_and_tag( mbedtls_ccm_context *ctx, size_t length, * the tag length has to be encoded into the \p iv passed to * this function. * - * \param ctx The CCM context to use for encryption. + * \param ctx The CCM context to use for encryption. This must be + * initialized and bound to a key. * \param length The length of the input data in Bytes. - * \param iv Initialization vector (nonce). + * \param iv The initialization vector (nonce). This must be a readable + * buffer of at least \p iv_len Bytes. * \param iv_len The length of the nonce in Bytes: 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, * or 13. The length L of the message length field is * 15 - \p iv_len. - * \param add The additional data field. + * \param add The additional data field. This must be a readable buffer of + * at least \p add_len Bytes. * \param add_len The length of additional data in Bytes. - * Must be less than 2^16 - 2^8. - * \param input The buffer holding the input data. - * \param output The buffer holding the output data. - * Must be at least \p length Bytes wide. - * \param tag The buffer holding the authentication field. + * This must be less than 2^16 - 2^8. + * \param input The buffer holding the input data. If \p length is greater + * than zero, \p input must be a readable buffer of at least + * that length. + * \param output The buffer holding the output data. If \p length is greater + * than zero, \p output must be a writable buffer of at least + * that length. + * \param tag The buffer holding the authentication field. This must be a + * readable buffer of at least \p tag_len Bytes. * \param tag_len The length of the authentication field to generate in Bytes: * 0, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14 or 16. * - * \warning Passing 0 as \p tag_len means that the message is no + * \warning Passing \c 0 as \p tag_len means that the message is no * longer authenticated. * * \return \c 0 on success. @@ -190,20 +209,27 @@ int mbedtls_ccm_star_encrypt_and_tag( mbedtls_ccm_context *ctx, size_t length, * \brief This function performs a CCM authenticated decryption of a * buffer. * - * \param ctx The CCM context to use for decryption. + * \param ctx The CCM context to use for decryption. This must be + * initialized and bound to a key. * \param length The length of the input data in Bytes. - * \param iv Initialization vector (nonce). + * \param iv The initialization vector (nonce). This must be a readable + * buffer of at least \p iv_len Bytes. * \param iv_len The length of the nonce in Bytes: 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, * or 13. The length L of the message length field is * 15 - \p iv_len. - * \param add The additional data field. + * \param add The additional data field. This must be a readable buffer + * of at least that \p add_len Bytes.. * \param add_len The length of additional data in Bytes. - * Must be less than 2^16 - 2^8. - * \param input The buffer holding the input data. - * \param output The buffer holding the output data. - * Must be at least \p length Bytes wide. - * \param tag The buffer holding the authentication field. - * \param tag_len The length of the authentication field in Bytes. + * This must be less than 2^16 - 2^8. + * \param input The buffer holding the input data. If \p length is greater + * than zero, \p input must be a readable buffer of at least + * that length. + * \param output The buffer holding the output data. If \p length is greater + * than zero, \p output must be a writable buffer of at least + * that length. + * \param tag The buffer holding the authentication field. This must be a + * readable buffer of at least \p tag_len Bytes. + * \param tag_len The length of the authentication field to generate in Bytes: * 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14 or 16. * * \return \c 0 on success. This indicates that the message is authentic. @@ -225,23 +251,30 @@ int mbedtls_ccm_auth_decrypt( mbedtls_ccm_context *ctx, size_t length, * this function as \p tag_len. (\p tag needs to be adjusted * accordingly.) * - * \param ctx The CCM context to use for decryption. + * \param ctx The CCM context to use for decryption. This must be + * initialized and bound to a key. * \param length The length of the input data in Bytes. - * \param iv Initialization vector (nonce). + * \param iv The initialization vector (nonce). This must be a readable + * buffer of at least \p iv_len Bytes. * \param iv_len The length of the nonce in Bytes: 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, * or 13. The length L of the message length field is * 15 - \p iv_len. - * \param add The additional data field. + * \param add The additional data field. This must be a readable buffer of + * at least that \p add_len Bytes. * \param add_len The length of additional data in Bytes. - * Must be less than 2^16 - 2^8. - * \param input The buffer holding the input data. - * \param output The buffer holding the output data. - * Must be at least \p length Bytes wide. - * \param tag The buffer holding the authentication field. + * This must be less than 2^16 - 2^8. + * \param input The buffer holding the input data. If \p length is greater + * than zero, \p input must be a readable buffer of at least + * that length. + * \param output The buffer holding the output data. If \p length is greater + * than zero, \p output must be a writable buffer of at least + * that length. + * \param tag The buffer holding the authentication field. This must be a + * readable buffer of at least \p tag_len Bytes. * \param tag_len The length of the authentication field in Bytes. * 0, 4, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14 or 16. * - * \warning Passing 0 as \p tag_len means that the message is no + * \warning Passing \c 0 as \p tag_len means that the message is nos * longer authenticated. * * \return \c 0 on success. diff --git a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/chacha20.h b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/chacha20.h index 47bd7d38b9..2ae5e6e5f4 100644 --- a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/chacha20.h +++ b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/chacha20.h @@ -43,7 +43,13 @@ #include <stddef.h> #define MBEDTLS_ERR_CHACHA20_BAD_INPUT_DATA -0x0051 /**< Invalid input parameter(s). */ + +/* MBEDTLS_ERR_CHACHA20_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE is deprecated and should not be + * used. */ #define MBEDTLS_ERR_CHACHA20_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE -0x0053 /**< Feature not available. For example, s part of the API is not implemented. */ + +/* MBEDTLS_ERR_CHACHA20_HW_ACCEL_FAILED is deprecated and should not be used. + */ #define MBEDTLS_ERR_CHACHA20_HW_ACCEL_FAILED -0x0055 /**< Chacha20 hardware accelerator failed. */ #ifdef __cplusplus @@ -52,7 +58,7 @@ extern "C" { #if !defined(MBEDTLS_CHACHA20_ALT) -typedef struct +typedef struct mbedtls_chacha20_context { uint32_t state[16]; /*! The state (before round operations). */ uint8_t keystream8[64]; /*! Leftover keystream bytes. */ @@ -77,13 +83,18 @@ mbedtls_chacha20_context; * \c mbedtls_chacha20_free(). * * \param ctx The ChaCha20 context to initialize. + * This must not be \c NULL. */ void mbedtls_chacha20_init( mbedtls_chacha20_context *ctx ); /** - * \brief This function releases and clears the specified ChaCha20 context. + * \brief This function releases and clears the specified + * ChaCha20 context. + * + * \param ctx The ChaCha20 context to clear. This may be \c NULL, + * in which case this function is a no-op. If it is not + * \c NULL, it must point to an initialized context. * - * \param ctx The ChaCha20 context to clear. */ void mbedtls_chacha20_free( mbedtls_chacha20_context *ctx ); @@ -96,7 +107,9 @@ void mbedtls_chacha20_free( mbedtls_chacha20_context *ctx ); * \c mbedtls_chacha_update(). * * \param ctx The ChaCha20 context to which the key should be bound. - * \param key The encryption/decryption key. Must be 32 bytes in length. + * It must be initialized. + * \param key The encryption/decryption key. This must be \c 32 Bytes + * in length. * * \return \c 0 on success. * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CHACHA20_BAD_INPUT_DATA if ctx or key is NULL. @@ -115,8 +128,9 @@ int mbedtls_chacha20_setkey( mbedtls_chacha20_context *ctx, * messages encrypted with the same nonce and key. * * \param ctx The ChaCha20 context to which the nonce should be bound. - * \param nonce The nonce. Must be 12 bytes in size. - * \param counter The initial counter value. This is usually 0. + * It must be initialized and bound to a key. + * \param nonce The nonce. This must be \c 12 Bytes in size. + * \param counter The initial counter value. This is usually \c 0. * * \return \c 0 on success. * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CHACHA20_BAD_INPUT_DATA if ctx or nonce is @@ -144,16 +158,16 @@ int mbedtls_chacha20_starts( mbedtls_chacha20_context* ctx, * key and nonce. * * \param ctx The ChaCha20 context to use for encryption or decryption. - * \param size The length of the input data in bytes. + * It must be initialized and bound to a key and nonce. + * \param size The length of the input data in Bytes. * \param input The buffer holding the input data. - * This pointer can be NULL if size == 0. + * This pointer can be \c NULL if `size == 0`. * \param output The buffer holding the output data. - * Must be able to hold \p size bytes. - * This pointer can be NULL if size == 0. + * This must be able to hold \p size Bytes. + * This pointer can be \c NULL if `size == 0`. * * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CHACHA20_BAD_INPUT_DATA if the ctx, input, or - * output pointers are NULL. + * \return A negative error code on failure. */ int mbedtls_chacha20_update( mbedtls_chacha20_context *ctx, size_t size, @@ -174,19 +188,19 @@ int mbedtls_chacha20_update( mbedtls_chacha20_context *ctx, * \note The \p input and \p output pointers must either be equal or * point to non-overlapping buffers. * - * \param key The encryption/decryption key. Must be 32 bytes in length. - * \param nonce The nonce. Must be 12 bytes in size. - * \param counter The initial counter value. This is usually 0. - * \param size The length of the input data in bytes. + * \param key The encryption/decryption key. + * This must be \c 32 Bytes in length. + * \param nonce The nonce. This must be \c 12 Bytes in size. + * \param counter The initial counter value. This is usually \c 0. + * \param size The length of the input data in Bytes. * \param input The buffer holding the input data. - * This pointer can be NULL if size == 0. + * This pointer can be \c NULL if `size == 0`. * \param output The buffer holding the output data. - * Must be able to hold \p size bytes. - * This pointer can be NULL if size == 0. + * This must be able to hold \p size Bytes. + * This pointer can be \c NULL if `size == 0`. * * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CHACHA20_BAD_INPUT_DATA if key, nonce, input, - * or output is NULL. + * \return A negative error code on failure. */ int mbedtls_chacha20_crypt( const unsigned char key[32], const unsigned char nonce[12], diff --git a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/chachapoly.h b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/chachapoly.h index 42b2b230c5..49e615d278 100644 --- a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/chachapoly.h +++ b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/chachapoly.h @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ mbedtls_chachapoly_mode_t; #include "chacha20.h" -typedef struct +typedef struct mbedtls_chachapoly_context { mbedtls_chacha20_context chacha20_ctx; /**< The ChaCha20 context. */ mbedtls_poly1305_context poly1305_ctx; /**< The Poly1305 context. */ @@ -115,27 +115,29 @@ mbedtls_chachapoly_context; * all previous outputs of \c mbedtls_chachapoly_update(), * otherwise you can now safely use the plaintext. * - * \param ctx The ChachaPoly context to initialize. + * \param ctx The ChachaPoly context to initialize. Must not be \c NULL. */ void mbedtls_chachapoly_init( mbedtls_chachapoly_context *ctx ); /** - * \brief This function releases and clears the specified ChaCha20-Poly1305 context. + * \brief This function releases and clears the specified + * ChaCha20-Poly1305 context. * - * \param ctx The ChachaPoly context to clear. + * \param ctx The ChachaPoly context to clear. This may be \c NULL, in which + * case this function is a no-op. */ void mbedtls_chachapoly_free( mbedtls_chachapoly_context *ctx ); /** - * \brief This function sets the ChaCha20-Poly1305 symmetric encryption key. + * \brief This function sets the ChaCha20-Poly1305 + * symmetric encryption key. * * \param ctx The ChaCha20-Poly1305 context to which the key should be - * bound. - * \param key The 256-bit (32 bytes) key. + * bound. This must be initialized. + * \param key The \c 256 Bit (\c 32 Bytes) key. * * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_POLY1305_BAD_INPUT_DATA - * if \p ctx or \p key are NULL. + * \return A negative error code on failure. */ int mbedtls_chachapoly_setkey( mbedtls_chachapoly_context *ctx, const unsigned char key[32] ); @@ -155,14 +157,15 @@ int mbedtls_chachapoly_setkey( mbedtls_chachapoly_context *ctx, * \warning Decryption with the piecewise API is discouraged, see the * warning on \c mbedtls_chachapoly_init(). * - * \param ctx The ChaCha20-Poly1305 context. - * \param nonce The nonce/IV to use for the message. Must be 12 bytes. + * \param ctx The ChaCha20-Poly1305 context. This must be initialized + * and bound to a key. + * \param nonce The nonce/IV to use for the message. + * This must be a redable buffer of length \c 12 Bytes. * \param mode The operation to perform: #MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_ENCRYPT or * #MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_DECRYPT (discouraged, see warning). * * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_POLY1305_BAD_INPUT_DATA - * if \p ctx or \p mac are NULL. + * \return A negative error code on failure. */ int mbedtls_chachapoly_starts( mbedtls_chachapoly_context *ctx, const unsigned char nonce[12], @@ -193,11 +196,12 @@ int mbedtls_chachapoly_starts( mbedtls_chachapoly_context *ctx, * \warning Decryption with the piecewise API is discouraged, see the * warning on \c mbedtls_chachapoly_init(). * - * \param ctx The ChaCha20-Poly1305 context to use. - * \param aad_len The length (in bytes) of the AAD. The length has no + * \param ctx The ChaCha20-Poly1305 context. This must be initialized + * and bound to a key. + * \param aad_len The length in Bytes of the AAD. The length has no * restrictions. * \param aad Buffer containing the AAD. - * This pointer can be NULL if aad_len == 0. + * This pointer can be \c NULL if `aad_len == 0`. * * \return \c 0 on success. * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_POLY1305_BAD_INPUT_DATA @@ -227,20 +231,19 @@ int mbedtls_chachapoly_update_aad( mbedtls_chachapoly_context *ctx, * \warning Decryption with the piecewise API is discouraged, see the * warning on \c mbedtls_chachapoly_init(). * - * \param ctx The ChaCha20-Poly1305 context to use. + * \param ctx The ChaCha20-Poly1305 context to use. This must be initialized. * \param len The length (in bytes) of the data to encrypt or decrypt. * \param input The buffer containing the data to encrypt or decrypt. - * This pointer can be NULL if len == 0. - * \param output The buffer to where the encrypted or decrypted data is written. - * Must be able to hold \p len bytes. - * This pointer can be NULL if len == 0. + * This pointer can be \c NULL if `len == 0`. + * \param output The buffer to where the encrypted or decrypted data is + * written. This must be able to hold \p len bytes. + * This pointer can be \c NULL if `len == 0`. * * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_POLY1305_BAD_INPUT_DATA - * if \p ctx, \p input, or \p output are NULL. * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CHACHAPOLY_BAD_STATE * if the operation has not been started or has been * finished. + * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure. */ int mbedtls_chachapoly_update( mbedtls_chachapoly_context *ctx, size_t len, @@ -251,18 +254,17 @@ int mbedtls_chachapoly_update( mbedtls_chachapoly_context *ctx, * \brief This function finished the ChaCha20-Poly1305 operation and * generates the MAC (authentication tag). * - * \param ctx The ChaCha20-Poly1305 context to use. + * \param ctx The ChaCha20-Poly1305 context to use. This must be initialized. * \param mac The buffer to where the 128-bit (16 bytes) MAC is written. * * \warning Decryption with the piecewise API is discouraged, see the * warning on \c mbedtls_chachapoly_init(). * * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_POLY1305_BAD_INPUT_DATA - * if \p ctx or \p mac are NULL. * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CHACHAPOLY_BAD_STATE * if the operation has not been started or has been * finished. + * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure. */ int mbedtls_chachapoly_finish( mbedtls_chachapoly_context *ctx, unsigned char mac[16] ); @@ -280,20 +282,21 @@ int mbedtls_chachapoly_finish( mbedtls_chachapoly_context *ctx, * and key. * * \param ctx The ChaCha20-Poly1305 context to use (holds the key). + * This must be initialized. * \param length The length (in bytes) of the data to encrypt or decrypt. * \param nonce The 96-bit (12 bytes) nonce/IV to use. - * \param aad The buffer containing the additional authenticated data (AAD). - * This pointer can be NULL if aad_len == 0. + * \param aad The buffer containing the additional authenticated + * data (AAD). This pointer can be \c NULL if `aad_len == 0`. * \param aad_len The length (in bytes) of the AAD data to process. * \param input The buffer containing the data to encrypt or decrypt. - * This pointer can be NULL if ilen == 0. - * \param output The buffer to where the encrypted or decrypted data is written. - * This pointer can be NULL if ilen == 0. - * \param tag The buffer to where the computed 128-bit (16 bytes) MAC is written. + * This pointer can be \c NULL if `ilen == 0`. + * \param output The buffer to where the encrypted or decrypted data + * is written. This pointer can be \c NULL if `ilen == 0`. + * \param tag The buffer to where the computed 128-bit (16 bytes) MAC + * is written. This must not be \c NULL. * * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_POLY1305_BAD_INPUT_DATA - * if one or more of the required parameters are NULL. + * \return A negative error code on failure. */ int mbedtls_chachapoly_encrypt_and_tag( mbedtls_chachapoly_context *ctx, size_t length, @@ -312,22 +315,22 @@ int mbedtls_chachapoly_encrypt_and_tag( mbedtls_chachapoly_context *ctx, * \c mbedtls_chachapoly_setkey(). * * \param ctx The ChaCha20-Poly1305 context to use (holds the key). - * \param length The length (in bytes) of the data to decrypt. - * \param nonce The 96-bit (12 bytes) nonce/IV to use. + * \param length The length (in Bytes) of the data to decrypt. + * \param nonce The \c 96 Bit (\c 12 bytes) nonce/IV to use. * \param aad The buffer containing the additional authenticated data (AAD). - * This pointer can be NULL if aad_len == 0. + * This pointer can be \c NULL if `aad_len == 0`. * \param aad_len The length (in bytes) of the AAD data to process. * \param tag The buffer holding the authentication tag. + * This must be a readable buffer of length \c 16 Bytes. * \param input The buffer containing the data to decrypt. - * This pointer can be NULL if ilen == 0. + * This pointer can be \c NULL if `ilen == 0`. * \param output The buffer to where the decrypted data is written. - * This pointer can be NULL if ilen == 0. + * This pointer can be \c NULL if `ilen == 0`. * * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_POLY1305_BAD_INPUT_DATA - * if one or more of the required parameters are NULL. * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CHACHAPOLY_AUTH_FAILED * if the data was not authentic. + * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure. */ int mbedtls_chachapoly_auth_decrypt( mbedtls_chachapoly_context *ctx, size_t length, diff --git a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/check_config.h b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/check_config.h index 9e6bb8a46a..b86e5807e0 100644 --- a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/check_config.h +++ b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/check_config.h @@ -108,6 +108,17 @@ #error "MBEDTLS_ECJPAKE_C defined, but not all prerequisites" #endif +#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE) && \ + ( defined(MBEDTLS_ECDH_COMPUTE_SHARED_ALT) || \ + defined(MBEDTLS_ECDH_GEN_PUBLIC_ALT) || \ + defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_SIGN_ALT) || \ + defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_VERIFY_ALT) || \ + defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_GENKEY_ALT) || \ + defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_INTERNAL_ALT) || \ + defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_ALT) ) +#error "MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE defined, but it cannot coexist with an alternative ECP implementation" +#endif + #if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC) && !defined(MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_C) #error "MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC defined, but not all prerequisites" #endif @@ -127,6 +138,10 @@ #error "MBEDTLS_ECP_C defined, but not all prerequisites" #endif +#if defined(MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_C) && !defined(MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C) +#error "MBEDTLS_PK_PARSE_C defined, but not all prerequesites" +#endif + #if defined(MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_C) && (!defined(MBEDTLS_SHA512_C) && \ !defined(MBEDTLS_SHA256_C)) #error "MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_C defined, but not all prerequisites" diff --git a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/cipher.h b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/cipher.h index ea0ce983f1..922b6c32c6 100644 --- a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/cipher.h +++ b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/cipher.h @@ -36,6 +36,7 @@ #endif #include <stddef.h> +#include "mbedtls/platform_util.h" #if defined(MBEDTLS_GCM_C) || defined(MBEDTLS_CCM_C) || defined(MBEDTLS_CHACHAPOLY_C) #define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_AEAD @@ -45,7 +46,8 @@ #define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_WITH_PADDING #endif -#if defined(MBEDTLS_ARC4_C) || defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_NULL_CIPHER) +#if defined(MBEDTLS_ARC4_C) || defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_NULL_CIPHER) || \ + defined(MBEDTLS_CHACHA20_C) #define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_STREAM #endif @@ -61,6 +63,8 @@ #define MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_FULL_BLOCK_EXPECTED -0x6280 /**< Decryption of block requires a full block. */ #define MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_AUTH_FAILED -0x6300 /**< Authentication failed (for AEAD modes). */ #define MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_INVALID_CONTEXT -0x6380 /**< The context is invalid. For example, because it was freed. */ + +/* MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_HW_ACCEL_FAILED is deprecated and should not be used. */ #define MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_HW_ACCEL_FAILED -0x6400 /**< Cipher hardware accelerator failed. */ #define MBEDTLS_CIPHER_VARIABLE_IV_LEN 0x01 /**< Cipher accepts IVs of variable length. */ @@ -235,7 +239,8 @@ typedef struct mbedtls_cmac_context_t mbedtls_cmac_context_t; * Cipher information. Allows calling cipher functions * in a generic way. */ -typedef struct { +typedef struct mbedtls_cipher_info_t +{ /** Full cipher identifier. For example, * MBEDTLS_CIPHER_AES_256_CBC. */ @@ -276,7 +281,8 @@ typedef struct { /** * Generic cipher context. */ -typedef struct { +typedef struct mbedtls_cipher_context_t +{ /** Information about the associated cipher. */ const mbedtls_cipher_info_t *cipher_info; @@ -331,11 +337,12 @@ const int *mbedtls_cipher_list( void ); * \brief This function retrieves the cipher-information * structure associated with the given cipher name. * - * \param cipher_name Name of the cipher to search for. + * \param cipher_name Name of the cipher to search for. This must not be + * \c NULL. * * \return The cipher information structure associated with the * given \p cipher_name. - * \return NULL if the associated cipher information is not found. + * \return \c NULL if the associated cipher information is not found. */ const mbedtls_cipher_info_t *mbedtls_cipher_info_from_string( const char *cipher_name ); @@ -347,7 +354,7 @@ const mbedtls_cipher_info_t *mbedtls_cipher_info_from_string( const char *cipher * * \return The cipher information structure associated with the * given \p cipher_type. - * \return NULL if the associated cipher information is not found. + * \return \c NULL if the associated cipher information is not found. */ const mbedtls_cipher_info_t *mbedtls_cipher_info_from_type( const mbedtls_cipher_type_t cipher_type ); @@ -363,7 +370,7 @@ const mbedtls_cipher_info_t *mbedtls_cipher_info_from_type( const mbedtls_cipher * * \return The cipher information structure associated with the * given \p cipher_id. - * \return NULL if the associated cipher information is not found. + * \return \c NULL if the associated cipher information is not found. */ const mbedtls_cipher_info_t *mbedtls_cipher_info_from_values( const mbedtls_cipher_id_t cipher_id, int key_bitlen, @@ -371,6 +378,8 @@ const mbedtls_cipher_info_t *mbedtls_cipher_info_from_values( const mbedtls_ciph /** * \brief This function initializes a \p cipher_context as NONE. + * + * \param ctx The context to be initialized. This must not be \c NULL. */ void mbedtls_cipher_init( mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx ); @@ -378,6 +387,10 @@ void mbedtls_cipher_init( mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx ); * \brief This function frees and clears the cipher-specific * context of \p ctx. Freeing \p ctx itself remains the * responsibility of the caller. + * + * \param ctx The context to be freed. If this is \c NULL, the + * function has no effect, otherwise this must point to an + * initialized context. */ void mbedtls_cipher_free( mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx ); @@ -387,7 +400,7 @@ void mbedtls_cipher_free( mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx ); * structure with the appropriate values. It also clears * the structure. * - * \param ctx The context to initialize. May not be NULL. + * \param ctx The context to initialize. This must be initialized. * \param cipher_info The cipher to use. * * \return \c 0 on success. @@ -400,19 +413,22 @@ void mbedtls_cipher_free( mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx ); * In future versions, the caller will be required to call * mbedtls_cipher_init() on the structure first. */ -int mbedtls_cipher_setup( mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx, const mbedtls_cipher_info_t *cipher_info ); +int mbedtls_cipher_setup( mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx, + const mbedtls_cipher_info_t *cipher_info ); /** * \brief This function returns the block size of the given cipher. * - * \param ctx The context of the cipher. Must be initialized. + * \param ctx The context of the cipher. This must be initialized. * - * \return The size of the blocks of the cipher. - * \return 0 if \p ctx has not been initialized. + * \return The block size of the underlying cipher. + * \return \c 0 if \p ctx has not been initialized. */ -static inline unsigned int mbedtls_cipher_get_block_size( const mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx ) +static inline unsigned int mbedtls_cipher_get_block_size( + const mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx ) { - if( NULL == ctx || NULL == ctx->cipher_info ) + MBEDTLS_INTERNAL_VALIDATE_RET( ctx != NULL, 0 ); + if( ctx->cipher_info == NULL ) return 0; return ctx->cipher_info->block_size; @@ -422,14 +438,16 @@ static inline unsigned int mbedtls_cipher_get_block_size( const mbedtls_cipher_c * \brief This function returns the mode of operation for * the cipher. For example, MBEDTLS_MODE_CBC. * - * \param ctx The context of the cipher. Must be initialized. + * \param ctx The context of the cipher. This must be initialized. * * \return The mode of operation. * \return #MBEDTLS_MODE_NONE if \p ctx has not been initialized. */ -static inline mbedtls_cipher_mode_t mbedtls_cipher_get_cipher_mode( const mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx ) +static inline mbedtls_cipher_mode_t mbedtls_cipher_get_cipher_mode( + const mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx ) { - if( NULL == ctx || NULL == ctx->cipher_info ) + MBEDTLS_INTERNAL_VALIDATE_RET( ctx != NULL, MBEDTLS_MODE_NONE ); + if( ctx->cipher_info == NULL ) return MBEDTLS_MODE_NONE; return ctx->cipher_info->mode; @@ -439,15 +457,17 @@ static inline mbedtls_cipher_mode_t mbedtls_cipher_get_cipher_mode( const mbedtl * \brief This function returns the size of the IV or nonce * of the cipher, in Bytes. * - * \param ctx The context of the cipher. Must be initialized. + * \param ctx The context of the cipher. This must be initialized. * * \return The recommended IV size if no IV has been set. * \return \c 0 for ciphers not using an IV or a nonce. * \return The actual size if an IV has been set. */ -static inline int mbedtls_cipher_get_iv_size( const mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx ) +static inline int mbedtls_cipher_get_iv_size( + const mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx ) { - if( NULL == ctx || NULL == ctx->cipher_info ) + MBEDTLS_INTERNAL_VALIDATE_RET( ctx != NULL, 0 ); + if( ctx->cipher_info == NULL ) return 0; if( ctx->iv_size != 0 ) @@ -459,14 +479,17 @@ static inline int mbedtls_cipher_get_iv_size( const mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ct /** * \brief This function returns the type of the given cipher. * - * \param ctx The context of the cipher. Must be initialized. + * \param ctx The context of the cipher. This must be initialized. * * \return The type of the cipher. * \return #MBEDTLS_CIPHER_NONE if \p ctx has not been initialized. */ -static inline mbedtls_cipher_type_t mbedtls_cipher_get_type( const mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx ) +static inline mbedtls_cipher_type_t mbedtls_cipher_get_type( + const mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx ) { - if( NULL == ctx || NULL == ctx->cipher_info ) + MBEDTLS_INTERNAL_VALIDATE_RET( + ctx != NULL, MBEDTLS_CIPHER_NONE ); + if( ctx->cipher_info == NULL ) return MBEDTLS_CIPHER_NONE; return ctx->cipher_info->type; @@ -476,14 +499,16 @@ static inline mbedtls_cipher_type_t mbedtls_cipher_get_type( const mbedtls_ciphe * \brief This function returns the name of the given cipher * as a string. * - * \param ctx The context of the cipher. Must be initialized. + * \param ctx The context of the cipher. This must be initialized. * * \return The name of the cipher. * \return NULL if \p ctx has not been not initialized. */ -static inline const char *mbedtls_cipher_get_name( const mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx ) +static inline const char *mbedtls_cipher_get_name( + const mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx ) { - if( NULL == ctx || NULL == ctx->cipher_info ) + MBEDTLS_INTERNAL_VALIDATE_RET( ctx != NULL, 0 ); + if( ctx->cipher_info == NULL ) return 0; return ctx->cipher_info->name; @@ -492,15 +517,18 @@ static inline const char *mbedtls_cipher_get_name( const mbedtls_cipher_context_ /** * \brief This function returns the key length of the cipher. * - * \param ctx The context of the cipher. Must be initialized. + * \param ctx The context of the cipher. This must be initialized. * * \return The key length of the cipher in bits. * \return #MBEDTLS_KEY_LENGTH_NONE if ctx \p has not been * initialized. */ -static inline int mbedtls_cipher_get_key_bitlen( const mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx ) +static inline int mbedtls_cipher_get_key_bitlen( + const mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx ) { - if( NULL == ctx || NULL == ctx->cipher_info ) + MBEDTLS_INTERNAL_VALIDATE_RET( + ctx != NULL, MBEDTLS_KEY_LENGTH_NONE ); + if( ctx->cipher_info == NULL ) return MBEDTLS_KEY_LENGTH_NONE; return (int) ctx->cipher_info->key_bitlen; @@ -509,14 +537,17 @@ static inline int mbedtls_cipher_get_key_bitlen( const mbedtls_cipher_context_t /** * \brief This function returns the operation of the given cipher. * - * \param ctx The context of the cipher. Must be initialized. + * \param ctx The context of the cipher. This must be initialized. * * \return The type of operation: #MBEDTLS_ENCRYPT or #MBEDTLS_DECRYPT. * \return #MBEDTLS_OPERATION_NONE if \p ctx has not been initialized. */ -static inline mbedtls_operation_t mbedtls_cipher_get_operation( const mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx ) +static inline mbedtls_operation_t mbedtls_cipher_get_operation( + const mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx ) { - if( NULL == ctx || NULL == ctx->cipher_info ) + MBEDTLS_INTERNAL_VALIDATE_RET( + ctx != NULL, MBEDTLS_OPERATION_NONE ); + if( ctx->cipher_info == NULL ) return MBEDTLS_OPERATION_NONE; return ctx->operation; @@ -525,11 +556,11 @@ static inline mbedtls_operation_t mbedtls_cipher_get_operation( const mbedtls_ci /** * \brief This function sets the key to use with the given context. * - * \param ctx The generic cipher context. May not be NULL. Must have - * been initialized using mbedtls_cipher_info_from_type() - * or mbedtls_cipher_info_from_string(). - * \param key The key to use. - * \param key_bitlen The key length to use, in bits. + * \param ctx The generic cipher context. This must be initialized and + * bound to a cipher information structure. + * \param key The key to use. This must be a readable buffer of at + * least \p key_bitlen Bits. + * \param key_bitlen The key length to use, in Bits. * \param operation The operation that the key will be used for: * #MBEDTLS_ENCRYPT or #MBEDTLS_DECRYPT. * @@ -538,8 +569,10 @@ static inline mbedtls_operation_t mbedtls_cipher_get_operation( const mbedtls_ci * parameter-verification failure. * \return A cipher-specific error code on failure. */ -int mbedtls_cipher_setkey( mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx, const unsigned char *key, - int key_bitlen, const mbedtls_operation_t operation ); +int mbedtls_cipher_setkey( mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx, + const unsigned char *key, + int key_bitlen, + const mbedtls_operation_t operation ); #if defined(MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_WITH_PADDING) /** @@ -548,7 +581,8 @@ int mbedtls_cipher_setkey( mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx, const unsigned char *k * * The default passing mode is PKCS7 padding. * - * \param ctx The generic cipher context. + * \param ctx The generic cipher context. This must be initialized and + * bound to a cipher information structure. * \param mode The padding mode. * * \return \c 0 on success. @@ -557,7 +591,8 @@ int mbedtls_cipher_setkey( mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx, const unsigned char *k * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_BAD_INPUT_DATA if the cipher mode * does not support padding. */ -int mbedtls_cipher_set_padding_mode( mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx, mbedtls_cipher_padding_t mode ); +int mbedtls_cipher_set_padding_mode( mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx, + mbedtls_cipher_padding_t mode ); #endif /* MBEDTLS_CIPHER_MODE_WITH_PADDING */ /** @@ -567,8 +602,10 @@ int mbedtls_cipher_set_padding_mode( mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx, mbedtls_ciph * \note Some ciphers do not use IVs nor nonce. For these * ciphers, this function has no effect. * - * \param ctx The generic cipher context. - * \param iv The IV to use, or NONCE_COUNTER for CTR-mode ciphers. + * \param ctx The generic cipher context. This must be initialized and + * bound to a cipher information structure. + * \param iv The IV to use, or NONCE_COUNTER for CTR-mode ciphers. This + * must be a readable buffer of at least \p iv_len Bytes. * \param iv_len The IV length for ciphers with variable-size IV. * This parameter is discarded by ciphers with fixed-size IV. * @@ -577,12 +614,13 @@ int mbedtls_cipher_set_padding_mode( mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx, mbedtls_ciph * parameter-verification failure. */ int mbedtls_cipher_set_iv( mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx, - const unsigned char *iv, size_t iv_len ); + const unsigned char *iv, + size_t iv_len ); /** * \brief This function resets the cipher state. * - * \param ctx The generic cipher context. + * \param ctx The generic cipher context. This must be initialized. * * \return \c 0 on success. * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_BAD_INPUT_DATA on @@ -594,11 +632,13 @@ int mbedtls_cipher_reset( mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx ); /** * \brief This function adds additional data for AEAD ciphers. * Currently supported with GCM and ChaCha20+Poly1305. - * Must be called exactly once, after mbedtls_cipher_reset(). + * This must be called exactly once, after + * mbedtls_cipher_reset(). * - * \param ctx The generic cipher context. - * \param ad The additional data to use. - * \param ad_len the Length of \p ad. + * \param ctx The generic cipher context. This must be initialized. + * \param ad The additional data to use. This must be a readable + * buffer of at least \p ad_len Bytes. + * \param ad_len the Length of \p ad Bytes. * * \return \c 0 on success. * \return A specific error code on failure. @@ -622,14 +662,17 @@ int mbedtls_cipher_update_ad( mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx, * mbedtls_cipher_finish(), must have \p ilen as a * multiple of the block size of the cipher. * - * \param ctx The generic cipher context. - * \param input The buffer holding the input data. + * \param ctx The generic cipher context. This must be initialized and + * bound to a key. + * \param input The buffer holding the input data. This must be a + * readable buffer of at least \p ilen Bytes. * \param ilen The length of the input data. - * \param output The buffer for the output data. Must be able to hold at - * least \p ilen + block_size. Must not be the same buffer - * as input. + * \param output The buffer for the output data. This must be able to + * hold at least `ilen + block_size`. This must not be the + * same buffer as \p input. * \param olen The length of the output data, to be updated with the - * actual number of Bytes written. + * actual number of Bytes written. This must not be + * \c NULL. * * \return \c 0 on success. * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_BAD_INPUT_DATA on @@ -647,9 +690,12 @@ int mbedtls_cipher_update( mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx, const unsigned char *i * contained in it is padded to the size of * the last block, and written to the \p output buffer. * - * \param ctx The generic cipher context. - * \param output The buffer to write data to. Needs block_size available. + * \param ctx The generic cipher context. This must be initialized and + * bound to a key. + * \param output The buffer to write data to. This needs to be a writable + * buffer of at least \p block_size Bytes. * \param olen The length of the data written to the \p output buffer. + * This may not be \c NULL. * * \return \c 0 on success. * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CIPHER_BAD_INPUT_DATA on @@ -667,10 +713,14 @@ int mbedtls_cipher_finish( mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx, /** * \brief This function writes a tag for AEAD ciphers. * Currently supported with GCM and ChaCha20+Poly1305. - * Must be called after mbedtls_cipher_finish(). - * - * \param ctx The generic cipher context. - * \param tag The buffer to write the tag to. + * This must be called after mbedtls_cipher_finish(). + * + * \param ctx The generic cipher context. This must be initialized, + * bound to a key, and have just completed a cipher + * operation through mbedtls_cipher_finish() the tag for + * which should be written. + * \param tag The buffer to write the tag to. This must be a writable + * buffer of at least \p tag_len Bytes. * \param tag_len The length of the tag to write. * * \return \c 0 on success. @@ -682,10 +732,11 @@ int mbedtls_cipher_write_tag( mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx, /** * \brief This function checks the tag for AEAD ciphers. * Currently supported with GCM and ChaCha20+Poly1305. - * Must be called after mbedtls_cipher_finish(). + * This must be called after mbedtls_cipher_finish(). * - * \param ctx The generic cipher context. - * \param tag The buffer holding the tag. + * \param ctx The generic cipher context. This must be initialized. + * \param tag The buffer holding the tag. This must be a readable + * buffer of at least \p tag_len Bytes. * \param tag_len The length of the tag to check. * * \return \c 0 on success. @@ -699,18 +750,22 @@ int mbedtls_cipher_check_tag( mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx, * \brief The generic all-in-one encryption/decryption function, * for all ciphers except AEAD constructs. * - * \param ctx The generic cipher context. + * \param ctx The generic cipher context. This must be initialized. * \param iv The IV to use, or NONCE_COUNTER for CTR-mode ciphers. + * This must be a readable buffer of at least \p iv_len + * Bytes. * \param iv_len The IV length for ciphers with variable-size IV. * This parameter is discarded by ciphers with fixed-size * IV. - * \param input The buffer holding the input data. - * \param ilen The length of the input data. - * \param output The buffer for the output data. Must be able to hold at - * least \p ilen + block_size. Must not be the same buffer - * as input. + * \param input The buffer holding the input data. This must be a + * readable buffer of at least \p ilen Bytes. + * \param ilen The length of the input data in Bytes. + * \param output The buffer for the output data. This must be able to + * hold at least `ilen + block_size`. This must not be the + * same buffer as \p input. * \param olen The length of the output data, to be updated with the - * actual number of Bytes written. + * actual number of Bytes written. This must not be + * \c NULL. * * \note Some ciphers do not use IVs nor nonce. For these * ciphers, use \p iv = NULL and \p iv_len = 0. @@ -733,19 +788,26 @@ int mbedtls_cipher_crypt( mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx, /** * \brief The generic autenticated encryption (AEAD) function. * - * \param ctx The generic cipher context. + * \param ctx The generic cipher context. This must be initialized and + * bound to a key. * \param iv The IV to use, or NONCE_COUNTER for CTR-mode ciphers. + * This must be a readable buffer of at least \p iv_len + * Bytes. * \param iv_len The IV length for ciphers with variable-size IV. * This parameter is discarded by ciphers with fixed-size IV. - * \param ad The additional data to authenticate. + * \param ad The additional data to authenticate. This must be a + * readable buffer of at least \p ad_len Bytes. * \param ad_len The length of \p ad. - * \param input The buffer holding the input data. + * \param input The buffer holding the input data. This must be a + * readable buffer of at least \p ilen Bytes. * \param ilen The length of the input data. - * \param output The buffer for the output data. - * Must be able to hold at least \p ilen. + * \param output The buffer for the output data. This must be able to + * hold at least \p ilen Bytes. * \param olen The length of the output data, to be updated with the - * actual number of Bytes written. - * \param tag The buffer for the authentication tag. + * actual number of Bytes written. This must not be + * \c NULL. + * \param tag The buffer for the authentication tag. This must be a + * writable buffer of at least \p tag_len Bytes. * \param tag_len The desired length of the authentication tag. * * \return \c 0 on success. @@ -767,19 +829,26 @@ int mbedtls_cipher_auth_encrypt( mbedtls_cipher_context_t *ctx, * is zeroed out to prevent the unauthentic plaintext being * used, making this interface safer. * - * \param ctx The generic cipher context. + * \param ctx The generic cipher context. This must be initialized and + * and bound to a key. * \param iv The IV to use, or NONCE_COUNTER for CTR-mode ciphers. + * This must be a readable buffer of at least \p iv_len + * Bytes. * \param iv_len The IV length for ciphers with variable-size IV. * This parameter is discarded by ciphers with fixed-size IV. - * \param ad The additional data to be authenticated. + * \param ad The additional data to be authenticated. This must be a + * readable buffer of at least \p ad_len Bytes. * \param ad_len The length of \p ad. - * \param input The buffer holding the input data. + * \param input The buffer holding the input data. This must be a + * readable buffer of at least \p ilen Bytes. * \param ilen The length of the input data. * \param output The buffer for the output data. - * Must be able to hold at least \p ilen. + * This must be able to hold at least \p ilen Bytes. * \param olen The length of the output data, to be updated with the - * actual number of Bytes written. - * \param tag The buffer holding the authentication tag. + * actual number of Bytes written. This must not be + * \c NULL. + * \param tag The buffer holding the authentication tag. This must be + * a readable buffer of at least \p tag_len Bytes. * \param tag_len The length of the authentication tag. * * \return \c 0 on success. diff --git a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/cmac.h b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/cmac.h index a4fd552565..c196793531 100644 --- a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/cmac.h +++ b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/cmac.h @@ -34,6 +34,7 @@ extern "C" { #endif +/* MBEDTLS_ERR_CMAC_HW_ACCEL_FAILED is deprecated and should not be used. */ #define MBEDTLS_ERR_CMAC_HW_ACCEL_FAILED -0x007A /**< CMAC hardware accelerator failed. */ #define MBEDTLS_AES_BLOCK_SIZE 16 diff --git a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/config.h b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/config.h index 6daa8d103b..91cc5bddf8 100644 --- a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/config.h +++ b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/config.h @@ -137,12 +137,21 @@ /** * \def MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME_DATE * - * System has time.h and time(), gmtime() and the clock is correct. + * System has time.h, time(), and an implementation for + * mbedtls_platform_gmtime_r() (see below). * The time needs to be correct (not necesarily very accurate, but at least * the date should be correct). This is used to verify the validity period of * X.509 certificates. * * Comment if your system does not have a correct clock. + * + * \note mbedtls_platform_gmtime_r() is an abstraction in platform_util.h that + * behaves similarly to the gmtime_r() function from the C standard. Refer to + * the documentation for mbedtls_platform_gmtime_r() for more information. + * + * \note It is possible to configure an implementation for + * mbedtls_platform_gmtime_r() at compile-time by using the macro + * MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_GMTIME_R_ALT. */ #define MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME_DATE @@ -247,6 +256,48 @@ */ //#define MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED +/** + * \def MBEDTLS_CHECK_PARAMS + * + * This configuration option controls whether the library validates more of + * the parameters passed to it. + * + * When this flag is not defined, the library only attempts to validate an + * input parameter if: (1) they may come from the outside world (such as the + * network, the filesystem, etc.) or (2) not validating them could result in + * internal memory errors such as overflowing a buffer controlled by the + * library. On the other hand, it doesn't attempt to validate parameters whose + * values are fully controlled by the application (such as pointers). + * + * When this flag is defined, the library additionally attempts to validate + * parameters that are fully controlled by the application, and should always + * be valid if the application code is fully correct and trusted. + * + * For example, when a function accepts as input a pointer to a buffer that may + * contain untrusted data, and its documentation mentions that this pointer + * must not be NULL: + * - the pointer is checked to be non-NULL only if this option is enabled + * - the content of the buffer is always validated + * + * When this flag is defined, if a library function receives a parameter that + * is invalid, it will: + * - invoke the macro MBEDTLS_PARAM_FAILED() which by default expands to a + * call to the function mbedtls_param_failed() + * - immediately return (with a specific error code unless the function + * returns void and can't communicate an error). + * + * When defining this flag, you also need to: + * - either provide a definition of the function mbedtls_param_failed() in + * your application (see platform_util.h for its prototype) as the library + * calls that function, but does not provide a default definition for it, + * - or provide a different definition of the macro MBEDTLS_PARAM_FAILED() + * below if the above mechanism is not flexible enough to suit your needs. + * See the documentation of this macro later in this file. + * + * Uncomment to enable validation of application-controlled parameters. + */ +//#define MBEDTLS_CHECK_PARAMS + /* \} name SECTION: System support */ /** @@ -405,11 +456,11 @@ * unsigned char mbedtls_internal_ecp_grp_capable( * const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp ) * int mbedtls_internal_ecp_init( const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp ) - * void mbedtls_internal_ecp_deinit( const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp ) + * void mbedtls_internal_ecp_free( const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp ) * The mbedtls_internal_ecp_grp_capable function should return 1 if the * replacement functions implement arithmetic for the given group and 0 * otherwise. - * The functions mbedtls_internal_ecp_init and mbedtls_internal_ecp_deinit are + * The functions mbedtls_internal_ecp_init and mbedtls_internal_ecp_free are * called before and after each point operation and provide an opportunity to * implement optimized set up and tear down instructions. * @@ -669,6 +720,30 @@ #define MBEDTLS_ECP_NIST_OPTIM /** + * \def MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE + * + * Enable "non-blocking" ECC operations that can return early and be resumed. + * + * This allows various functions to pause by returning + * #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_IN_PROGRESS (or, for functions in the SSL module, + * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CRYPTO_IN_PROGRESS) and then be called later again in + * order to further progress and eventually complete their operation. This is + * controlled through mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops() which limits the maximum + * number of ECC operations a function may perform before pausing; see + * mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops() for more information. + * + * This is useful in non-threaded environments if you want to avoid blocking + * for too long on ECC (and, hence, X.509 or SSL/TLS) operations. + * + * Uncomment this macro to enable restartable ECC computations. + * + * \note This option only works with the default software implementation of + * elliptic curve functionality. It is incompatible with + * MBEDTLS_ECP_ALT, MBEDTLS_ECDH_XXX_ALT and MBEDTLS_ECDSA_XXX_ALT. + */ +//#define MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE + +/** * \def MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC * * Enable deterministic ECDSA (RFC 6979). @@ -1279,7 +1354,7 @@ /** * \def MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGOTIATION * - * Disable support for TLS renegotiation. + * Enable support for TLS renegotiation. * * The two main uses of renegotiation are (1) refresh keys on long-lived * connections and (2) client authentication after the initial handshake. @@ -2018,14 +2093,16 @@ /** * \def MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_C * - * Enable the CTR_DRBG AES-256-based random generator. + * Enable the CTR_DRBG AES-based random generator. + * The CTR_DRBG generator uses AES-256 by default. + * To use AES-128 instead, enable MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_USE_128_BIT_KEY below. * * Module: library/ctr_drbg.c * Caller: * * Requires: MBEDTLS_AES_C * - * This module provides the CTR_DRBG AES-256 random number generator. + * This module provides the CTR_DRBG AES random number generator. */ #define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_C @@ -2389,6 +2466,20 @@ #define MBEDTLS_OID_C /** + * \def MBEDTLS_PADLOCK_C + * + * Enable VIA Padlock support on x86. + * + * Module: library/padlock.c + * Caller: library/aes.c + * + * Requires: MBEDTLS_HAVE_ASM + * + * This modules adds support for the VIA PadLock on x86. + */ +#define MBEDTLS_PADLOCK_C + +/** * \def MBEDTLS_PEM_PARSE_C * * Enable PEM decoding / parsing. @@ -2896,6 +2987,7 @@ //#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_INPUT 256 /**< Maximum number of additional input bytes */ //#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_REQUEST 1024 /**< Maximum number of requested bytes per call */ //#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_SEED_INPUT 384 /**< Maximum size of (re)seed buffer */ +//#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_USE_128_BIT_KEY /**< Use 128-bit key for CTR_DRBG - may reduce security (see ctr_drbg.h) */ /* HMAC_DRBG options */ //#define MBEDTLS_HMAC_DRBG_RESEED_INTERVAL 10000 /**< Interval before reseed is performed by default */ @@ -2946,6 +3038,36 @@ //#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NV_SEED_READ_MACRO mbedtls_platform_std_nv_seed_read /**< Default nv_seed_read function to use, can be undefined */ //#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_NV_SEED_WRITE_MACRO mbedtls_platform_std_nv_seed_write /**< Default nv_seed_write function to use, can be undefined */ +/** + * \brief This macro is invoked by the library when an invalid parameter + * is detected that is only checked with MBEDTLS_CHECK_PARAMS + * (see the documentation of that option for context). + * + * When you leave this undefined here, a default definition is + * provided that invokes the function mbedtls_param_failed(), + * which is declared in platform_util.h for the benefit of the + * library, but that you need to define in your application. + * + * When you define this here, this replaces the default + * definition in platform_util.h (which no longer declares the + * function mbedtls_param_failed()) and it is your responsibility + * to make sure this macro expands to something suitable (in + * particular, that all the necessary declarations are visible + * from within the library - you can ensure that by providing + * them in this file next to the macro definition). + * + * Note that you may define this macro to expand to nothing, in + * which case you don't have to worry about declarations or + * definitions. However, you will then be notified about invalid + * parameters only in non-void functions, and void function will + * just silently return early on invalid parameters, which + * partially negates the benefits of enabling + * #MBEDTLS_CHECK_PARAMS in the first place, so is discouraged. + * + * \param cond The expression that should evaluate to true, but doesn't. + */ +//#define MBEDTLS_PARAM_FAILED( cond ) assert( cond ) + /* SSL Cache options */ //#define MBEDTLS_SSL_CACHE_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT 86400 /**< 1 day */ //#define MBEDTLS_SSL_CACHE_DEFAULT_MAX_ENTRIES 50 /**< Maximum entries in cache */ @@ -2954,31 +3076,65 @@ /** \def MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_CONTENT_LEN * - * Maximum fragment length in bytes. + * Maximum length (in bytes) of incoming and outgoing plaintext fragments. + * + * This determines the size of both the incoming and outgoing TLS I/O buffers + * in such a way that both are capable of holding the specified amount of + * plaintext data, regardless of the protection mechanism used. * - * Determines the size of both the incoming and outgoing TLS I/O buffers. + * To configure incoming and outgoing I/O buffers separately, use + * #MBEDTLS_SSL_IN_CONTENT_LEN and #MBEDTLS_SSL_OUT_CONTENT_LEN, + * which overwrite the value set by this option. * - * Uncommenting MBEDTLS_SSL_IN_CONTENT_LEN and/or MBEDTLS_SSL_OUT_CONTENT_LEN - * will override this length by setting maximum incoming and/or outgoing - * fragment length, respectively. + * \note When using a value less than the default of 16KB on the client, it is + * recommended to use the Maximum Fragment Length (MFL) extension to + * inform the server about this limitation. On the server, there + * is no supported, standardized way of informing the client about + * restriction on the maximum size of incoming messages, and unless + * the limitation has been communicated by other means, it is recommended + * to only change the outgoing buffer size #MBEDTLS_SSL_OUT_CONTENT_LEN + * while keeping the default value of 16KB for the incoming buffer. + * + * Uncomment to set the maximum plaintext size of both + * incoming and outgoing I/O buffers. */ //#define MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_CONTENT_LEN 16384 /** \def MBEDTLS_SSL_IN_CONTENT_LEN * - * Maximum incoming fragment length in bytes. + * Maximum length (in bytes) of incoming plaintext fragments. + * + * This determines the size of the incoming TLS I/O buffer in such a way + * that it is capable of holding the specified amount of plaintext data, + * regardless of the protection mechanism used. + * + * If this option is undefined, it inherits its value from + * #MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_CONTENT_LEN. + * + * \note When using a value less than the default of 16KB on the client, it is + * recommended to use the Maximum Fragment Length (MFL) extension to + * inform the server about this limitation. On the server, there + * is no supported, standardized way of informing the client about + * restriction on the maximum size of incoming messages, and unless + * the limitation has been communicated by other means, it is recommended + * to only change the outgoing buffer size #MBEDTLS_SSL_OUT_CONTENT_LEN + * while keeping the default value of 16KB for the incoming buffer. * - * Uncomment to set the size of the inward TLS buffer independently of the - * outward buffer. + * Uncomment to set the maximum plaintext size of the incoming I/O buffer + * independently of the outgoing I/O buffer. */ //#define MBEDTLS_SSL_IN_CONTENT_LEN 16384 /** \def MBEDTLS_SSL_OUT_CONTENT_LEN * - * Maximum outgoing fragment length in bytes. + * Maximum length (in bytes) of outgoing plaintext fragments. * - * Uncomment to set the size of the outward TLS buffer independently of the - * inward buffer. + * This determines the size of the outgoing TLS I/O buffer in such a way + * that it is capable of holding the specified amount of plaintext data, + * regardless of the protection mechanism used. + * + * If this option undefined, it inherits its value from + * #MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_CONTENT_LEN. * * It is possible to save RAM by setting a smaller outward buffer, while keeping * the default inward 16384 byte buffer to conform to the TLS specification. @@ -2988,14 +3144,28 @@ * The specific size requirement depends on the configured ciphers and any * certificate data which is sent during the handshake. * - * For absolute minimum RAM usage, it's best to enable - * MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_FRAGMENT_LENGTH and reduce MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_CONTENT_LEN. This - * reduces both incoming and outgoing buffer sizes. However this is only - * guaranteed if the other end of the connection also supports the TLS - * max_fragment_len extension. Otherwise the connection may fail. + * Uncomment to set the maximum plaintext size of the outgoing I/O buffer + * independently of the incoming I/O buffer. */ //#define MBEDTLS_SSL_OUT_CONTENT_LEN 16384 +/** \def MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_MAX_BUFFERING + * + * Maximum number of heap-allocated bytes for the purpose of + * DTLS handshake message reassembly and future message buffering. + * + * This should be at least 9/8 * MBEDTLSSL_IN_CONTENT_LEN + * to account for a reassembled handshake message of maximum size, + * together with its reassembly bitmap. + * + * A value of 2 * MBEDTLS_SSL_IN_CONTENT_LEN (32768 by default) + * should be sufficient for all practical situations as it allows + * to reassembly a large handshake message (such as a certificate) + * while buffering multiple smaller handshake messages. + * + */ +//#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_MAX_BUFFERING 32768 + //#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DEFAULT_TICKET_LIFETIME 86400 /**< Lifetime of session tickets (if enabled) */ //#define MBEDTLS_PSK_MAX_LEN 32 /**< Max size of TLS pre-shared keys, in bytes (default 256 bits) */ //#define MBEDTLS_SSL_COOKIE_TIMEOUT 60 /**< Default expiration delay of DTLS cookies, in seconds if HAVE_TIME, or in number of cookies issued */ @@ -3069,25 +3239,33 @@ */ //#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_ZEROIZE_ALT -/* \} name SECTION: Customisation configuration options */ - -/* Target and application specific configurations */ -//#define YOTTA_CFG_MBEDTLS_TARGET_CONFIG_FILE "target_config.h" +/** + * Uncomment the macro to let Mbed TLS use your alternate implementation of + * mbedtls_platform_gmtime_r(). This replaces the default implementation in + * platform_util.c. + * + * gmtime() is not a thread-safe function as defined in the C standard. The + * library will try to use safer implementations of this function, such as + * gmtime_r() when available. However, if Mbed TLS cannot identify the target + * system, the implementation of mbedtls_platform_gmtime_r() will default to + * using the standard gmtime(). In this case, calls from the library to + * gmtime() will be guarded by the global mutex mbedtls_threading_gmtime_mutex + * if MBEDTLS_THREADING_C is enabled. We recommend that calls from outside the + * library are also guarded with this mutex to avoid race conditions. However, + * if the macro MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_GMTIME_R_ALT is defined, Mbed TLS will + * unconditionally use the implementation for mbedtls_platform_gmtime_r() + * supplied at compile time. + */ +//#define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_GMTIME_R_ALT -#if defined(TARGET_LIKE_MBED) && defined(YOTTA_CFG_MBEDTLS_TARGET_CONFIG_FILE) -#include YOTTA_CFG_MBEDTLS_TARGET_CONFIG_FILE -#endif +/* \} name SECTION: Customisation configuration options */ -/* +/* Target and application specific configurations + * * Allow user to override any previous default. * - * Use two macro names for that, as: - * - with yotta the prefix YOTTA_CFG_ is forced - * - without yotta is looks weird to have a YOTTA prefix. */ -#if defined(YOTTA_CFG_MBEDTLS_USER_CONFIG_FILE) -#include YOTTA_CFG_MBEDTLS_USER_CONFIG_FILE -#elif defined(MBEDTLS_USER_CONFIG_FILE) +#if defined(MBEDTLS_USER_CONFIG_FILE) #include MBEDTLS_USER_CONFIG_FILE #endif diff --git a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ctr_drbg.h b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ctr_drbg.h index 3835d7299b..10f9389d9f 100644 --- a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ctr_drbg.h +++ b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ctr_drbg.h @@ -8,8 +8,11 @@ * Recommendation for Random Number Generation Using Deterministic Random * Bit Generators</em>. * - * The Mbed TLS implementation of CTR_DRBG uses AES-256 as the underlying - * block cipher. + * The Mbed TLS implementation of CTR_DRBG uses AES-256 (default) or AES-128 + * as the underlying block cipher. + * + * \warning Using 128-bit keys for CTR_DRBG limits the security of generated + * keys and operations that use random values generated to 128-bit security. */ /* * Copyright (C) 2006-2018, Arm Limited (or its affiliates), All Rights Reserved @@ -45,7 +48,13 @@ #define MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_FILE_IO_ERROR -0x003A /**< Read or write error in file. */ #define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_BLOCKSIZE 16 /**< The block size used by the cipher. */ -#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_KEYSIZE 32 /**< The key size used by the cipher. */ + +#if defined(MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_USE_128_BIT_KEY) +#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_KEYSIZE 16 /**< The key size used by the cipher (compile-time choice: 128 bits). */ +#else +#define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_KEYSIZE 32 /**< The key size used by the cipher (compile-time choice: 256 bits). */ +#endif + #define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_KEYBITS ( MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_KEYSIZE * 8 ) /**< The key size for the DRBG operation, in bits. */ #define MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_SEEDLEN ( MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_KEYSIZE + MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_BLOCKSIZE ) /**< The seed length, calculated as (counter + AES key). */ @@ -108,7 +117,7 @@ extern "C" { /** * \brief The CTR_DRBG context structure. */ -typedef struct +typedef struct mbedtls_ctr_drbg_context { unsigned char counter[16]; /*!< The counter (V). */ int reseed_counter; /*!< The reseed counter. */ @@ -230,18 +239,20 @@ int mbedtls_ctr_drbg_reseed( mbedtls_ctr_drbg_context *ctx, /** * \brief This function updates the state of the CTR_DRBG context. * - * \note If \p add_len is greater than - * #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_SEED_INPUT, only the first - * #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_SEED_INPUT Bytes are used. - * The remaining Bytes are silently discarded. - * * \param ctx The CTR_DRBG context. * \param additional The data to update the state with. - * \param add_len Length of \p additional data. - * + * \param add_len Length of \p additional in bytes. This must be at + * most #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_SEED_INPUT. + * + * \return \c 0 on success. + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_CTR_DRBG_INPUT_TOO_BIG if + * \p add_len is more than + * #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_SEED_INPUT. + * \return An error from the underlying AES cipher on failure. */ -void mbedtls_ctr_drbg_update( mbedtls_ctr_drbg_context *ctx, - const unsigned char *additional, size_t add_len ); +int mbedtls_ctr_drbg_update_ret( mbedtls_ctr_drbg_context *ctx, + const unsigned char *additional, + size_t add_len ); /** * \brief This function updates a CTR_DRBG instance with additional @@ -281,6 +292,35 @@ int mbedtls_ctr_drbg_random_with_add( void *p_rng, int mbedtls_ctr_drbg_random( void *p_rng, unsigned char *output, size_t output_len ); + +#if ! defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED) +#if defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_WARNING) +#define MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED __attribute__((deprecated)) +#else +#define MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED +#endif +/** + * \brief This function updates the state of the CTR_DRBG context. + * + * \deprecated Superseded by mbedtls_ctr_drbg_update_ret() + * in 2.16.0. + * + * \note If \p add_len is greater than + * #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_SEED_INPUT, only the first + * #MBEDTLS_CTR_DRBG_MAX_SEED_INPUT Bytes are used. + * The remaining Bytes are silently discarded. + * + * \param ctx The CTR_DRBG context. + * \param additional The data to update the state with. + * \param add_len Length of \p additional data. + */ +MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED void mbedtls_ctr_drbg_update( + mbedtls_ctr_drbg_context *ctx, + const unsigned char *additional, + size_t add_len ); +#undef MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED +#endif /* !MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED */ + #if defined(MBEDTLS_FS_IO) /** * \brief This function writes a seed file. diff --git a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/debug.h b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/debug.h index ef8db67ff1..736444bb76 100644 --- a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/debug.h +++ b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/debug.h @@ -65,6 +65,11 @@ mbedtls_debug_print_crt( ssl, level, __FILE__, __LINE__, text, crt ) #endif +#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDH_C) +#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DEBUG_ECDH( level, ecdh, attr ) \ + mbedtls_debug_printf_ecdh( ssl, level, __FILE__, __LINE__, ecdh, attr ) +#endif + #else /* MBEDTLS_DEBUG_C */ #define MBEDTLS_SSL_DEBUG_MSG( level, args ) do { } while( 0 ) @@ -73,6 +78,7 @@ #define MBEDTLS_SSL_DEBUG_MPI( level, text, X ) do { } while( 0 ) #define MBEDTLS_SSL_DEBUG_ECP( level, text, X ) do { } while( 0 ) #define MBEDTLS_SSL_DEBUG_CRT( level, text, crt ) do { } while( 0 ) +#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DEBUG_ECDH( level, ecdh, attr ) do { } while( 0 ) #endif /* MBEDTLS_DEBUG_C */ @@ -221,6 +227,36 @@ void mbedtls_debug_print_crt( const mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl, int level, const char *text, const mbedtls_x509_crt *crt ); #endif +#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDH_C) +typedef enum +{ + MBEDTLS_DEBUG_ECDH_Q, + MBEDTLS_DEBUG_ECDH_QP, + MBEDTLS_DEBUG_ECDH_Z, +} mbedtls_debug_ecdh_attr; + +/** + * \brief Print a field of the ECDH structure in the SSL context to the debug + * output. This function is always used through the + * MBEDTLS_SSL_DEBUG_ECDH() macro, which supplies the ssl context, file + * and line number parameters. + * + * \param ssl SSL context + * \param level error level of the debug message + * \param file file the error has occurred in + * \param line line number the error has occurred in + * \param ecdh the ECDH context + * \param attr the identifier of the attribute being output + * + * \attention This function is intended for INTERNAL usage within the + * library only. + */ +void mbedtls_debug_printf_ecdh( const mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl, int level, + const char *file, int line, + const mbedtls_ecdh_context *ecdh, + mbedtls_debug_ecdh_attr attr ); +#endif + #ifdef __cplusplus } #endif diff --git a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/des.h b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/des.h index 6eb7d03bae..d62042d14e 100644 --- a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/des.h +++ b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/des.h @@ -42,6 +42,8 @@ #define MBEDTLS_DES_DECRYPT 0 #define MBEDTLS_ERR_DES_INVALID_INPUT_LENGTH -0x0032 /**< The data input has an invalid length. */ + +/* MBEDTLS_ERR_DES_HW_ACCEL_FAILED is deprecated and should not be used. */ #define MBEDTLS_ERR_DES_HW_ACCEL_FAILED -0x0033 /**< DES hardware accelerator failed. */ #define MBEDTLS_DES_KEY_SIZE 8 @@ -61,7 +63,7 @@ extern "C" { * security risk. We recommend considering stronger ciphers * instead. */ -typedef struct +typedef struct mbedtls_des_context { uint32_t sk[32]; /*!< DES subkeys */ } @@ -70,7 +72,7 @@ mbedtls_des_context; /** * \brief Triple-DES context structure */ -typedef struct +typedef struct mbedtls_des3_context { uint32_t sk[96]; /*!< 3DES subkeys */ } diff --git a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/dhm.h b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/dhm.h index 75317a8e6d..a5452c199a 100644 --- a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/dhm.h +++ b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/dhm.h @@ -84,7 +84,10 @@ #define MBEDTLS_ERR_DHM_INVALID_FORMAT -0x3380 /**< The ASN.1 data is not formatted correctly. */ #define MBEDTLS_ERR_DHM_ALLOC_FAILED -0x3400 /**< Allocation of memory failed. */ #define MBEDTLS_ERR_DHM_FILE_IO_ERROR -0x3480 /**< Read or write of file failed. */ + +/* MBEDTLS_ERR_DHM_HW_ACCEL_FAILED is deprecated and should not be used. */ #define MBEDTLS_ERR_DHM_HW_ACCEL_FAILED -0x3500 /**< DHM hardware accelerator failed. */ + #define MBEDTLS_ERR_DHM_SET_GROUP_FAILED -0x3580 /**< Setting the modulus and generator failed. */ #ifdef __cplusplus @@ -96,7 +99,7 @@ extern "C" { /** * \brief The DHM context structure. */ -typedef struct +typedef struct mbedtls_dhm_context { size_t len; /*!< The size of \p P in Bytes. */ mbedtls_mpi P; /*!< The prime modulus. */ @@ -124,9 +127,15 @@ mbedtls_dhm_context; void mbedtls_dhm_init( mbedtls_dhm_context *ctx ); /** - * \brief This function parses the ServerKeyExchange parameters. + * \brief This function parses the DHM parameters in a + * TLS ServerKeyExchange handshake message + * (DHM modulus, generator, and public key). * - * \param ctx The DHM context. + * \note In a TLS handshake, this is the how the client + * sets up its DHM context from the server's public + * DHM key material. + * + * \param ctx The DHM context to use. This must be initialized. * \param p On input, *p must be the start of the input buffer. * On output, *p is updated to point to the end of the data * that has been read. On success, this is the first byte @@ -140,31 +149,37 @@ void mbedtls_dhm_init( mbedtls_dhm_context *ctx ); * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_DHM_XXX error code on failure. */ int mbedtls_dhm_read_params( mbedtls_dhm_context *ctx, - unsigned char **p, - const unsigned char *end ); + unsigned char **p, + const unsigned char *end ); /** - * \brief This function sets up and writes the ServerKeyExchange - * parameters. - * - * \note The destination buffer must be large enough to hold - * the reduced binary presentation of the modulus, the generator - * and the public key, each wrapped with a 2-byte length field. - * It is the responsibility of the caller to ensure that enough - * space is available. Refer to \c mbedtls_mpi_size to computing - * the byte-size of an MPI. + * \brief This function generates a DHM key pair and exports its + * public part together with the DHM parameters in the format + * used in a TLS ServerKeyExchange handshake message. * - * \note This function assumes that \c ctx->P and \c ctx->G - * have already been properly set. For that, use + * \note This function assumes that the DHM parameters \c ctx->P + * and \c ctx->G have already been properly set. For that, use * mbedtls_dhm_set_group() below in conjunction with * mbedtls_mpi_read_binary() and mbedtls_mpi_read_string(). * - * \param ctx The DHM context. + * \note In a TLS handshake, this is the how the server generates + * and exports its DHM key material. + * + * \param ctx The DHM context to use. This must be initialized + * and have the DHM parameters set. It may or may not + * already have imported the peer's public key. * \param x_size The private key size in Bytes. - * \param olen The number of characters written. - * \param output The destination buffer. - * \param f_rng The RNG function. - * \param p_rng The RNG context. + * \param olen The address at which to store the number of Bytes + * written on success. This must not be \c NULL. + * \param output The destination buffer. This must be a writable buffer of + * sufficient size to hold the reduced binary presentation of + * the modulus, the generator and the public key, each wrapped + * with a 2-byte length field. It is the responsibility of the + * caller to ensure that enough space is available. Refer to + * mbedtls_mpi_size() to computing the byte-size of an MPI. + * \param f_rng The RNG function. Must not be \c NULL. + * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be + * \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't need a context parameter. * * \return \c 0 on success. * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_DHM_XXX error code on failure. @@ -177,12 +192,14 @@ int mbedtls_dhm_make_params( mbedtls_dhm_context *ctx, int x_size, /** * \brief This function sets the prime modulus and generator. * - * \note This function can be used to set \p P, \p G + * \note This function can be used to set \c ctx->P, \c ctx->G * in preparation for mbedtls_dhm_make_params(). * - * \param ctx The DHM context. - * \param P The MPI holding the DHM prime modulus. - * \param G The MPI holding the DHM generator. + * \param ctx The DHM context to configure. This must be initialized. + * \param P The MPI holding the DHM prime modulus. This must be + * an initialized MPI. + * \param G The MPI holding the DHM generator. This must be an + * initialized MPI. * * \return \c 0 if successful. * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_DHM_XXX error code on failure. @@ -192,11 +209,17 @@ int mbedtls_dhm_set_group( mbedtls_dhm_context *ctx, const mbedtls_mpi *G ); /** - * \brief This function imports the public value of the peer, G^Y. + * \brief This function imports the raw public value of the peer. + * + * \note In a TLS handshake, this is the how the server imports + * the Client's public DHM key. * - * \param ctx The DHM context. - * \param input The input buffer containing the G^Y value of the peer. - * \param ilen The size of the input buffer. + * \param ctx The DHM context to use. This must be initialized and have + * its DHM parameters set, e.g. via mbedtls_dhm_set_group(). + * It may or may not already have generated its own private key. + * \param input The input buffer containing the \c G^Y value of the peer. + * This must be a readable buffer of size \p ilen Bytes. + * \param ilen The size of the input buffer \p input in Bytes. * * \return \c 0 on success. * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_DHM_XXX error code on failure. @@ -205,21 +228,25 @@ int mbedtls_dhm_read_public( mbedtls_dhm_context *ctx, const unsigned char *input, size_t ilen ); /** - * \brief This function creates its own private key, \c X, and - * exports \c G^X. + * \brief This function creates a DHM key pair and exports + * the raw public key in big-endian format. * * \note The destination buffer is always fully written * so as to contain a big-endian representation of G^X mod P. - * If it is larger than ctx->len, it is padded accordingly + * If it is larger than \c ctx->len, it is padded accordingly * with zero-bytes at the beginning. * - * \param ctx The DHM context. + * \param ctx The DHM context to use. This must be initialized and + * have the DHM parameters set. It may or may not already + * have imported the peer's public key. * \param x_size The private key size in Bytes. - * \param output The destination buffer. - * \param olen The length of the destination buffer. Must be at least - * equal to ctx->len (the size of \c P). - * \param f_rng The RNG function. - * \param p_rng The RNG context. + * \param output The destination buffer. This must be a writable buffer of + * size \p olen Bytes. + * \param olen The length of the destination buffer. This must be at least + * equal to `ctx->len` (the size of \c P). + * \param f_rng The RNG function. This must not be \c NULL. + * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be \c NULL + * if \p f_rng doesn't need a context argument. * * \return \c 0 on success. * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_DHM_XXX error code on failure. @@ -230,22 +257,27 @@ int mbedtls_dhm_make_public( mbedtls_dhm_context *ctx, int x_size, void *p_rng ); /** - * \brief This function derives and exports the shared secret - * \c (G^Y)^X mod \c P. + * \brief This function derives and exports the shared secret + * \c (G^Y)^X mod \c P. * - * \note If \p f_rng is not NULL, it is used to blind the input as - * a countermeasure against timing attacks. Blinding is used - * only if our private key \c X is re-used, and not used - * otherwise. We recommend always passing a non-NULL - * \p f_rng argument. + * \note If \p f_rng is not \c NULL, it is used to blind the input as + * a countermeasure against timing attacks. Blinding is used + * only if our private key \c X is re-used, and not used + * otherwise. We recommend always passing a non-NULL + * \p f_rng argument. * - * \param ctx The DHM context. - * \param output The destination buffer. - * \param output_size The size of the destination buffer. Must be at least - * the size of ctx->len (the size of \c P). + * \param ctx The DHM context to use. This must be initialized + * and have its own private key generated and the peer's + * public key imported. + * \param output The buffer to write the generated shared key to. This + * must be a writable buffer of size \p output_size Bytes. + * \param output_size The size of the destination buffer. This must be at + * least the size of \c ctx->len (the size of \c P). * \param olen On exit, holds the actual number of Bytes written. - * \param f_rng The RNG function, for blinding purposes. - * \param p_rng The RNG context. + * \param f_rng The RNG function, for blinding purposes. This may + * b \c NULL if blinding isn't needed. + * \param p_rng The RNG context. This may be \c NULL if \p f_rng + * doesn't need a context argument. * * \return \c 0 on success. * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_DHM_XXX error code on failure. @@ -256,9 +288,12 @@ int mbedtls_dhm_calc_secret( mbedtls_dhm_context *ctx, void *p_rng ); /** - * \brief This function frees and clears the components of a DHM context. + * \brief This function frees and clears the components + * of a DHM context. * - * \param ctx The DHM context to free and clear. + * \param ctx The DHM context to free and clear. This may be \c NULL, + * in which case this function is a no-op. If it is not \c NULL, + * it must point to an initialized DHM context. */ void mbedtls_dhm_free( mbedtls_dhm_context *ctx ); @@ -267,17 +302,19 @@ void mbedtls_dhm_free( mbedtls_dhm_context *ctx ); /** * \brief This function parses DHM parameters in PEM or DER format. * - * \param dhm The DHM context to initialize. - * \param dhmin The input buffer. - * \param dhminlen The size of the buffer, including the terminating null - * Byte for PEM data. + * \param dhm The DHM context to import the DHM parameters into. + * This must be initialized. + * \param dhmin The input buffer. This must be a readable buffer of + * length \p dhminlen Bytes. + * \param dhminlen The size of the input buffer \p dhmin, including the + * terminating \c NULL Byte for PEM data. * * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_DHM_XXX or \c MBEDTLS_ERR_PEM_XXX error code - * error code on failure. + * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_DHM_XXX or \c MBEDTLS_ERR_PEM_XXX error + * code on failure. */ int mbedtls_dhm_parse_dhm( mbedtls_dhm_context *dhm, const unsigned char *dhmin, - size_t dhminlen ); + size_t dhminlen ); #if defined(MBEDTLS_FS_IO) /** \ingroup x509_module */ @@ -285,11 +322,13 @@ int mbedtls_dhm_parse_dhm( mbedtls_dhm_context *dhm, const unsigned char *dhmin, * \brief This function loads and parses DHM parameters from a file. * * \param dhm The DHM context to load the parameters to. + * This must be initialized. * \param path The filename to read the DHM parameters from. + * This must not be \c NULL. * * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_DHM_XXX or \c MBEDTLS_ERR_PEM_XXX error code - * error code on failure. + * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_DHM_XXX or \c MBEDTLS_ERR_PEM_XXX + * error code on failure. */ int mbedtls_dhm_parse_dhmfile( mbedtls_dhm_context *dhm, const char *path ); #endif /* MBEDTLS_FS_IO */ @@ -350,15 +389,6 @@ int mbedtls_dhm_self_test( int verbose ); #if !defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED) -#if defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_WARNING) -#define MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED __attribute__((deprecated)) -MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED typedef char const * mbedtls_deprecated_constant_t; -#define MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_STRING_CONSTANT( VAL ) \ - ( (mbedtls_deprecated_constant_t) ( VAL ) ) -#else -#define MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_STRING_CONSTANT( VAL ) VAL -#endif /* ! MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_WARNING */ - /** * \warning The origin of the primes in RFC 5114 is not documented and * their use therefore constitutes a security risk! diff --git a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ecdh.h b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ecdh.h index 5fdf55a88a..05b2b03970 100644 --- a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ecdh.h +++ b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ecdh.h @@ -36,6 +36,18 @@ #include "ecp.h" +/* + * Use a backward compatible ECDH context. + * + * This flag is always enabled for now and future versions might add a + * configuration option that conditionally undefines this flag. + * The configuration option in question may have a different name. + * + * Features undefining this flag, must have a warning in their description in + * config.h stating that the feature breaks backward compatibility. + */ +#define MBEDTLS_ECDH_LEGACY_CONTEXT + #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif @@ -49,11 +61,49 @@ typedef enum MBEDTLS_ECDH_THEIRS, /**< The key of the peer. */ } mbedtls_ecdh_side; +#if !defined(MBEDTLS_ECDH_LEGACY_CONTEXT) +/** + * Defines the ECDH implementation used. + * + * Later versions of the library may add new variants, therefore users should + * not make any assumptions about them. + */ +typedef enum +{ + MBEDTLS_ECDH_VARIANT_NONE = 0, /*!< Implementation not defined. */ + MBEDTLS_ECDH_VARIANT_MBEDTLS_2_0,/*!< The default Mbed TLS implementation */ +} mbedtls_ecdh_variant; + +/** + * The context used by the default ECDH implementation. + * + * Later versions might change the structure of this context, therefore users + * should not make any assumptions about the structure of + * mbedtls_ecdh_context_mbed. + */ +typedef struct mbedtls_ecdh_context_mbed +{ + mbedtls_ecp_group grp; /*!< The elliptic curve used. */ + mbedtls_mpi d; /*!< The private key. */ + mbedtls_ecp_point Q; /*!< The public key. */ + mbedtls_ecp_point Qp; /*!< The value of the public key of the peer. */ + mbedtls_mpi z; /*!< The shared secret. */ +#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE) + mbedtls_ecp_restart_ctx rs; /*!< The restart context for EC computations. */ +#endif +} mbedtls_ecdh_context_mbed; +#endif + /** + * + * \warning Performing multiple operations concurrently on the same + * ECDSA context is not supported; objects of this type + * should not be shared between multiple threads. * \brief The ECDH context structure. */ -typedef struct +typedef struct mbedtls_ecdh_context { +#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDH_LEGACY_CONTEXT) mbedtls_ecp_group grp; /*!< The elliptic curve used. */ mbedtls_mpi d; /*!< The private key. */ mbedtls_ecp_point Q; /*!< The public key. */ @@ -63,6 +113,29 @@ typedef struct mbedtls_ecp_point Vi; /*!< The blinding value. */ mbedtls_ecp_point Vf; /*!< The unblinding value. */ mbedtls_mpi _d; /*!< The previous \p d. */ +#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE) + int restart_enabled; /*!< The flag for restartable mode. */ + mbedtls_ecp_restart_ctx rs; /*!< The restart context for EC computations. */ +#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE */ +#else + uint8_t point_format; /*!< The format of point export in TLS messages + as defined in RFC 4492. */ + mbedtls_ecp_group_id grp_id;/*!< The elliptic curve used. */ + mbedtls_ecdh_variant var; /*!< The ECDH implementation/structure used. */ + union + { + mbedtls_ecdh_context_mbed mbed_ecdh; + } ctx; /*!< Implementation-specific context. The + context in use is specified by the \c var + field. */ +#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE) + uint8_t restart_enabled; /*!< The flag for restartable mode. Functions of + an alternative implementation not supporting + restartable mode must return + MBEDTLS_ERR_PLATFORM_FEATURE_UNSUPPORTED error + if this flag is set. */ +#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE */ +#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECDH_LEGACY_CONTEXT */ } mbedtls_ecdh_context; @@ -76,16 +149,20 @@ mbedtls_ecdh_context; * * \see ecp.h * - * \param grp The ECP group. + * \param grp The ECP group to use. This must be initialized and have + * domain parameters loaded, for example through + * mbedtls_ecp_load() or mbedtls_ecp_tls_read_group(). * \param d The destination MPI (private key). + * This must be initialized. * \param Q The destination point (public key). - * \param f_rng The RNG function. - * \param p_rng The RNG context. + * This must be initialized. + * \param f_rng The RNG function to use. This must not be \c NULL. + * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be + * \c NULL in case \p f_rng doesn't need a context argument. * * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX or + * \return Another \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX or * \c MBEDTLS_MPI_XXX error code on failure. - * */ int mbedtls_ecdh_gen_public( mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, mbedtls_mpi *d, mbedtls_ecp_point *Q, int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), @@ -104,15 +181,25 @@ int mbedtls_ecdh_gen_public( mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, mbedtls_mpi *d, mbedtls_ecp * countermeasures against side-channel attacks. * For more information, see mbedtls_ecp_mul(). * - * \param grp The ECP group. + * \param grp The ECP group to use. This must be initialized and have + * domain parameters loaded, for example through + * mbedtls_ecp_load() or mbedtls_ecp_tls_read_group(). * \param z The destination MPI (shared secret). + * This must be initialized. * \param Q The public key from another party. + * This must be initialized. * \param d Our secret exponent (private key). - * \param f_rng The RNG function. - * \param p_rng The RNG context. + * This must be initialized. + * \param f_rng The RNG function. This may be \c NULL if randomization + * of intermediate results during the ECP computations is + * not needed (discouraged). See the documentation of + * mbedtls_ecp_mul() for more. + * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be + * \c NULL if \p f_rng is \c NULL or doesn't need a + * context argument. * * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX or + * \return Another \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX or * \c MBEDTLS_MPI_XXX error code on failure. */ int mbedtls_ecdh_compute_shared( mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, mbedtls_mpi *z, @@ -123,39 +210,62 @@ int mbedtls_ecdh_compute_shared( mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, mbedtls_mpi *z, /** * \brief This function initializes an ECDH context. * - * \param ctx The ECDH context to initialize. + * \param ctx The ECDH context to initialize. This must not be \c NULL. */ void mbedtls_ecdh_init( mbedtls_ecdh_context *ctx ); /** + * \brief This function sets up the ECDH context with the information + * given. + * + * This function should be called after mbedtls_ecdh_init() but + * before mbedtls_ecdh_make_params(). There is no need to call + * this function before mbedtls_ecdh_read_params(). + * + * This is the first function used by a TLS server for ECDHE + * ciphersuites. + * + * \param ctx The ECDH context to set up. This must be initialized. + * \param grp_id The group id of the group to set up the context for. + * + * \return \c 0 on success. + */ +int mbedtls_ecdh_setup( mbedtls_ecdh_context *ctx, + mbedtls_ecp_group_id grp_id ); + +/** * \brief This function frees a context. * - * \param ctx The context to free. + * \param ctx The context to free. This may be \c NULL, in which + * case this function does nothing. If it is not \c NULL, + * it must point to an initialized ECDH context. */ void mbedtls_ecdh_free( mbedtls_ecdh_context *ctx ); /** - * \brief This function generates a public key and a TLS - * ServerKeyExchange payload. - * - * This is the first function used by a TLS server for ECDHE - * ciphersuites. + * \brief This function generates an EC key pair and exports its + * in the format used in a TLS ServerKeyExchange handshake + * message. * - * \note This function assumes that the ECP group (grp) of the - * \p ctx context has already been properly set, - * for example, using mbedtls_ecp_group_load(). + * This is the second function used by a TLS server for ECDHE + * ciphersuites. (It is called after mbedtls_ecdh_setup().) * * \see ecp.h * - * \param ctx The ECDH context. - * \param olen The number of characters written. - * \param buf The destination buffer. - * \param blen The length of the destination buffer. - * \param f_rng The RNG function. - * \param p_rng The RNG context. + * \param ctx The ECDH context to use. This must be initialized + * and bound to a group, for example via mbedtls_ecdh_setup(). + * \param olen The address at which to store the number of Bytes written. + * \param buf The destination buffer. This must be a writable buffer of + * length \p blen Bytes. + * \param blen The length of the destination buffer \p buf in Bytes. + * \param f_rng The RNG function to use. This must not be \c NULL. + * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be + * \c NULL in case \p f_rng doesn't need a context argument. * * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX error code on failure. + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_IN_PROGRESS if maximum number of + * operations was reached: see \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops(). + * \return Another \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX error code on failure. */ int mbedtls_ecdh_make_params( mbedtls_ecdh_context *ctx, size_t *olen, unsigned char *buf, size_t blen, @@ -163,24 +273,32 @@ int mbedtls_ecdh_make_params( mbedtls_ecdh_context *ctx, size_t *olen, void *p_rng ); /** - * \brief This function parses and processes a TLS ServerKeyExhange - * payload. + * \brief This function parses the ECDHE parameters in a + * TLS ServerKeyExchange handshake message. * - * This is the first function used by a TLS client for ECDHE - * ciphersuites. + * \note In a TLS handshake, this is the how the client + * sets up its ECDHE context from the server's public + * ECDHE key material. * * \see ecp.h * - * \param ctx The ECDH context. - * \param buf The pointer to the start of the input buffer. - * \param end The address for one Byte past the end of the buffer. + * \param ctx The ECDHE context to use. This must be initialized. + * \param buf On input, \c *buf must be the start of the input buffer. + * On output, \c *buf is updated to point to the end of the + * data that has been read. On success, this is the first byte + * past the end of the ServerKeyExchange parameters. + * On error, this is the point at which an error has been + * detected, which is usually not useful except to debug + * failures. + * \param end The end of the input buffer. * * \return \c 0 on success. * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX error code on failure. * */ int mbedtls_ecdh_read_params( mbedtls_ecdh_context *ctx, - const unsigned char **buf, const unsigned char *end ); + const unsigned char **buf, + const unsigned char *end ); /** * \brief This function sets up an ECDH context from an EC key. @@ -191,36 +309,45 @@ int mbedtls_ecdh_read_params( mbedtls_ecdh_context *ctx, * * \see ecp.h * - * \param ctx The ECDH context to set up. - * \param key The EC key to use. - * \param side Defines the source of the key: 1: Our key, or - * 0: The key of the peer. + * \param ctx The ECDH context to set up. This must be initialized. + * \param key The EC key to use. This must be initialized. + * \param side Defines the source of the key. Possible values are: + * - #MBEDTLS_ECDH_OURS: The key is ours. + * - #MBEDTLS_ECDH_THEIRS: The key is that of the peer. * * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX error code on failure. + * \return Another \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX error code on failure. * */ -int mbedtls_ecdh_get_params( mbedtls_ecdh_context *ctx, const mbedtls_ecp_keypair *key, - mbedtls_ecdh_side side ); +int mbedtls_ecdh_get_params( mbedtls_ecdh_context *ctx, + const mbedtls_ecp_keypair *key, + mbedtls_ecdh_side side ); /** - * \brief This function generates a public key and a TLS - * ClientKeyExchange payload. + * \brief This function generates a public key and exports it + * as a TLS ClientKeyExchange payload. * * This is the second function used by a TLS client for ECDH(E) * ciphersuites. * * \see ecp.h * - * \param ctx The ECDH context. - * \param olen The number of Bytes written. - * \param buf The destination buffer. - * \param blen The size of the destination buffer. - * \param f_rng The RNG function. - * \param p_rng The RNG context. + * \param ctx The ECDH context to use. This must be initialized + * and bound to a group, the latter usually by + * mbedtls_ecdh_read_params(). + * \param olen The address at which to store the number of Bytes written. + * This must not be \c NULL. + * \param buf The destination buffer. This must be a writable buffer + * of length \p blen Bytes. + * \param blen The size of the destination buffer \p buf in Bytes. + * \param f_rng The RNG function to use. This must not be \c NULL. + * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be + * \c NULL in case \p f_rng doesn't need a context argument. * * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX error code on failure. + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_IN_PROGRESS if maximum number of + * operations was reached: see \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops(). + * \return Another \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX error code on failure. */ int mbedtls_ecdh_make_public( mbedtls_ecdh_context *ctx, size_t *olen, unsigned char *buf, size_t blen, @@ -228,23 +355,26 @@ int mbedtls_ecdh_make_public( mbedtls_ecdh_context *ctx, size_t *olen, void *p_rng ); /** - * \brief This function parses and processes a TLS ClientKeyExchange - * payload. + * \brief This function parses and processes the ECDHE payload of a + * TLS ClientKeyExchange message. * - * This is the second function used by a TLS server for ECDH(E) - * ciphersuites. + * This is the third function used by a TLS server for ECDH(E) + * ciphersuites. (It is called after mbedtls_ecdh_setup() and + * mbedtls_ecdh_make_params().) * * \see ecp.h * - * \param ctx The ECDH context. - * \param buf The start of the input buffer. - * \param blen The length of the input buffer. + * \param ctx The ECDH context to use. This must be initialized + * and bound to a group, for example via mbedtls_ecdh_setup(). + * \param buf The pointer to the ClientKeyExchange payload. This must + * be a readable buffer of length \p blen Bytes. + * \param blen The length of the input buffer \p buf in Bytes. * * \return \c 0 on success. * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX error code on failure. */ int mbedtls_ecdh_read_public( mbedtls_ecdh_context *ctx, - const unsigned char *buf, size_t blen ); + const unsigned char *buf, size_t blen ); /** * \brief This function derives and exports the shared secret. @@ -257,22 +387,46 @@ int mbedtls_ecdh_read_public( mbedtls_ecdh_context *ctx, * For more information, see mbedtls_ecp_mul(). * * \see ecp.h - * - * \param ctx The ECDH context. - * \param olen The number of Bytes written. - * \param buf The destination buffer. - * \param blen The length of the destination buffer. - * \param f_rng The RNG function. - * \param p_rng The RNG context. + + * \param ctx The ECDH context to use. This must be initialized + * and have its own private key generated and the peer's + * public key imported. + * \param olen The address at which to store the total number of + * Bytes written on success. This must not be \c NULL. + * \param buf The buffer to write the generated shared key to. This + * must be a writable buffer of size \p blen Bytes. + * \param blen The length of the destination buffer \p buf in Bytes. + * \param f_rng The RNG function, for blinding purposes. This may + * b \c NULL if blinding isn't needed. + * \param p_rng The RNG context. This may be \c NULL if \p f_rng + * doesn't need a context argument. * * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX error code on failure. + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_IN_PROGRESS if maximum number of + * operations was reached: see \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops(). + * \return Another \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX error code on failure. */ int mbedtls_ecdh_calc_secret( mbedtls_ecdh_context *ctx, size_t *olen, unsigned char *buf, size_t blen, int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), void *p_rng ); +#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE) +/** + * \brief This function enables restartable EC computations for this + * context. (Default: disabled.) + * + * \see \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops() + * + * \note It is not possible to safely disable restartable + * computations once enabled, except by free-ing the context, + * which cancels possible in-progress operations. + * + * \param ctx The ECDH context to use. This must be initialized. + */ +void mbedtls_ecdh_enable_restart( mbedtls_ecdh_context *ctx ); +#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE */ + #ifdef __cplusplus } #endif diff --git a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ecdsa.h b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ecdsa.h index ce1a03d791..40fdab3729 100644 --- a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ecdsa.h +++ b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ecdsa.h @@ -55,20 +55,71 @@ /** The maximal size of an ECDSA signature in Bytes. */ #define MBEDTLS_ECDSA_MAX_LEN ( 3 + 2 * ( 3 + MBEDTLS_ECP_MAX_BYTES ) ) +#ifdef __cplusplus +extern "C" { +#endif + /** * \brief The ECDSA context structure. + * + * \warning Performing multiple operations concurrently on the same + * ECDSA context is not supported; objects of this type + * should not be shared between multiple threads. */ typedef mbedtls_ecp_keypair mbedtls_ecdsa_context; -#ifdef __cplusplus -extern "C" { +#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE) + +/** + * \brief Internal restart context for ecdsa_verify() + * + * \note Opaque struct, defined in ecdsa.c + */ +typedef struct mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_ver mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_ver_ctx; + +/** + * \brief Internal restart context for ecdsa_sign() + * + * \note Opaque struct, defined in ecdsa.c + */ +typedef struct mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_sig mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_sig_ctx; + +#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC) +/** + * \brief Internal restart context for ecdsa_sign_det() + * + * \note Opaque struct, defined in ecdsa.c + */ +typedef struct mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_det mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_det_ctx; +#endif + +/** + * \brief General context for resuming ECDSA operations + */ +typedef struct +{ + mbedtls_ecp_restart_ctx ecp; /*!< base context for ECP restart and + shared administrative info */ + mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_ver_ctx *ver; /*!< ecdsa_verify() sub-context */ + mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_sig_ctx *sig; /*!< ecdsa_sign() sub-context */ +#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC) + mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_det_ctx *det; /*!< ecdsa_sign_det() sub-context */ #endif +} mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_ctx; + +#else /* MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE */ + +/* Now we can declare functions that take a pointer to that */ +typedef void mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_ctx; + +#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE */ /** * \brief This function computes the ECDSA signature of a * previously-hashed message. * - * \note The deterministic version is usually preferred. + * \note The deterministic version implemented in + * mbedtls_ecdsa_sign_det() is usually preferred. * * \note If the bitlength of the message hash is larger than the * bitlength of the group order, then the hash is truncated @@ -78,14 +129,22 @@ extern "C" { * * \see ecp.h * - * \param grp The ECP group. - * \param r The first output integer. - * \param s The second output integer. - * \param d The private signing key. - * \param buf The message hash. - * \param blen The length of \p buf. - * \param f_rng The RNG function. - * \param p_rng The RNG context. + * \param grp The context for the elliptic curve to use. + * This must be initialized and have group parameters + * set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load(). + * \param r The MPI context in which to store the first part + * the signature. This must be initialized. + * \param s The MPI context in which to store the second part + * the signature. This must be initialized. + * \param d The private signing key. This must be initialized. + * \param buf The content to be signed. This is usually the hash of + * the original data to be signed. This must be a readable + * buffer of length \p blen Bytes. It may be \c NULL if + * \p blen is zero. + * \param blen The length of \p buf in Bytes. + * \param f_rng The RNG function. This must not be \c NULL. + * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be + * \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't need a context parameter. * * \return \c 0 on success. * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX @@ -112,21 +171,29 @@ int mbedtls_ecdsa_sign( mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, mbedtls_mpi *r, mbedtls_mpi *s, * * \see ecp.h * - * \param grp The ECP group. - * \param r The first output integer. - * \param s The second output integer. - * \param d The private signing key. - * \param buf The message hash. - * \param blen The length of \p buf. - * \param md_alg The MD algorithm used to hash the message. + * \param grp The context for the elliptic curve to use. + * This must be initialized and have group parameters + * set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load(). + * \param r The MPI context in which to store the first part + * the signature. This must be initialized. + * \param s The MPI context in which to store the second part + * the signature. This must be initialized. + * \param d The private signing key. This must be initialized + * and setup, for example through mbedtls_ecp_gen_privkey(). + * \param buf The hashed content to be signed. This must be a readable + * buffer of length \p blen Bytes. It may be \c NULL if + * \p blen is zero. + * \param blen The length of \p buf in Bytes. + * \param md_alg The hash algorithm used to hash the original data. * * \return \c 0 on success. * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX or \c MBEDTLS_MPI_XXX * error code on failure. */ -int mbedtls_ecdsa_sign_det( mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, mbedtls_mpi *r, mbedtls_mpi *s, - const mbedtls_mpi *d, const unsigned char *buf, size_t blen, - mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg ); +int mbedtls_ecdsa_sign_det( mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, mbedtls_mpi *r, + mbedtls_mpi *s, const mbedtls_mpi *d, + const unsigned char *buf, size_t blen, + mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg ); #endif /* MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC */ /** @@ -141,12 +208,19 @@ int mbedtls_ecdsa_sign_det( mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, mbedtls_mpi *r, mbedtls_mpi * * \see ecp.h * - * \param grp The ECP group. - * \param buf The message hash. - * \param blen The length of \p buf. - * \param Q The public key to use for verification. + * \param grp The ECP group to use. + * This must be initialized and have group parameters + * set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load(). + * \param buf The hashed content that was signed. This must be a readable + * buffer of length \p blen Bytes. It may be \c NULL if + * \p blen is zero. + * \param blen The length of \p buf in Bytes. + * \param Q The public key to use for verification. This must be + * initialized and setup. * \param r The first integer of the signature. + * This must be initialized. * \param s The second integer of the signature. + * This must be initialized. * * \return \c 0 on success. * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BAD_INPUT_DATA if the signature @@ -155,8 +229,9 @@ int mbedtls_ecdsa_sign_det( mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, mbedtls_mpi *r, mbedtls_mpi * error code on failure for any other reason. */ int mbedtls_ecdsa_verify( mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, - const unsigned char *buf, size_t blen, - const mbedtls_ecp_point *Q, const mbedtls_mpi *r, const mbedtls_mpi *s); + const unsigned char *buf, size_t blen, + const mbedtls_ecp_point *Q, const mbedtls_mpi *r, + const mbedtls_mpi *s); /** * \brief This function computes the ECDSA signature and writes it @@ -173,11 +248,6 @@ int mbedtls_ecdsa_verify( mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, * of the Digital Signature Algorithm (DSA) and Elliptic * Curve Digital Signature Algorithm (ECDSA)</em>. * - * \note The \p sig buffer must be at least twice as large as the - * size of the curve used, plus 9. For example, 73 Bytes if - * a 256-bit curve is used. A buffer length of - * #MBEDTLS_ECDSA_MAX_LEN is always safe. - * * \note If the bitlength of the message hash is larger than the * bitlength of the group order, then the hash is truncated as * defined in <em>Standards for Efficient Cryptography Group @@ -186,25 +256,84 @@ int mbedtls_ecdsa_verify( mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, * * \see ecp.h * - * \param ctx The ECDSA context. + * \param ctx The ECDSA context to use. This must be initialized + * and have a group and private key bound to it, for example + * via mbedtls_ecdsa_genkey() or mbedtls_ecdsa_from_keypair(). * \param md_alg The message digest that was used to hash the message. - * \param hash The message hash. - * \param hlen The length of the hash. - * \param sig The buffer that holds the signature. - * \param slen The length of the signature written. - * \param f_rng The RNG function. - * \param p_rng The RNG context. + * \param hash The message hash to be signed. This must be a readable + * buffer of length \p blen Bytes. + * \param hlen The length of the hash \p hash in Bytes. + * \param sig The buffer to which to write the signature. This must be a + * writable buffer of length at least twice as large as the + * size of the curve used, plus 9. For example, 73 Bytes if + * a 256-bit curve is used. A buffer length of + * #MBEDTLS_ECDSA_MAX_LEN is always safe. + * \param slen The address at which to store the actual length of + * the signature written. Must not be \c NULL. + * \param f_rng The RNG function. This must not be \c NULL if + * #MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC is unset. Otherwise, + * it is unused and may be set to \c NULL. + * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be + * \c NULL if \p f_rng is \c NULL or doesn't use a context. * * \return \c 0 on success. * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX, \c MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_XXX or * \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_XXX error code on failure. */ -int mbedtls_ecdsa_write_signature( mbedtls_ecdsa_context *ctx, mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg, +int mbedtls_ecdsa_write_signature( mbedtls_ecdsa_context *ctx, + mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg, const unsigned char *hash, size_t hlen, unsigned char *sig, size_t *slen, int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), void *p_rng ); +/** + * \brief This function computes the ECDSA signature and writes it + * to a buffer, in a restartable way. + * + * \see \c mbedtls_ecdsa_write_signature() + * + * \note This function is like \c mbedtls_ecdsa_write_signature() + * but it can return early and restart according to the limit + * set with \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops() to reduce blocking. + * + * \param ctx The ECDSA context to use. This must be initialized + * and have a group and private key bound to it, for example + * via mbedtls_ecdsa_genkey() or mbedtls_ecdsa_from_keypair(). + * \param md_alg The message digest that was used to hash the message. + * \param hash The message hash to be signed. This must be a readable + * buffer of length \p blen Bytes. + * \param hlen The length of the hash \p hash in Bytes. + * \param sig The buffer to which to write the signature. This must be a + * writable buffer of length at least twice as large as the + * size of the curve used, plus 9. For example, 73 Bytes if + * a 256-bit curve is used. A buffer length of + * #MBEDTLS_ECDSA_MAX_LEN is always safe. + * \param slen The address at which to store the actual length of + * the signature written. Must not be \c NULL. + * \param f_rng The RNG function. This must not be \c NULL if + * #MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC is unset. Otherwise, + * it is unused and may be set to \c NULL. + * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be + * \c NULL if \p f_rng is \c NULL or doesn't use a context. + * \param rs_ctx The restart context to use. This may be \c NULL to disable + * restarting. If it is not \c NULL, it must point to an + * initialized restart context. + * + * \return \c 0 on success. + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_IN_PROGRESS if maximum number of + * operations was reached: see \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops(). + * \return Another \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX, \c MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_XXX or + * \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ASN1_XXX error code on failure. + */ +int mbedtls_ecdsa_write_signature_restartable( mbedtls_ecdsa_context *ctx, + mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg, + const unsigned char *hash, size_t hlen, + unsigned char *sig, size_t *slen, + int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), + void *p_rng, + mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_ctx *rs_ctx ); + #if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_DETERMINISTIC) #if ! defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED) #if defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_WARNING) @@ -225,11 +354,6 @@ int mbedtls_ecdsa_write_signature( mbedtls_ecdsa_context *ctx, mbedtls_md_type_t * \warning It is not thread-safe to use the same context in * multiple threads. * - * \note The \p sig buffer must be at least twice as large as the - * size of the curve used, plus 9. For example, 73 Bytes if a - * 256-bit curve is used. A buffer length of - * #MBEDTLS_ECDSA_MAX_LEN is always safe. - * * \note If the bitlength of the message hash is larger than the * bitlength of the group order, then the hash is truncated as * defined in <em>Standards for Efficient Cryptography Group @@ -241,12 +365,20 @@ int mbedtls_ecdsa_write_signature( mbedtls_ecdsa_context *ctx, mbedtls_md_type_t * \deprecated Superseded by mbedtls_ecdsa_write_signature() in * Mbed TLS version 2.0 and later. * - * \param ctx The ECDSA context. - * \param hash The message hash. - * \param hlen The length of the hash. - * \param sig The buffer that holds the signature. - * \param slen The length of the signature written. - * \param md_alg The MD algorithm used to hash the message. + * \param ctx The ECDSA context to use. This must be initialized + * and have a group and private key bound to it, for example + * via mbedtls_ecdsa_genkey() or mbedtls_ecdsa_from_keypair(). + * \param hash The message hash to be signed. This must be a readable + * buffer of length \p blen Bytes. + * \param hlen The length of the hash \p hash in Bytes. + * \param sig The buffer to which to write the signature. This must be a + * writable buffer of length at least twice as large as the + * size of the curve used, plus 9. For example, 73 Bytes if + * a 256-bit curve is used. A buffer length of + * #MBEDTLS_ECDSA_MAX_LEN is always safe. + * \param slen The address at which to store the actual length of + * the signature written. Must not be \c NULL. + * \param md_alg The message digest that was used to hash the message. * * \return \c 0 on success. * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX, \c MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_XXX or @@ -271,11 +403,14 @@ int mbedtls_ecdsa_write_signature_det( mbedtls_ecdsa_context *ctx, * * \see ecp.h * - * \param ctx The ECDSA context. - * \param hash The message hash. - * \param hlen The size of the hash. - * \param sig The signature to read and verify. - * \param slen The size of \p sig. + * \param ctx The ECDSA context to use. This must be initialized + * and have a group and public key bound to it. + * \param hash The message hash that was signed. This must be a readable + * buffer of length \p size Bytes. + * \param hlen The size of the hash \p hash. + * \param sig The signature to read and verify. This must be a readable + * buffer of length \p slen Bytes. + * \param slen The size of \p sig in Bytes. * * \return \c 0 on success. * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BAD_INPUT_DATA if signature is invalid. @@ -289,15 +424,53 @@ int mbedtls_ecdsa_read_signature( mbedtls_ecdsa_context *ctx, const unsigned char *sig, size_t slen ); /** + * \brief This function reads and verifies an ECDSA signature, + * in a restartable way. + * + * \see \c mbedtls_ecdsa_read_signature() + * + * \note This function is like \c mbedtls_ecdsa_read_signature() + * but it can return early and restart according to the limit + * set with \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops() to reduce blocking. + * + * \param ctx The ECDSA context to use. This must be initialized + * and have a group and public key bound to it. + * \param hash The message hash that was signed. This must be a readable + * buffer of length \p size Bytes. + * \param hlen The size of the hash \p hash. + * \param sig The signature to read and verify. This must be a readable + * buffer of length \p slen Bytes. + * \param slen The size of \p sig in Bytes. + * \param rs_ctx The restart context to use. This may be \c NULL to disable + * restarting. If it is not \c NULL, it must point to an + * initialized restart context. + * + * \return \c 0 on success. + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BAD_INPUT_DATA if signature is invalid. + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_SIG_LEN_MISMATCH if there is a valid + * signature in \p sig, but its length is less than \p siglen. + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_IN_PROGRESS if maximum number of + * operations was reached: see \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops(). + * \return Another \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX or \c MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_XXX + * error code on failure for any other reason. + */ +int mbedtls_ecdsa_read_signature_restartable( mbedtls_ecdsa_context *ctx, + const unsigned char *hash, size_t hlen, + const unsigned char *sig, size_t slen, + mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_ctx *rs_ctx ); + +/** * \brief This function generates an ECDSA keypair on the given curve. * * \see ecp.h * * \param ctx The ECDSA context to store the keypair in. + * This must be initialized. * \param gid The elliptic curve to use. One of the various * \c MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_XXX macros depending on configuration. - * \param f_rng The RNG function. - * \param p_rng The RNG context. + * \param f_rng The RNG function to use. This must not be \c NULL. + * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be + * \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't need a context argument. * * \return \c 0 on success. * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX code on failure. @@ -306,32 +479,59 @@ int mbedtls_ecdsa_genkey( mbedtls_ecdsa_context *ctx, mbedtls_ecp_group_id gid, int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), void *p_rng ); /** - * \brief This function sets an ECDSA context from an EC key pair. + * \brief This function sets up an ECDSA context from an EC key pair. * * \see ecp.h * - * \param ctx The ECDSA context to set. - * \param key The EC key to use. + * \param ctx The ECDSA context to setup. This must be initialized. + * \param key The EC key to use. This must be initialized and hold + * a private-public key pair or a public key. In the former + * case, the ECDSA context may be used for signature creation + * and verification after this call. In the latter case, it + * may be used for signature verification. * * \return \c 0 on success. * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX code on failure. */ -int mbedtls_ecdsa_from_keypair( mbedtls_ecdsa_context *ctx, const mbedtls_ecp_keypair *key ); +int mbedtls_ecdsa_from_keypair( mbedtls_ecdsa_context *ctx, + const mbedtls_ecp_keypair *key ); /** * \brief This function initializes an ECDSA context. * * \param ctx The ECDSA context to initialize. + * This must not be \c NULL. */ void mbedtls_ecdsa_init( mbedtls_ecdsa_context *ctx ); /** * \brief This function frees an ECDSA context. * - * \param ctx The ECDSA context to free. + * \param ctx The ECDSA context to free. This may be \c NULL, + * in which case this function does nothing. If it + * is not \c NULL, it must be initialized. */ void mbedtls_ecdsa_free( mbedtls_ecdsa_context *ctx ); +#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE) +/** + * \brief Initialize a restart context. + * + * \param ctx The restart context to initialize. + * This must not be \c NULL. + */ +void mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_init( mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_ctx *ctx ); + +/** + * \brief Free the components of a restart context. + * + * \param ctx The restart context to free. This may be \c NULL, + * in which case this function does nothing. If it + * is not \c NULL, it must be initialized. + */ +void mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_free( mbedtls_ecdsa_restart_ctx *ctx ); +#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE */ + #ifdef __cplusplus } #endif diff --git a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ecjpake.h b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ecjpake.h index cc2b316f5e..b967af8385 100644 --- a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ecjpake.h +++ b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ecjpake.h @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ typedef enum { * convetion from the Thread v1.0 spec. Correspondance is indicated in the * description as a pair C: client name, S: server name */ -typedef struct +typedef struct mbedtls_ecjpake_context { const mbedtls_md_info_t *md_info; /**< Hash to use */ mbedtls_ecp_group grp; /**< Elliptic curve */ @@ -92,28 +92,33 @@ typedef struct #endif /* MBEDTLS_ECJPAKE_ALT */ /** - * \brief Initialize a context - * (just makes it ready for setup() or free()). + * \brief Initialize an ECJPAKE context. * - * \param ctx context to initialize + * \param ctx The ECJPAKE context to initialize. + * This must not be \c NULL. */ void mbedtls_ecjpake_init( mbedtls_ecjpake_context *ctx ); /** - * \brief Set up a context for use + * \brief Set up an ECJPAKE context for use. * * \note Currently the only values for hash/curve allowed by the - * standard are MBEDTLS_MD_SHA256/MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256R1. + * standard are #MBEDTLS_MD_SHA256/#MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256R1. * - * \param ctx context to set up - * \param role Our role: client or server - * \param hash hash function to use (MBEDTLS_MD_XXX) - * \param curve elliptic curve identifier (MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_XXX) - * \param secret pre-shared secret (passphrase) - * \param len length of the shared secret + * \param ctx The ECJPAKE context to set up. This must be initialized. + * \param role The role of the caller. This must be either + * #MBEDTLS_ECJPAKE_CLIENT or #MBEDTLS_ECJPAKE_SERVER. + * \param hash The identifier of the hash function to use, + * for example #MBEDTLS_MD_SHA256. + * \param curve The identifier of the elliptic curve to use, + * for example #MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_SECP256R1. + * \param secret The pre-shared secret (passphrase). This must be + * a readable buffer of length \p len Bytes. It need + * only be valid for the duration of this call. + * \param len The length of the pre-shared secret \p secret. * - * \return 0 if successfull, - * a negative error code otherwise + * \return \c 0 if successful. + * \return A negative error code on failure. */ int mbedtls_ecjpake_setup( mbedtls_ecjpake_context *ctx, mbedtls_ecjpake_role role, @@ -123,29 +128,34 @@ int mbedtls_ecjpake_setup( mbedtls_ecjpake_context *ctx, size_t len ); /** - * \brief Check if a context is ready for use + * \brief Check if an ECJPAKE context is ready for use. * - * \param ctx Context to check + * \param ctx The ECJPAKE context to check. This must be + * initialized. * - * \return 0 if the context is ready for use, - * MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BAD_INPUT_DATA otherwise + * \return \c 0 if the context is ready for use. + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BAD_INPUT_DATA otherwise. */ int mbedtls_ecjpake_check( const mbedtls_ecjpake_context *ctx ); /** * \brief Generate and write the first round message * (TLS: contents of the Client/ServerHello extension, - * excluding extension type and length bytes) + * excluding extension type and length bytes). * - * \param ctx Context to use - * \param buf Buffer to write the contents to - * \param len Buffer size - * \param olen Will be updated with the number of bytes written - * \param f_rng RNG function - * \param p_rng RNG parameter + * \param ctx The ECJPAKE context to use. This must be + * initialized and set up. + * \param buf The buffer to write the contents to. This must be a + * writable buffer of length \p len Bytes. + * \param len The length of \p buf in Bytes. + * \param olen The address at which to store the total number + * of Bytes written to \p buf. This must not be \c NULL. + * \param f_rng The RNG function to use. This must not be \c NULL. + * \param p_rng The RNG parameter to be passed to \p f_rng. This + * may be \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't use a context. * - * \return 0 if successfull, - * a negative error code otherwise + * \return \c 0 if successful. + * \return A negative error code on failure. */ int mbedtls_ecjpake_write_round_one( mbedtls_ecjpake_context *ctx, unsigned char *buf, size_t len, size_t *olen, @@ -155,14 +165,16 @@ int mbedtls_ecjpake_write_round_one( mbedtls_ecjpake_context *ctx, /** * \brief Read and process the first round message * (TLS: contents of the Client/ServerHello extension, - * excluding extension type and length bytes) + * excluding extension type and length bytes). * - * \param ctx Context to use - * \param buf Pointer to extension contents - * \param len Extension length + * \param ctx The ECJPAKE context to use. This must be initialized + * and set up. + * \param buf The buffer holding the first round message. This must + * be a readable buffer of length \p len Bytes. + * \param len The length in Bytes of \p buf. * - * \return 0 if successfull, - * a negative error code otherwise + * \return \c 0 if successful. + * \return A negative error code on failure. */ int mbedtls_ecjpake_read_round_one( mbedtls_ecjpake_context *ctx, const unsigned char *buf, @@ -170,17 +182,21 @@ int mbedtls_ecjpake_read_round_one( mbedtls_ecjpake_context *ctx, /** * \brief Generate and write the second round message - * (TLS: contents of the Client/ServerKeyExchange) + * (TLS: contents of the Client/ServerKeyExchange). * - * \param ctx Context to use - * \param buf Buffer to write the contents to - * \param len Buffer size - * \param olen Will be updated with the number of bytes written - * \param f_rng RNG function - * \param p_rng RNG parameter + * \param ctx The ECJPAKE context to use. This must be initialized, + * set up, and already have performed round one. + * \param buf The buffer to write the round two contents to. + * This must be a writable buffer of length \p len Bytes. + * \param len The size of \p buf in Bytes. + * \param olen The address at which to store the total number of Bytes + * written to \p buf. This must not be \c NULL. + * \param f_rng The RNG function to use. This must not be \c NULL. + * \param p_rng The RNG parameter to be passed to \p f_rng. This + * may be \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't use a context. * - * \return 0 if successfull, - * a negative error code otherwise + * \return \c 0 if successful. + * \return A negative error code on failure. */ int mbedtls_ecjpake_write_round_two( mbedtls_ecjpake_context *ctx, unsigned char *buf, size_t len, size_t *olen, @@ -189,14 +205,16 @@ int mbedtls_ecjpake_write_round_two( mbedtls_ecjpake_context *ctx, /** * \brief Read and process the second round message - * (TLS: contents of the Client/ServerKeyExchange) + * (TLS: contents of the Client/ServerKeyExchange). * - * \param ctx Context to use - * \param buf Pointer to the message - * \param len Message length + * \param ctx The ECJPAKE context to use. This must be initialized + * and set up and already have performed round one. + * \param buf The buffer holding the second round message. This must + * be a readable buffer of length \p len Bytes. + * \param len The length in Bytes of \p buf. * - * \return 0 if successfull, - * a negative error code otherwise + * \return \c 0 if successful. + * \return A negative error code on failure. */ int mbedtls_ecjpake_read_round_two( mbedtls_ecjpake_context *ctx, const unsigned char *buf, @@ -204,17 +222,21 @@ int mbedtls_ecjpake_read_round_two( mbedtls_ecjpake_context *ctx, /** * \brief Derive the shared secret - * (TLS: Pre-Master Secret) + * (TLS: Pre-Master Secret). * - * \param ctx Context to use - * \param buf Buffer to write the contents to - * \param len Buffer size - * \param olen Will be updated with the number of bytes written - * \param f_rng RNG function - * \param p_rng RNG parameter + * \param ctx The ECJPAKE context to use. This must be initialized, + * set up and have performed both round one and two. + * \param buf The buffer to write the derived secret to. This must + * be a writable buffer of length \p len Bytes. + * \param len The length of \p buf in Bytes. + * \param olen The address at which to store the total number of Bytes + * written to \p buf. This must not be \c NULL. + * \param f_rng The RNG function to use. This must not be \c NULL. + * \param p_rng The RNG parameter to be passed to \p f_rng. This + * may be \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't use a context. * - * \return 0 if successfull, - * a negative error code otherwise + * \return \c 0 if successful. + * \return A negative error code on failure. */ int mbedtls_ecjpake_derive_secret( mbedtls_ecjpake_context *ctx, unsigned char *buf, size_t len, size_t *olen, @@ -222,14 +244,15 @@ int mbedtls_ecjpake_derive_secret( mbedtls_ecjpake_context *ctx, void *p_rng ); /** - * \brief Free a context's content + * \brief This clears an ECJPAKE context and frees any + * embedded data structure. * - * \param ctx context to free + * \param ctx The ECJPAKE context to free. This may be \c NULL, + * in which case this function does nothing. If it is not + * \c NULL, it must point to an initialized ECJPAKE context. */ void mbedtls_ecjpake_free( mbedtls_ecjpake_context *ctx ); - - #if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST) /** diff --git a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ecp.h b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ecp.h index 3a407986dd..de3a343cb6 100644 --- a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ecp.h +++ b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ecp.h @@ -49,8 +49,12 @@ #define MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_RANDOM_FAILED -0x4D00 /**< Generation of random value, such as ephemeral key, failed. */ #define MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_INVALID_KEY -0x4C80 /**< Invalid private or public key. */ #define MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_SIG_LEN_MISMATCH -0x4C00 /**< The buffer contains a valid signature followed by more data. */ + +/* MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_HW_ACCEL_FAILED is deprecated and should not be used. */ #define MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_HW_ACCEL_FAILED -0x4B80 /**< The ECP hardware accelerator failed. */ +#define MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_IN_PROGRESS -0x4B00 /**< Operation in progress, call again with the same parameters to continue. */ + #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif @@ -92,7 +96,7 @@ typedef enum /** * Curve information, for use by other modules. */ -typedef struct +typedef struct mbedtls_ecp_curve_info { mbedtls_ecp_group_id grp_id; /*!< An internal identifier. */ uint16_t tls_id; /*!< The TLS NamedCurve identifier. */ @@ -111,7 +115,7 @@ typedef struct * Otherwise, \p X and \p Y are its standard (affine) * coordinates. */ -typedef struct +typedef struct mbedtls_ecp_point { mbedtls_mpi X; /*!< The X coordinate of the ECP point. */ mbedtls_mpi Y; /*!< The Y coordinate of the ECP point. */ @@ -155,8 +159,12 @@ mbedtls_ecp_point; * additions or subtractions. Therefore, it is only an approximative modular * reduction. It must return 0 on success and non-zero on failure. * + * \note Alternative implementations must keep the group IDs distinct. If + * two group structures have the same ID, then they must be + * identical. + * */ -typedef struct +typedef struct mbedtls_ecp_group { mbedtls_ecp_group_id id; /*!< An internal group identifier. */ mbedtls_mpi P; /*!< The prime modulus of the base field. */ @@ -181,6 +189,70 @@ typedef struct } mbedtls_ecp_group; +#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE) + +/** + * \brief Internal restart context for multiplication + * + * \note Opaque struct + */ +typedef struct mbedtls_ecp_restart_mul mbedtls_ecp_restart_mul_ctx; + +/** + * \brief Internal restart context for ecp_muladd() + * + * \note Opaque struct + */ +typedef struct mbedtls_ecp_restart_muladd mbedtls_ecp_restart_muladd_ctx; + +/** + * \brief General context for resuming ECC operations + */ +typedef struct +{ + unsigned ops_done; /*!< current ops count */ + unsigned depth; /*!< call depth (0 = top-level) */ + mbedtls_ecp_restart_mul_ctx *rsm; /*!< ecp_mul_comb() sub-context */ + mbedtls_ecp_restart_muladd_ctx *ma; /*!< ecp_muladd() sub-context */ +} mbedtls_ecp_restart_ctx; + +/* + * Operation counts for restartable functions + */ +#define MBEDTLS_ECP_OPS_CHK 3 /*!< basic ops count for ecp_check_pubkey() */ +#define MBEDTLS_ECP_OPS_DBL 8 /*!< basic ops count for ecp_double_jac() */ +#define MBEDTLS_ECP_OPS_ADD 11 /*!< basic ops count for see ecp_add_mixed() */ +#define MBEDTLS_ECP_OPS_INV 120 /*!< empirical equivalent for mpi_mod_inv() */ + +/** + * \brief Internal; for restartable functions in other modules. + * Check and update basic ops budget. + * + * \param grp Group structure + * \param rs_ctx Restart context + * \param ops Number of basic ops to do + * + * \return \c 0 if doing \p ops basic ops is still allowed, + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_IN_PROGRESS otherwise. + */ +int mbedtls_ecp_check_budget( const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, + mbedtls_ecp_restart_ctx *rs_ctx, + unsigned ops ); + +/* Utility macro for checking and updating ops budget */ +#define MBEDTLS_ECP_BUDGET( ops ) \ + MBEDTLS_MPI_CHK( mbedtls_ecp_check_budget( grp, rs_ctx, \ + (unsigned) (ops) ) ); + +#else /* MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE */ + +#define MBEDTLS_ECP_BUDGET( ops ) /* no-op; for compatibility */ + +/* We want to declare restartable versions of existing functions anyway */ +typedef void mbedtls_ecp_restart_ctx; + +#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE */ + /** * \name SECTION: Module settings * @@ -251,7 +323,7 @@ mbedtls_ecp_group; * \note Members are deliberately in the same order as in the * ::mbedtls_ecdsa_context structure. */ -typedef struct +typedef struct mbedtls_ecp_keypair { mbedtls_ecp_group grp; /*!< Elliptic curve and base point */ mbedtls_mpi d; /*!< our secret value */ @@ -270,6 +342,75 @@ mbedtls_ecp_keypair; */ #define MBEDTLS_ECP_TLS_NAMED_CURVE 3 /**< The named_curve of ECCurveType. */ +#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE) +/** + * \brief Set the maximum number of basic operations done in a row. + * + * If more operations are needed to complete a computation, + * #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_IN_PROGRESS will be returned by the + * function performing the computation. It is then the + * caller's responsibility to either call again with the same + * parameters until it returns 0 or an error code; or to free + * the restart context if the operation is to be aborted. + * + * It is strictly required that all input parameters and the + * restart context be the same on successive calls for the + * same operation, but output parameters need not be the + * same; they must not be used until the function finally + * returns 0. + * + * This only applies to functions whose documentation + * mentions they may return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_IN_PROGRESS (or + * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CRYPTO_IN_PROGRESS for functions in the + * SSL module). For functions that accept a "restart context" + * argument, passing NULL disables restart and makes the + * function equivalent to the function with the same name + * with \c _restartable removed. For functions in the ECDH + * module, restart is disabled unless the function accepts + * an "ECDH context" argument and + * mbedtls_ecdh_enable_restart() was previously called on + * that context. For function in the SSL module, restart is + * only enabled for specific sides and key exchanges + * (currently only for clients and ECDHE-ECDSA). + * + * \param max_ops Maximum number of basic operations done in a row. + * Default: 0 (unlimited). + * Lower (non-zero) values mean ECC functions will block for + * a lesser maximum amount of time. + * + * \note A "basic operation" is defined as a rough equivalent of a + * multiplication in GF(p) for the NIST P-256 curve. + * As an indication, with default settings, a scalar + * multiplication (full run of \c mbedtls_ecp_mul()) is: + * - about 3300 basic operations for P-256 + * - about 9400 basic operations for P-384 + * + * \note Very low values are not always respected: sometimes + * functions need to block for a minimum number of + * operations, and will do so even if max_ops is set to a + * lower value. That minimum depends on the curve size, and + * can be made lower by decreasing the value of + * \c MBEDTLS_ECP_WINDOW_SIZE. As an indication, here is the + * lowest effective value for various curves and values of + * that parameter (w for short): + * w=6 w=5 w=4 w=3 w=2 + * P-256 208 208 160 136 124 + * P-384 682 416 320 272 248 + * P-521 1364 832 640 544 496 + * + * \note This setting is currently ignored by Curve25519. + */ +void mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops( unsigned max_ops ); + +/** + * \brief Check if restart is enabled (max_ops != 0) + * + * \return \c 0 if \c max_ops == 0 (restart disabled) + * \return \c 1 otherwise (restart enabled) + */ +int mbedtls_ecp_restart_is_enabled( void ); +#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE */ + /** * \brief This function retrieves the information defined in * mbedtls_ecp_curve_info() for all supported curves in order @@ -356,25 +497,51 @@ void mbedtls_ecp_point_free( mbedtls_ecp_point *pt ); /** * \brief This function frees the components of an ECP group. - * \param grp The group to free. + * + * \param grp The group to free. This may be \c NULL, in which + * case this function returns immediately. If it is not + * \c NULL, it must point to an initialized ECP group. */ void mbedtls_ecp_group_free( mbedtls_ecp_group *grp ); /** * \brief This function frees the components of a key pair. - * \param key The key pair to free. + * + * \param key The key pair to free. This may be \c NULL, in which + * case this function returns immediately. If it is not + * \c NULL, it must point to an initialized ECP key pair. */ void mbedtls_ecp_keypair_free( mbedtls_ecp_keypair *key ); +#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE) +/** + * \brief Initialize a restart context. + * + * \param ctx The restart context to initialize. This must + * not be \c NULL. + */ +void mbedtls_ecp_restart_init( mbedtls_ecp_restart_ctx *ctx ); + +/** + * \brief Free the components of a restart context. + * + * \param ctx The restart context to free. This may be \c NULL, in which + * case this function returns immediately. If it is not + * \c NULL, it must point to an initialized restart context. + */ +void mbedtls_ecp_restart_free( mbedtls_ecp_restart_ctx *ctx ); +#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE */ + /** * \brief This function copies the contents of point \p Q into * point \p P. * - * \param P The destination point. - * \param Q The source point. + * \param P The destination point. This must be initialized. + * \param Q The source point. This must be initialized. * * \return \c 0 on success. * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED on memory-allocation failure. + * \return Another negative error code for other kinds of failure. */ int mbedtls_ecp_copy( mbedtls_ecp_point *P, const mbedtls_ecp_point *Q ); @@ -382,31 +549,35 @@ int mbedtls_ecp_copy( mbedtls_ecp_point *P, const mbedtls_ecp_point *Q ); * \brief This function copies the contents of group \p src into * group \p dst. * - * \param dst The destination group. - * \param src The source group. + * \param dst The destination group. This must be initialized. + * \param src The source group. This must be initialized. * * \return \c 0 on success. * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED on memory-allocation failure. + * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure. */ -int mbedtls_ecp_group_copy( mbedtls_ecp_group *dst, const mbedtls_ecp_group *src ); +int mbedtls_ecp_group_copy( mbedtls_ecp_group *dst, + const mbedtls_ecp_group *src ); /** - * \brief This function sets a point to zero. + * \brief This function sets a point to the point at infinity. * - * \param pt The point to set. + * \param pt The point to set. This must be initialized. * * \return \c 0 on success. * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED on memory-allocation failure. + * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure. */ int mbedtls_ecp_set_zero( mbedtls_ecp_point *pt ); /** - * \brief This function checks if a point is zero. + * \brief This function checks if a point is the point at infinity. * - * \param pt The point to test. + * \param pt The point to test. This must be initialized. * * \return \c 1 if the point is zero. * \return \c 0 if the point is non-zero. + * \return A negative error code on failure. */ int mbedtls_ecp_is_zero( mbedtls_ecp_point *pt ); @@ -416,8 +587,8 @@ int mbedtls_ecp_is_zero( mbedtls_ecp_point *pt ); * \note This assumes that the points are normalized. Otherwise, * they may compare as "not equal" even if they are. * - * \param P The first point to compare. - * \param Q The second point to compare. + * \param P The first point to compare. This must be initialized. + * \param Q The second point to compare. This must be initialized. * * \return \c 0 if the points are equal. * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BAD_INPUT_DATA if the points are not equal. @@ -429,7 +600,7 @@ int mbedtls_ecp_point_cmp( const mbedtls_ecp_point *P, * \brief This function imports a non-zero point from two ASCII * strings. * - * \param P The destination point. + * \param P The destination point. This must be initialized. * \param radix The numeric base of the input. * \param x The first affine coordinate, as a null-terminated string. * \param y The second affine coordinate, as a null-terminated string. @@ -444,15 +615,21 @@ int mbedtls_ecp_point_read_string( mbedtls_ecp_point *P, int radix, * \brief This function exports a point into unsigned binary data. * * \param grp The group to which the point should belong. - * \param P The point to export. - * \param format The point format. Should be an \c MBEDTLS_ECP_PF_XXX macro. - * \param olen The length of the output. - * \param buf The output buffer. - * \param buflen The length of the output buffer. + * This must be initialized and have group parameters + * set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load(). + * \param P The point to export. This must be initialized. + * \param format The point format. This must be either + * #MBEDTLS_ECP_PF_COMPRESSED or #MBEDTLS_ECP_PF_UNCOMPRESSED. + * \param olen The address at which to store the length of + * the output in Bytes. This must not be \c NULL. + * \param buf The output buffer. This must be a writable buffer + * of length \p buflen Bytes. + * \param buflen The length of the output buffer \p buf in Bytes. * * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BAD_INPUT_DATA - * or #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL on failure. + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL if the output buffer + * is too small to hold the point. + * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure. */ int mbedtls_ecp_point_write_binary( const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, const mbedtls_ecp_point *P, int format, size_t *olen, @@ -466,108 +643,158 @@ int mbedtls_ecp_point_write_binary( const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, const mbedtls_ * for that. * * \param grp The group to which the point should belong. - * \param P The point to import. - * \param buf The input buffer. - * \param ilen The length of the input. + * This must be initialized and have group parameters + * set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load(). + * \param P The destination context to import the point to. + * This must be initialized. + * \param buf The input buffer. This must be a readable buffer + * of length \p ilen Bytes. + * \param ilen The length of the input buffer \p buf in Bytes. * * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BAD_INPUT_DATA if input is invalid. + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BAD_INPUT_DATA if the input is invalid. * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED on memory-allocation failure. * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE if the point format * is not implemented. - * */ -int mbedtls_ecp_point_read_binary( const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, mbedtls_ecp_point *P, - const unsigned char *buf, size_t ilen ); +int mbedtls_ecp_point_read_binary( const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, + mbedtls_ecp_point *P, + const unsigned char *buf, size_t ilen ); /** * \brief This function imports a point from a TLS ECPoint record. * - * \note On function return, \p buf is updated to point to immediately + * \note On function return, \p *buf is updated to point immediately * after the ECPoint record. * - * \param grp The ECP group used. + * \param grp The ECP group to use. + * This must be initialized and have group parameters + * set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load(). * \param pt The destination point. * \param buf The address of the pointer to the start of the input buffer. * \param len The length of the buffer. * * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_XXX error code on initialization failure. + * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_XXX error code on initialization + * failure. * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BAD_INPUT_DATA if input is invalid. */ -int mbedtls_ecp_tls_read_point( const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, mbedtls_ecp_point *pt, - const unsigned char **buf, size_t len ); +int mbedtls_ecp_tls_read_point( const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, + mbedtls_ecp_point *pt, + const unsigned char **buf, size_t len ); /** - * \brief This function exports a point as a TLS ECPoint record. - * - * \param grp The ECP group used. - * \param pt The point format to export to. The point format is an - * \c MBEDTLS_ECP_PF_XXX constant. - * \param format The export format. - * \param olen The length of the data written. - * \param buf The buffer to write to. - * \param blen The length of the buffer. + * \brief This function exports a point as a TLS ECPoint record + * defined in RFC 4492, Section 5.4. + * + * \param grp The ECP group to use. + * This must be initialized and have group parameters + * set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load(). + * \param pt The point to be exported. This must be initialized. + * \param format The point format to use. This must be either + * #MBEDTLS_ECP_PF_COMPRESSED or #MBEDTLS_ECP_PF_UNCOMPRESSED. + * \param olen The address at which to store the length in Bytes + * of the data written. + * \param buf The target buffer. This must be a writable buffer of + * length \p blen Bytes. + * \param blen The length of the target buffer \p buf in Bytes. * * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BAD_INPUT_DATA or - * #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL on failure. + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BAD_INPUT_DATA if the input is invalid. + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL if the target buffer + * is too small to hold the exported point. + * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure. */ -int mbedtls_ecp_tls_write_point( const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, const mbedtls_ecp_point *pt, - int format, size_t *olen, - unsigned char *buf, size_t blen ); +int mbedtls_ecp_tls_write_point( const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, + const mbedtls_ecp_point *pt, + int format, size_t *olen, + unsigned char *buf, size_t blen ); /** - * \brief This function sets a group using standardized domain parameters. + * \brief This function sets up an ECP group context + * from a standardized set of domain parameters. * * \note The index should be a value of the NamedCurve enum, * as defined in <em>RFC-4492: Elliptic Curve Cryptography * (ECC) Cipher Suites for Transport Layer Security (TLS)</em>, * usually in the form of an \c MBEDTLS_ECP_DP_XXX macro. * - * \param grp The destination group. + * \param grp The group context to setup. This must be initialized. * \param id The identifier of the domain parameter set to load. * - * \return \c 0 on success, - * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_XXX error code on initialization failure. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE for unkownn groups. - + * \return \c 0 on success. + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE if \p id doesn't + * correspond to a known group. + * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure. */ int mbedtls_ecp_group_load( mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, mbedtls_ecp_group_id id ); /** - * \brief This function sets a group from a TLS ECParameters record. + * \brief This function sets up an ECP group context from a TLS + * ECParameters record as defined in RFC 4492, Section 5.4. * - * \note \p buf is updated to point right after the ECParameters record - * on exit. + * \note The read pointer \p buf is updated to point right after + * the ECParameters record on exit. * - * \param grp The destination group. + * \param grp The group context to setup. This must be initialized. * \param buf The address of the pointer to the start of the input buffer. - * \param len The length of the buffer. + * \param len The length of the input buffer \c *buf in Bytes. * * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_XXX error code on initialization failure. * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BAD_INPUT_DATA if input is invalid. + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE if the group is not + * recognized. + * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure. */ -int mbedtls_ecp_tls_read_group( mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, const unsigned char **buf, size_t len ); +int mbedtls_ecp_tls_read_group( mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, + const unsigned char **buf, size_t len ); /** - * \brief This function writes the TLS ECParameters record for a group. + * \brief This function extracts an elliptic curve group ID from a + * TLS ECParameters record as defined in RFC 4492, Section 5.4. + * + * \note The read pointer \p buf is updated to point right after + * the ECParameters record on exit. + * + * \param grp The address at which to store the group id. + * This must not be \c NULL. + * \param buf The address of the pointer to the start of the input buffer. + * \param len The length of the input buffer \c *buf in Bytes. * - * \param grp The ECP group used. - * \param olen The number of Bytes written. - * \param buf The buffer to write to. - * \param blen The length of the buffer. + * \return \c 0 on success. + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BAD_INPUT_DATA if input is invalid. + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE if the group is not + * recognized. + * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure. + */ +int mbedtls_ecp_tls_read_group_id( mbedtls_ecp_group_id *grp, + const unsigned char **buf, + size_t len ); +/** + * \brief This function exports an elliptic curve as a TLS + * ECParameters record as defined in RFC 4492, Section 5.4. + * + * \param grp The ECP group to be exported. + * This must be initialized and have group parameters + * set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load(). + * \param olen The address at which to store the number of Bytes written. + * This must not be \c NULL. + * \param buf The buffer to write to. This must be a writable buffer + * of length \p blen Bytes. + * \param blen The length of the output buffer \p buf in Bytes. * * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL on failure. + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BUFFER_TOO_SMALL if the output + * buffer is too small to hold the exported group. + * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure. */ -int mbedtls_ecp_tls_write_group( const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, size_t *olen, - unsigned char *buf, size_t blen ); +int mbedtls_ecp_tls_write_group( const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, + size_t *olen, + unsigned char *buf, size_t blen ); /** - * \brief This function performs multiplication of a point by - * an integer: \p R = \p m * \p P. + * \brief This function performs a scalar multiplication of a point + * by an integer: \p R = \p m * \p P. * * It is not thread-safe to use same group in multiple threads. * @@ -581,23 +808,63 @@ int mbedtls_ecp_tls_write_group( const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, size_t *olen, * targeting these results. We recommend always providing * a non-NULL \p f_rng. The overhead is negligible. * - * \param grp The ECP group. - * \param R The destination point. - * \param m The integer by which to multiply. - * \param P The point to multiply. - * \param f_rng The RNG function. - * \param p_rng The RNG context. + * \param grp The ECP group to use. + * This must be initialized and have group parameters + * set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load(). + * \param R The point in which to store the result of the calculation. + * This must be initialized. + * \param m The integer by which to multiply. This must be initialized. + * \param P The point to multiply. This must be initialized. + * \param f_rng The RNG function. This may be \c NULL if randomization + * of intermediate results isn't desired (discouraged). + * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p p_rng. * * \return \c 0 on success. * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_INVALID_KEY if \p m is not a valid private * key, or \p P is not a valid public key. * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED on memory-allocation failure. + * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure. */ int mbedtls_ecp_mul( mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, mbedtls_ecp_point *R, const mbedtls_mpi *m, const mbedtls_ecp_point *P, int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), void *p_rng ); /** + * \brief This function performs multiplication of a point by + * an integer: \p R = \p m * \p P in a restartable way. + * + * \see mbedtls_ecp_mul() + * + * \note This function does the same as \c mbedtls_ecp_mul(), but + * it can return early and restart according to the limit set + * with \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops() to reduce blocking. + * + * \param grp The ECP group to use. + * This must be initialized and have group parameters + * set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load(). + * \param R The point in which to store the result of the calculation. + * This must be initialized. + * \param m The integer by which to multiply. This must be initialized. + * \param P The point to multiply. This must be initialized. + * \param f_rng The RNG function. This may be \c NULL if randomization + * of intermediate results isn't desired (discouraged). + * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p p_rng. + * \param rs_ctx The restart context (NULL disables restart). + * + * \return \c 0 on success. + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_INVALID_KEY if \p m is not a valid private + * key, or \p P is not a valid public key. + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED on memory-allocation failure. + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_IN_PROGRESS if maximum number of + * operations was reached: see \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops(). + * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure. + */ +int mbedtls_ecp_mul_restartable( mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, mbedtls_ecp_point *R, + const mbedtls_mpi *m, const mbedtls_ecp_point *P, + int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), void *p_rng, + mbedtls_ecp_restart_ctx *rs_ctx ); + +/** * \brief This function performs multiplication and addition of two * points by integers: \p R = \p m * \p P + \p n * \p Q * @@ -606,24 +873,71 @@ int mbedtls_ecp_mul( mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, mbedtls_ecp_point *R, * \note In contrast to mbedtls_ecp_mul(), this function does not * guarantee a constant execution flow and timing. * - * \param grp The ECP group. - * \param R The destination point. + * \param grp The ECP group to use. + * This must be initialized and have group parameters + * set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load(). + * \param R The point in which to store the result of the calculation. + * This must be initialized. * \param m The integer by which to multiply \p P. - * \param P The point to multiply by \p m. + * This must be initialized. + * \param P The point to multiply by \p m. This must be initialized. * \param n The integer by which to multiply \p Q. + * This must be initialized. * \param Q The point to be multiplied by \p n. + * This must be initialized. * * \return \c 0 on success. * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_INVALID_KEY if \p m or \p n are not * valid private keys, or \p P or \p Q are not valid public * keys. * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED on memory-allocation failure. + * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure. */ int mbedtls_ecp_muladd( mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, mbedtls_ecp_point *R, const mbedtls_mpi *m, const mbedtls_ecp_point *P, const mbedtls_mpi *n, const mbedtls_ecp_point *Q ); /** + * \brief This function performs multiplication and addition of two + * points by integers: \p R = \p m * \p P + \p n * \p Q in a + * restartable way. + * + * \see \c mbedtls_ecp_muladd() + * + * \note This function works the same as \c mbedtls_ecp_muladd(), + * but it can return early and restart according to the limit + * set with \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops() to reduce blocking. + * + * \param grp The ECP group to use. + * This must be initialized and have group parameters + * set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load(). + * \param R The point in which to store the result of the calculation. + * This must be initialized. + * \param m The integer by which to multiply \p P. + * This must be initialized. + * \param P The point to multiply by \p m. This must be initialized. + * \param n The integer by which to multiply \p Q. + * This must be initialized. + * \param Q The point to be multiplied by \p n. + * This must be initialized. + * \param rs_ctx The restart context (NULL disables restart). + * + * \return \c 0 on success. + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_INVALID_KEY if \p m or \p n are not + * valid private keys, or \p P or \p Q are not valid public + * keys. + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED on memory-allocation failure. + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_IN_PROGRESS if maximum number of + * operations was reached: see \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops(). + * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure. + */ +int mbedtls_ecp_muladd_restartable( + mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, mbedtls_ecp_point *R, + const mbedtls_mpi *m, const mbedtls_ecp_point *P, + const mbedtls_mpi *n, const mbedtls_ecp_point *Q, + mbedtls_ecp_restart_ctx *rs_ctx ); + +/** * \brief This function checks that a point is a valid public key * on this curve. * @@ -640,30 +954,60 @@ int mbedtls_ecp_muladd( mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, mbedtls_ecp_point *R, * structures, such as ::mbedtls_ecdh_context or * ::mbedtls_ecdsa_context. * - * \param grp The curve the point should lie on. - * \param pt The point to check. + * \param grp The ECP group the point should belong to. + * This must be initialized and have group parameters + * set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load(). + * \param pt The point to check. This must be initialized. * * \return \c 0 if the point is a valid public key. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_INVALID_KEY on failure. + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_INVALID_KEY if the point is not + * a valid public key for the given curve. + * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure. */ -int mbedtls_ecp_check_pubkey( const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, const mbedtls_ecp_point *pt ); +int mbedtls_ecp_check_pubkey( const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, + const mbedtls_ecp_point *pt ); /** - * \brief This function checks that an \p mbedtls_mpi is a valid private - * key for this curve. + * \brief This function checks that an \p mbedtls_mpi is a + * valid private key for this curve. * * \note This function uses bare components rather than an * ::mbedtls_ecp_keypair structure to ease use with other * structures, such as ::mbedtls_ecdh_context or * ::mbedtls_ecdsa_context. * - * \param grp The group used. - * \param d The integer to check. + * \param grp The ECP group the private key should belong to. + * This must be initialized and have group parameters + * set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load(). + * \param d The integer to check. This must be initialized. * * \return \c 0 if the point is a valid private key. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_INVALID_KEY on failure. + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_INVALID_KEY if the point is not a valid + * private key for the given curve. + * \return Another negative error code on other kinds of failure. + */ +int mbedtls_ecp_check_privkey( const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, + const mbedtls_mpi *d ); + +/** + * \brief This function generates a private key. + * + * \param grp The ECP group to generate a private key for. + * This must be initialized and have group parameters + * set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load(). + * \param d The destination MPI (secret part). This must be initialized. + * \param f_rng The RNG function. This must not be \c NULL. + * \param p_rng The RNG parameter to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be + * \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't need a context argument. + * + * \return \c 0 on success. + * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX or \c MBEDTLS_MPI_XXX error code + * on failure. */ -int mbedtls_ecp_check_privkey( const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, const mbedtls_mpi *d ); +int mbedtls_ecp_gen_privkey( const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, + mbedtls_mpi *d, + int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), + void *p_rng ); /** * \brief This function generates a keypair with a configurable base @@ -674,22 +1018,29 @@ int mbedtls_ecp_check_privkey( const mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, const mbedtls_mpi * * structures, such as ::mbedtls_ecdh_context or * ::mbedtls_ecdsa_context. * - * \param grp The ECP group. - * \param G The chosen base point. + * \param grp The ECP group to generate a key pair for. + * This must be initialized and have group parameters + * set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load(). + * \param G The base point to use. This must be initialized + * and belong to \p grp. It replaces the default base + * point \c grp->G used by mbedtls_ecp_gen_keypair(). * \param d The destination MPI (secret part). + * This must be initialized. * \param Q The destination point (public part). - * \param f_rng The RNG function. - * \param p_rng The RNG context. + * This must be initialized. + * \param f_rng The RNG function. This must not be \c NULL. + * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may + * be \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't need a context argument. * * \return \c 0 on success. * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX or \c MBEDTLS_MPI_XXX error code * on failure. */ int mbedtls_ecp_gen_keypair_base( mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, - const mbedtls_ecp_point *G, - mbedtls_mpi *d, mbedtls_ecp_point *Q, - int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), - void *p_rng ); + const mbedtls_ecp_point *G, + mbedtls_mpi *d, mbedtls_ecp_point *Q, + int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), + void *p_rng ); /** * \brief This function generates an ECP keypair. @@ -699,34 +1050,42 @@ int mbedtls_ecp_gen_keypair_base( mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, * structures, such as ::mbedtls_ecdh_context or * ::mbedtls_ecdsa_context. * - * \param grp The ECP group. + * \param grp The ECP group to generate a key pair for. + * This must be initialized and have group parameters + * set, for example through mbedtls_ecp_group_load(). * \param d The destination MPI (secret part). + * This must be initialized. * \param Q The destination point (public part). - * \param f_rng The RNG function. - * \param p_rng The RNG context. + * This must be initialized. + * \param f_rng The RNG function. This must not be \c NULL. + * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may + * be \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't need a context argument. * * \return \c 0 on success. * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX or \c MBEDTLS_MPI_XXX error code * on failure. */ -int mbedtls_ecp_gen_keypair( mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, mbedtls_mpi *d, mbedtls_ecp_point *Q, - int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), - void *p_rng ); +int mbedtls_ecp_gen_keypair( mbedtls_ecp_group *grp, mbedtls_mpi *d, + mbedtls_ecp_point *Q, + int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), + void *p_rng ); /** * \brief This function generates an ECP key. * * \param grp_id The ECP group identifier. - * \param key The destination key. - * \param f_rng The RNG function. - * \param p_rng The RNG context. + * \param key The destination key. This must be initialized. + * \param f_rng The RNG function to use. This must not be \c NULL. + * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may + * be \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't need a context argument. * * \return \c 0 on success. * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX or \c MBEDTLS_MPI_XXX error code * on failure. */ int mbedtls_ecp_gen_key( mbedtls_ecp_group_id grp_id, mbedtls_ecp_keypair *key, - int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), void *p_rng ); + int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), + void *p_rng ); /** * \brief This function checks that the keypair objects @@ -734,16 +1093,19 @@ int mbedtls_ecp_gen_key( mbedtls_ecp_group_id grp_id, mbedtls_ecp_keypair *key, * same public point, and that the private key in * \p prv is consistent with the public key. * - * \param pub The keypair structure holding the public key. - * If it contains a private key, that part is ignored. + * \param pub The keypair structure holding the public key. This + * must be initialized. If it contains a private key, that + * part is ignored. * \param prv The keypair structure holding the full keypair. + * This must be initialized. * * \return \c 0 on success, meaning that the keys are valid and match. * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_BAD_INPUT_DATA if the keys are invalid or do not match. * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_XXX or an \c MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_XXX * error code on calculation failure. */ -int mbedtls_ecp_check_pub_priv( const mbedtls_ecp_keypair *pub, const mbedtls_ecp_keypair *prv ); +int mbedtls_ecp_check_pub_priv( const mbedtls_ecp_keypair *pub, + const mbedtls_ecp_keypair *prv ); #if defined(MBEDTLS_SELF_TEST) diff --git a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/entropy.h b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/entropy.h index a5cb05a584..ca06dc3c58 100644 --- a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/entropy.h +++ b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/entropy.h @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ typedef int (*mbedtls_entropy_f_source_ptr)(void *data, unsigned char *output, s /** * \brief Entropy source state */ -typedef struct +typedef struct mbedtls_entropy_source_state { mbedtls_entropy_f_source_ptr f_source; /**< The entropy source callback */ void * p_source; /**< The callback data pointer */ @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ mbedtls_entropy_source_state; /** * \brief Entropy context structure */ -typedef struct +typedef struct mbedtls_entropy_context { int accumulator_started; #if defined(MBEDTLS_ENTROPY_SHA512_ACCUMULATOR) diff --git a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/error.h b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/error.h index 6b82d4fbbe..647a11a566 100644 --- a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/error.h +++ b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/error.h @@ -74,12 +74,13 @@ * MD4 1 0x002D-0x002D * MD5 1 0x002F-0x002F * RIPEMD160 1 0x0031-0x0031 - * SHA1 1 0x0035-0x0035 - * SHA256 1 0x0037-0x0037 - * SHA512 1 0x0039-0x0039 + * SHA1 1 0x0035-0x0035 0x0073-0x0073 + * SHA256 1 0x0037-0x0037 0x0074-0x0074 + * SHA512 1 0x0039-0x0039 0x0075-0x0075 * CHACHA20 3 0x0051-0x0055 * POLY1305 3 0x0057-0x005B * CHACHAPOLY 2 0x0054-0x0056 + * PLATFORM 1 0x0070-0x0072 * * High-level module nr (3 bits - 0x0...-0x7...) * Name ID Nr of Errors @@ -90,12 +91,12 @@ * DHM 3 11 * PK 3 15 (Started from top) * RSA 4 11 - * ECP 4 9 (Started from top) + * ECP 4 10 (Started from top) * MD 5 5 * HKDF 5 1 (Started from top) * CIPHER 6 8 - * SSL 6 22 (Started from top) - * SSL 7 31 + * SSL 6 23 (Started from top) + * SSL 7 32 * * Module dependent error code (5 bits 0x.00.-0x.F8.) */ diff --git a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/gcm.h b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/gcm.h index 87535ab957..fccabb0d97 100644 --- a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/gcm.h +++ b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/gcm.h @@ -41,7 +41,10 @@ #define MBEDTLS_GCM_DECRYPT 0 #define MBEDTLS_ERR_GCM_AUTH_FAILED -0x0012 /**< Authenticated decryption failed. */ + +/* MBEDTLS_ERR_GCM_HW_ACCEL_FAILED is deprecated and should not be used. */ #define MBEDTLS_ERR_GCM_HW_ACCEL_FAILED -0x0013 /**< GCM hardware accelerator failed. */ + #define MBEDTLS_ERR_GCM_BAD_INPUT -0x0014 /**< Bad input parameters to function. */ #ifdef __cplusplus @@ -53,7 +56,8 @@ extern "C" { /** * \brief The GCM context structure. */ -typedef struct { +typedef struct mbedtls_gcm_context +{ mbedtls_cipher_context_t cipher_ctx; /*!< The cipher context used. */ uint64_t HL[16]; /*!< Precalculated HTable low. */ uint64_t HH[16]; /*!< Precalculated HTable high. */ @@ -81,7 +85,7 @@ mbedtls_gcm_context; * cipher, nor set the key. For this purpose, use * mbedtls_gcm_setkey(). * - * \param ctx The GCM context to initialize. + * \param ctx The GCM context to initialize. This must not be \c NULL. */ void mbedtls_gcm_init( mbedtls_gcm_context *ctx ); @@ -89,9 +93,10 @@ void mbedtls_gcm_init( mbedtls_gcm_context *ctx ); * \brief This function associates a GCM context with a * cipher algorithm and a key. * - * \param ctx The GCM context to initialize. + * \param ctx The GCM context. This must be initialized. * \param cipher The 128-bit block cipher to use. - * \param key The encryption key. + * \param key The encryption key. This must be a readable buffer of at + * least \p keybits bits. * \param keybits The key size in bits. Valid options are: * <ul><li>128 bits</li> * <li>192 bits</li> @@ -118,7 +123,8 @@ int mbedtls_gcm_setkey( mbedtls_gcm_context *ctx, * authentic. You should use this function to perform encryption * only. For decryption, use mbedtls_gcm_auth_decrypt() instead. * - * \param ctx The GCM context to use for encryption or decryption. + * \param ctx The GCM context to use for encryption or decryption. This + * must be initialized. * \param mode The operation to perform: * - #MBEDTLS_GCM_ENCRYPT to perform authenticated encryption. * The ciphertext is written to \p output and the @@ -132,22 +138,28 @@ int mbedtls_gcm_setkey( mbedtls_gcm_context *ctx, * calling this function in decryption mode. * \param length The length of the input data, which is equal to the length * of the output data. - * \param iv The initialization vector. + * \param iv The initialization vector. This must be a readable buffer of + * at least \p iv_len Bytes. * \param iv_len The length of the IV. - * \param add The buffer holding the additional data. + * \param add The buffer holding the additional data. This must be of at + * least that size in Bytes. * \param add_len The length of the additional data. - * \param input The buffer holding the input data. Its size is \b length. - * \param output The buffer for holding the output data. It must have room - * for \b length bytes. + * \param input The buffer holding the input data. If \p length is greater + * than zero, this must be a readable buffer of at least that + * size in Bytes. + * \param output The buffer for holding the output data. If \p length is greater + * than zero, this must be a writable buffer of at least that + * size in Bytes. * \param tag_len The length of the tag to generate. - * \param tag The buffer for holding the tag. + * \param tag The buffer for holding the tag. This must be a readable + * buffer of at least \p tag_len Bytes. * * \return \c 0 if the encryption or decryption was performed * successfully. Note that in #MBEDTLS_GCM_DECRYPT mode, * this does not indicate that the data is authentic. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_GCM_BAD_INPUT if the lengths are not valid. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_GCM_HW_ACCEL_FAILED or a cipher-specific - * error code if the encryption or decryption failed. + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_GCM_BAD_INPUT if the lengths or pointers are + * not valid or a cipher-specific error code if the encryption + * or decryption failed. */ int mbedtls_gcm_crypt_and_tag( mbedtls_gcm_context *ctx, int mode, @@ -169,24 +181,30 @@ int mbedtls_gcm_crypt_and_tag( mbedtls_gcm_context *ctx, * input buffer. If the buffers overlap, the output buffer * must trail at least 8 Bytes behind the input buffer. * - * \param ctx The GCM context. + * \param ctx The GCM context. This must be initialized. * \param length The length of the ciphertext to decrypt, which is also * the length of the decrypted plaintext. - * \param iv The initialization vector. + * \param iv The initialization vector. This must be a readable buffer + * of at least \p iv_len Bytes. * \param iv_len The length of the IV. - * \param add The buffer holding the additional data. + * \param add The buffer holding the additional data. This must be of at + * least that size in Bytes. * \param add_len The length of the additional data. - * \param tag The buffer holding the tag to verify. + * \param tag The buffer holding the tag to verify. This must be a + * readable buffer of at least \p tag_len Bytes. * \param tag_len The length of the tag to verify. - * \param input The buffer holding the ciphertext. Its size is \b length. - * \param output The buffer for holding the decrypted plaintext. It must - * have room for \b length bytes. + * \param input The buffer holding the ciphertext. If \p length is greater + * than zero, this must be a readable buffer of at least that + * size. + * \param output The buffer for holding the decrypted plaintext. If \p length + * is greater than zero, this must be a writable buffer of at + * least that size. * * \return \c 0 if successful and authenticated. * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_GCM_AUTH_FAILED if the tag does not match. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_GCM_BAD_INPUT if the lengths are not valid. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_GCM_HW_ACCEL_FAILED or a cipher-specific - * error code if the decryption failed. + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_GCM_BAD_INPUT if the lengths or pointers are + * not valid or a cipher-specific error code if the decryption + * failed. */ int mbedtls_gcm_auth_decrypt( mbedtls_gcm_context *ctx, size_t length, @@ -203,15 +221,16 @@ int mbedtls_gcm_auth_decrypt( mbedtls_gcm_context *ctx, * \brief This function starts a GCM encryption or decryption * operation. * - * \param ctx The GCM context. + * \param ctx The GCM context. This must be initialized. * \param mode The operation to perform: #MBEDTLS_GCM_ENCRYPT or * #MBEDTLS_GCM_DECRYPT. - * \param iv The initialization vector. + * \param iv The initialization vector. This must be a readable buffer of + * at least \p iv_len Bytes. * \param iv_len The length of the IV. - * \param add The buffer holding the additional data, or NULL - * if \p add_len is 0. - * \param add_len The length of the additional data. If 0, - * \p add is NULL. + * \param add The buffer holding the additional data, or \c NULL + * if \p add_len is \c 0. + * \param add_len The length of the additional data. If \c 0, + * \p add may be \c NULL. * * \return \c 0 on success. */ @@ -234,11 +253,15 @@ int mbedtls_gcm_starts( mbedtls_gcm_context *ctx, * input buffer. If the buffers overlap, the output buffer * must trail at least 8 Bytes behind the input buffer. * - * \param ctx The GCM context. + * \param ctx The GCM context. This must be initialized. * \param length The length of the input data. This must be a multiple of * 16 except in the last call before mbedtls_gcm_finish(). - * \param input The buffer holding the input data. - * \param output The buffer for holding the output data. + * \param input The buffer holding the input data. If \p length is greater + * than zero, this must be a readable buffer of at least that + * size in Bytes. + * \param output The buffer for holding the output data. If \p length is + * greater than zero, this must be a writable buffer of at + * least that size in Bytes. * * \return \c 0 on success. * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_GCM_BAD_INPUT on failure. @@ -255,9 +278,11 @@ int mbedtls_gcm_update( mbedtls_gcm_context *ctx, * It wraps up the GCM stream, and generates the * tag. The tag can have a maximum length of 16 Bytes. * - * \param ctx The GCM context. - * \param tag The buffer for holding the tag. - * \param tag_len The length of the tag to generate. Must be at least four. + * \param ctx The GCM context. This must be initialized. + * \param tag The buffer for holding the tag. This must be a readable + * buffer of at least \p tag_len Bytes. + * \param tag_len The length of the tag to generate. This must be at least + * four. * * \return \c 0 on success. * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_GCM_BAD_INPUT on failure. @@ -270,7 +295,8 @@ int mbedtls_gcm_finish( mbedtls_gcm_context *ctx, * \brief This function clears a GCM context and the underlying * cipher sub-context. * - * \param ctx The GCM context to clear. + * \param ctx The GCM context to clear. If this is \c NULL, the call has + * no effect. Otherwise, this must be initialized. */ void mbedtls_gcm_free( mbedtls_gcm_context *ctx ); diff --git a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/havege.h b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/havege.h index d4cb3ed38d..57e8c40943 100644 --- a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/havege.h +++ b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/havege.h @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ extern "C" { /** * \brief HAVEGE state structure */ -typedef struct +typedef struct mbedtls_havege_state { int PT1, PT2, offset[2]; int pool[MBEDTLS_HAVEGE_COLLECT_SIZE]; diff --git a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/hkdf.h b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/hkdf.h index 6833e7272e..e6ed7cde97 100644 --- a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/hkdf.h +++ b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/hkdf.h @@ -73,6 +73,11 @@ int mbedtls_hkdf( const mbedtls_md_info_t *md, const unsigned char *salt, * \brief Take the input keying material \p ikm and extract from it a * fixed-length pseudorandom key \p prk. * + * \warning This function should only be used if the security of it has been + * studied and established in that particular context (eg. TLS 1.3 + * key schedule). For standard HKDF security guarantees use + * \c mbedtls_hkdf instead. + * * \param md A hash function; md.size denotes the length of the * hash function output in bytes. * \param salt An optional salt value (a non-secret random value); @@ -97,10 +102,15 @@ int mbedtls_hkdf_extract( const mbedtls_md_info_t *md, * \brief Expand the supplied \p prk into several additional pseudorandom * keys, which is the output of the HKDF. * + * \warning This function should only be used if the security of it has been + * studied and established in that particular context (eg. TLS 1.3 + * key schedule). For standard HKDF security guarantees use + * \c mbedtls_hkdf instead. + * * \param md A hash function; md.size denotes the length of the hash * function output in bytes. - * \param prk A pseudorandom key of at least md.size bytes. \p prk is usually, - * the output from the HKDF extract step. + * \param prk A pseudorandom key of at least md.size bytes. \p prk is + * usually the output from the HKDF extract step. * \param prk_len The length in bytes of \p prk. * \param info An optional context and application specific information * string. This can be a zero-length string. diff --git a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/hmac_drbg.h b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/hmac_drbg.h index 2608de8595..146367b9de 100644 --- a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/hmac_drbg.h +++ b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/hmac_drbg.h @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ extern "C" { /** * HMAC_DRBG context. */ -typedef struct +typedef struct mbedtls_hmac_drbg_context { /* Working state: the key K is not stored explicitely, * but is implied by the HMAC context */ @@ -195,10 +195,13 @@ void mbedtls_hmac_drbg_set_reseed_interval( mbedtls_hmac_drbg_context *ctx, * \param additional Additional data to update state with, or NULL * \param add_len Length of additional data, or 0 * + * \return \c 0 on success, or an error from the underlying + * hash calculation. + * * \note Additional data is optional, pass NULL and 0 as second * third argument if no additional data is being used. */ -void mbedtls_hmac_drbg_update( mbedtls_hmac_drbg_context *ctx, +int mbedtls_hmac_drbg_update_ret( mbedtls_hmac_drbg_context *ctx, const unsigned char *additional, size_t add_len ); /** @@ -257,6 +260,31 @@ int mbedtls_hmac_drbg_random( void *p_rng, unsigned char *output, size_t out_len */ void mbedtls_hmac_drbg_free( mbedtls_hmac_drbg_context *ctx ); +#if ! defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED) +#if defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_WARNING) +#define MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED __attribute__((deprecated)) +#else +#define MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED +#endif +/** + * \brief HMAC_DRBG update state + * + * \deprecated Superseded by mbedtls_hmac_drbg_update_ret() + * in 2.16.0. + * + * \param ctx HMAC_DRBG context + * \param additional Additional data to update state with, or NULL + * \param add_len Length of additional data, or 0 + * + * \note Additional data is optional, pass NULL and 0 as second + * third argument if no additional data is being used. + */ +MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED void mbedtls_hmac_drbg_update( + mbedtls_hmac_drbg_context *ctx, + const unsigned char *additional, size_t add_len ); +#undef MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED +#endif /* !MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED */ + #if defined(MBEDTLS_FS_IO) /** * \brief Write a seed file diff --git a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/md.h b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/md.h index 6b6f5c53dd..8bcf766a6c 100644 --- a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/md.h +++ b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/md.h @@ -39,6 +39,8 @@ #define MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_BAD_INPUT_DATA -0x5100 /**< Bad input parameters to function. */ #define MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_ALLOC_FAILED -0x5180 /**< Failed to allocate memory. */ #define MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_FILE_IO_ERROR -0x5200 /**< Opening or reading of file failed. */ + +/* MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_HW_ACCEL_FAILED is deprecated and should not be used. */ #define MBEDTLS_ERR_MD_HW_ACCEL_FAILED -0x5280 /**< MD hardware accelerator failed. */ #ifdef __cplusplus @@ -80,7 +82,8 @@ typedef struct mbedtls_md_info_t mbedtls_md_info_t; /** * The generic message-digest context. */ -typedef struct { +typedef struct mbedtls_md_context_t +{ /** Information about the associated message digest. */ const mbedtls_md_info_t *md_info; diff --git a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/md2.h b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/md2.h index 08e75b247b..f9bd98f804 100644 --- a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/md2.h +++ b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/md2.h @@ -37,6 +37,7 @@ #include <stddef.h> +/* MBEDTLS_ERR_MD2_HW_ACCEL_FAILED is deprecated and should not be used. */ #define MBEDTLS_ERR_MD2_HW_ACCEL_FAILED -0x002B /**< MD2 hardware accelerator failed */ #ifdef __cplusplus @@ -55,7 +56,7 @@ extern "C" { * stronger message digests instead. * */ -typedef struct +typedef struct mbedtls_md2_context { unsigned char cksum[16]; /*!< checksum of the data block */ unsigned char state[48]; /*!< intermediate digest state */ diff --git a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/md4.h b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/md4.h index 8ee4e5cabf..dc3c048949 100644 --- a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/md4.h +++ b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/md4.h @@ -38,6 +38,7 @@ #include <stddef.h> #include <stdint.h> +/* MBEDTLS_ERR_MD4_HW_ACCEL_FAILED is deprecated and should not be used. */ #define MBEDTLS_ERR_MD4_HW_ACCEL_FAILED -0x002D /**< MD4 hardware accelerator failed */ #ifdef __cplusplus @@ -56,7 +57,7 @@ extern "C" { * stronger message digests instead. * */ -typedef struct +typedef struct mbedtls_md4_context { uint32_t total[2]; /*!< number of bytes processed */ uint32_t state[4]; /*!< intermediate digest state */ diff --git a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/md5.h b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/md5.h index 43ead4b747..6c3354fd30 100644 --- a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/md5.h +++ b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/md5.h @@ -37,6 +37,7 @@ #include <stddef.h> #include <stdint.h> +/* MBEDTLS_ERR_MD5_HW_ACCEL_FAILED is deprecated and should not be used. */ #define MBEDTLS_ERR_MD5_HW_ACCEL_FAILED -0x002F /**< MD5 hardware accelerator failed */ #ifdef __cplusplus @@ -55,7 +56,7 @@ extern "C" { * stronger message digests instead. * */ -typedef struct +typedef struct mbedtls_md5_context { uint32_t total[2]; /*!< number of bytes processed */ uint32_t state[4]; /*!< intermediate digest state */ diff --git a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/net_sockets.h b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/net_sockets.h index 9f07eeb4d3..4c7ef00fe6 100644 --- a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/net_sockets.h +++ b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/net_sockets.h @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ extern "C" { * (eg two file descriptors for combined IPv4 + IPv6 support, or additional * structures for hand-made UDP demultiplexing). */ -typedef struct +typedef struct mbedtls_net_context { int fd; /**< The underlying file descriptor */ } diff --git a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/oid.h b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/oid.h index f82554844c..6fbd018aaa 100644 --- a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/oid.h +++ b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/oid.h @@ -403,7 +403,8 @@ extern "C" { /** * \brief Base OID descriptor structure */ -typedef struct { +typedef struct mbedtls_oid_descriptor_t +{ const char *asn1; /*!< OID ASN.1 representation */ size_t asn1_len; /*!< length of asn1 */ const char *name; /*!< official name (e.g. from RFC) */ diff --git a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/padlock.h b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/padlock.h index 677936ebf8..7a5d083a95 100644 --- a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/padlock.h +++ b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/padlock.h @@ -3,6 +3,9 @@ * * \brief VIA PadLock ACE for HW encryption/decryption supported by some * processors + * + * \warning These functions are only for internal use by other library + * functions; you must not call them directly. */ /* * Copyright (C) 2006-2015, ARM Limited, All Rights Reserved @@ -57,7 +60,10 @@ extern "C" { #endif /** - * \brief PadLock detection routine + * \brief Internal PadLock detection routine + * + * \note This function is only for internal use by other library + * functions; you must not call it directly. * * \param feature The feature to detect * @@ -66,7 +72,10 @@ extern "C" { int mbedtls_padlock_has_support( int feature ); /** - * \brief PadLock AES-ECB block en(de)cryption + * \brief Internal PadLock AES-ECB block en(de)cryption + * + * \note This function is only for internal use by other library + * functions; you must not call it directly. * * \param ctx AES context * \param mode MBEDTLS_AES_ENCRYPT or MBEDTLS_AES_DECRYPT @@ -76,12 +85,15 @@ int mbedtls_padlock_has_support( int feature ); * \return 0 if success, 1 if operation failed */ int mbedtls_padlock_xcryptecb( mbedtls_aes_context *ctx, - int mode, - const unsigned char input[16], - unsigned char output[16] ); + int mode, + const unsigned char input[16], + unsigned char output[16] ); /** - * \brief PadLock AES-CBC buffer en(de)cryption + * \brief Internal PadLock AES-CBC buffer en(de)cryption + * + * \note This function is only for internal use by other library + * functions; you must not call it directly. * * \param ctx AES context * \param mode MBEDTLS_AES_ENCRYPT or MBEDTLS_AES_DECRYPT @@ -93,11 +105,11 @@ int mbedtls_padlock_xcryptecb( mbedtls_aes_context *ctx, * \return 0 if success, 1 if operation failed */ int mbedtls_padlock_xcryptcbc( mbedtls_aes_context *ctx, - int mode, - size_t length, - unsigned char iv[16], - const unsigned char *input, - unsigned char *output ); + int mode, + size_t length, + unsigned char iv[16], + const unsigned char *input, + unsigned char *output ); #ifdef __cplusplus } diff --git a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/pem.h b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/pem.h index 2cf4c0a709..fa82f7bdbd 100644 --- a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/pem.h +++ b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/pem.h @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ extern "C" { /** * \brief PEM context structure */ -typedef struct +typedef struct mbedtls_pem_context { unsigned char *buf; /*!< buffer for decoded data */ size_t buflen; /*!< length of the buffer */ diff --git a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/pk.h b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/pk.h index ee06b2fd20..91950f9407 100644 --- a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/pk.h +++ b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/pk.h @@ -64,6 +64,8 @@ #define MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_UNKNOWN_NAMED_CURVE -0x3A00 /**< Elliptic curve is unsupported (only NIST curves are supported). */ #define MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE -0x3980 /**< Unavailable feature, e.g. RSA disabled for RSA key. */ #define MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_SIG_LEN_MISMATCH -0x3900 /**< The buffer contains a valid signature followed by more data. */ + +/* MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_HW_ACCEL_FAILED is deprecated and should not be used. */ #define MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_HW_ACCEL_FAILED -0x3880 /**< PK hardware accelerator failed. */ #ifdef __cplusplus @@ -87,7 +89,7 @@ typedef enum { * \brief Options for RSASSA-PSS signature verification. * See \c mbedtls_rsa_rsassa_pss_verify_ext() */ -typedef struct +typedef struct mbedtls_pk_rsassa_pss_options { mbedtls_md_type_t mgf1_hash_id; int expected_salt_len; @@ -107,7 +109,7 @@ typedef enum /** * \brief Item to send to the debug module */ -typedef struct +typedef struct mbedtls_pk_debug_item { mbedtls_pk_debug_type type; const char *name; @@ -125,12 +127,26 @@ typedef struct mbedtls_pk_info_t mbedtls_pk_info_t; /** * \brief Public key container */ -typedef struct +typedef struct mbedtls_pk_context { - const mbedtls_pk_info_t * pk_info; /**< Public key informations */ + const mbedtls_pk_info_t * pk_info; /**< Public key information */ void * pk_ctx; /**< Underlying public key context */ } mbedtls_pk_context; +#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C) && defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE) +/** + * \brief Context for resuming operations + */ +typedef struct +{ + const mbedtls_pk_info_t * pk_info; /**< Public key information */ + void * rs_ctx; /**< Underlying restart context */ +} mbedtls_pk_restart_ctx; +#else /* MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C && MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE */ +/* Now we can declare functions that take a pointer to that */ +typedef void mbedtls_pk_restart_ctx; +#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C && MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE */ + #if defined(MBEDTLS_RSA_C) /** * Quick access to an RSA context inside a PK context. @@ -181,20 +197,45 @@ typedef size_t (*mbedtls_pk_rsa_alt_key_len_func)( void *ctx ); const mbedtls_pk_info_t *mbedtls_pk_info_from_type( mbedtls_pk_type_t pk_type ); /** - * \brief Initialize a mbedtls_pk_context (as NONE) + * \brief Initialize a #mbedtls_pk_context (as NONE). + * + * \param ctx The context to initialize. + * This must not be \c NULL. */ void mbedtls_pk_init( mbedtls_pk_context *ctx ); /** - * \brief Free a mbedtls_pk_context + * \brief Free the components of a #mbedtls_pk_context. + * + * \param ctx The context to clear. It must have been initialized. + * If this is \c NULL, this function does nothing. */ void mbedtls_pk_free( mbedtls_pk_context *ctx ); +#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C) && defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE) +/** + * \brief Initialize a restart context + * + * \param ctx The context to initialize. + * This must not be \c NULL. + */ +void mbedtls_pk_restart_init( mbedtls_pk_restart_ctx *ctx ); + +/** + * \brief Free the components of a restart context + * + * \param ctx The context to clear. It must have been initialized. + * If this is \c NULL, this function does nothing. + */ +void mbedtls_pk_restart_free( mbedtls_pk_restart_ctx *ctx ); +#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C && MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE */ + /** * \brief Initialize a PK context with the information given * and allocates the type-specific PK subcontext. * - * \param ctx Context to initialize. Must be empty (type NONE). + * \param ctx Context to initialize. It must not have been set + * up yet (type #MBEDTLS_PK_NONE). * \param info Information to use * * \return 0 on success, @@ -210,7 +251,8 @@ int mbedtls_pk_setup( mbedtls_pk_context *ctx, const mbedtls_pk_info_t *info ); /** * \brief Initialize an RSA-alt context * - * \param ctx Context to initialize. Must be empty (type NONE). + * \param ctx Context to initialize. It must not have been set + * up yet (type #MBEDTLS_PK_NONE). * \param key RSA key pointer * \param decrypt_func Decryption function * \param sign_func Signing function @@ -230,7 +272,7 @@ int mbedtls_pk_setup_rsa_alt( mbedtls_pk_context *ctx, void * key, /** * \brief Get the size in bits of the underlying key * - * \param ctx Context to use + * \param ctx The context to query. It must have been initialized. * * \return Key size in bits, or 0 on error */ @@ -238,7 +280,8 @@ size_t mbedtls_pk_get_bitlen( const mbedtls_pk_context *ctx ); /** * \brief Get the length in bytes of the underlying key - * \param ctx Context to use + * + * \param ctx The context to query. It must have been initialized. * * \return Key length in bytes, or 0 on error */ @@ -250,18 +293,21 @@ static inline size_t mbedtls_pk_get_len( const mbedtls_pk_context *ctx ) /** * \brief Tell if a context can do the operation given by type * - * \param ctx Context to test - * \param type Target type + * \param ctx The context to query. It must have been initialized. + * \param type The desired type. * - * \return 0 if context can't do the operations, - * 1 otherwise. + * \return 1 if the context can do operations on the given type. + * \return 0 if the context cannot do the operations on the given + * type. This is always the case for a context that has + * been initialized but not set up, or that has been + * cleared with mbedtls_pk_free(). */ int mbedtls_pk_can_do( const mbedtls_pk_context *ctx, mbedtls_pk_type_t type ); /** * \brief Verify signature (including padding if relevant). * - * \param ctx PK context to use + * \param ctx The PK context to use. It must have been set up. * \param md_alg Hash algorithm used (see notes) * \param hash Hash of the message to sign * \param hash_len Hash length or 0 (see notes) @@ -287,12 +333,38 @@ int mbedtls_pk_verify( mbedtls_pk_context *ctx, mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg, const unsigned char *sig, size_t sig_len ); /** + * \brief Restartable version of \c mbedtls_pk_verify() + * + * \note Performs the same job as \c mbedtls_pk_verify(), but can + * return early and restart according to the limit set with + * \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops() to reduce blocking for ECC + * operations. For RSA, same as \c mbedtls_pk_verify(). + * + * \param ctx The PK context to use. It must have been set up. + * \param md_alg Hash algorithm used (see notes) + * \param hash Hash of the message to sign + * \param hash_len Hash length or 0 (see notes) + * \param sig Signature to verify + * \param sig_len Signature length + * \param rs_ctx Restart context (NULL to disable restart) + * + * \return See \c mbedtls_pk_verify(), or + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_IN_PROGRESS if maximum number of + * operations was reached: see \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops(). + */ +int mbedtls_pk_verify_restartable( mbedtls_pk_context *ctx, + mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg, + const unsigned char *hash, size_t hash_len, + const unsigned char *sig, size_t sig_len, + mbedtls_pk_restart_ctx *rs_ctx ); + +/** * \brief Verify signature, with options. * (Includes verification of the padding depending on type.) * * \param type Signature type (inc. possible padding type) to verify * \param options Pointer to type-specific options, or NULL - * \param ctx PK context to use + * \param ctx The PK context to use. It must have been set up. * \param md_alg Hash algorithm used (see notes) * \param hash Hash of the message to sign * \param hash_len Hash length or 0 (see notes) @@ -323,7 +395,8 @@ int mbedtls_pk_verify_ext( mbedtls_pk_type_t type, const void *options, /** * \brief Make signature, including padding if relevant. * - * \param ctx PK context to use - must hold a private key + * \param ctx The PK context to use. It must have been set up + * with a private key. * \param md_alg Hash algorithm used (see notes) * \param hash Hash of the message to sign * \param hash_len Hash length or 0 (see notes) @@ -350,9 +423,40 @@ int mbedtls_pk_sign( mbedtls_pk_context *ctx, mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg, int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), void *p_rng ); /** + * \brief Restartable version of \c mbedtls_pk_sign() + * + * \note Performs the same job as \c mbedtls_pk_sign(), but can + * return early and restart according to the limit set with + * \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops() to reduce blocking for ECC + * operations. For RSA, same as \c mbedtls_pk_sign(). + * + * \param ctx The PK context to use. It must have been set up + * with a private key. + * \param md_alg Hash algorithm used (see notes) + * \param hash Hash of the message to sign + * \param hash_len Hash length or 0 (see notes) + * \param sig Place to write the signature + * \param sig_len Number of bytes written + * \param f_rng RNG function + * \param p_rng RNG parameter + * \param rs_ctx Restart context (NULL to disable restart) + * + * \return See \c mbedtls_pk_sign(), or + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_IN_PROGRESS if maximum number of + * operations was reached: see \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops(). + */ +int mbedtls_pk_sign_restartable( mbedtls_pk_context *ctx, + mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg, + const unsigned char *hash, size_t hash_len, + unsigned char *sig, size_t *sig_len, + int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), void *p_rng, + mbedtls_pk_restart_ctx *rs_ctx ); + +/** * \brief Decrypt message (including padding if relevant). * - * \param ctx PK context to use - must hold a private key + * \param ctx The PK context to use. It must have been set up + * with a private key. * \param input Input to decrypt * \param ilen Input size * \param output Decrypted output @@ -373,7 +477,7 @@ int mbedtls_pk_decrypt( mbedtls_pk_context *ctx, /** * \brief Encrypt message (including padding if relevant). * - * \param ctx PK context to use + * \param ctx The PK context to use. It must have been set up. * \param input Message to encrypt * \param ilen Message size * \param output Encrypted output @@ -404,7 +508,7 @@ int mbedtls_pk_check_pair( const mbedtls_pk_context *pub, const mbedtls_pk_conte /** * \brief Export debug information * - * \param ctx Context to use + * \param ctx The PK context to use. It must have been initialized. * \param items Place to write debug items * * \return 0 on success or MBEDTLS_ERR_PK_BAD_INPUT_DATA @@ -414,7 +518,7 @@ int mbedtls_pk_debug( const mbedtls_pk_context *ctx, mbedtls_pk_debug_item *item /** * \brief Access the type name * - * \param ctx Context to use + * \param ctx The PK context to use. It must have been initialized. * * \return Type name on success, or "invalid PK" */ @@ -423,9 +527,10 @@ const char * mbedtls_pk_get_name( const mbedtls_pk_context *ctx ); /** * \brief Get the key type * - * \param ctx Context to use + * \param ctx The PK context to use. It must have been initialized. * - * \return Type on success, or MBEDTLS_PK_NONE + * \return Type on success. + * \return #MBEDTLS_PK_NONE for a context that has not been set up. */ mbedtls_pk_type_t mbedtls_pk_get_type( const mbedtls_pk_context *ctx ); @@ -434,12 +539,22 @@ mbedtls_pk_type_t mbedtls_pk_get_type( const mbedtls_pk_context *ctx ); /** * \brief Parse a private key in PEM or DER format * - * \param ctx key to be initialized - * \param key input buffer - * \param keylen size of the buffer - * (including the terminating null byte for PEM data) - * \param pwd password for decryption (optional) - * \param pwdlen size of the password + * \param ctx The PK context to fill. It must have been initialized + * but not set up. + * \param key Input buffer to parse. + * The buffer must contain the input exactly, with no + * extra trailing material. For PEM, the buffer must + * contain a null-terminated string. + * \param keylen Size of \b key in bytes. + * For PEM data, this includes the terminating null byte, + * so \p keylen must be equal to `strlen(key) + 1`. + * \param pwd Optional password for decryption. + * Pass \c NULL if expecting a non-encrypted key. + * Pass a string of \p pwdlen bytes if expecting an encrypted + * key; a non-encrypted key will also be accepted. + * The empty password is not supported. + * \param pwdlen Size of the password in bytes. + * Ignored if \p pwd is \c NULL. * * \note On entry, ctx must be empty, either freshly initialised * with mbedtls_pk_init() or reset with mbedtls_pk_free(). If you need a @@ -457,10 +572,15 @@ int mbedtls_pk_parse_key( mbedtls_pk_context *ctx, /** * \brief Parse a public key in PEM or DER format * - * \param ctx key to be initialized - * \param key input buffer - * \param keylen size of the buffer - * (including the terminating null byte for PEM data) + * \param ctx The PK context to fill. It must have been initialized + * but not set up. + * \param key Input buffer to parse. + * The buffer must contain the input exactly, with no + * extra trailing material. For PEM, the buffer must + * contain a null-terminated string. + * \param keylen Size of \b key in bytes. + * For PEM data, this includes the terminating null byte, + * so \p keylen must be equal to `strlen(key) + 1`. * * \note On entry, ctx must be empty, either freshly initialised * with mbedtls_pk_init() or reset with mbedtls_pk_free(). If you need a @@ -478,9 +598,14 @@ int mbedtls_pk_parse_public_key( mbedtls_pk_context *ctx, /** * \brief Load and parse a private key * - * \param ctx key to be initialized + * \param ctx The PK context to fill. It must have been initialized + * but not set up. * \param path filename to read the private key from - * \param password password to decrypt the file (can be NULL) + * \param password Optional password to decrypt the file. + * Pass \c NULL if expecting a non-encrypted key. + * Pass a null-terminated string if expecting an encrypted + * key; a non-encrypted key will also be accepted. + * The empty password is not supported. * * \note On entry, ctx must be empty, either freshly initialised * with mbedtls_pk_init() or reset with mbedtls_pk_free(). If you need a @@ -497,7 +622,8 @@ int mbedtls_pk_parse_keyfile( mbedtls_pk_context *ctx, /** * \brief Load and parse a public key * - * \param ctx key to be initialized + * \param ctx The PK context to fill. It must have been initialized + * but not set up. * \param path filename to read the public key from * * \note On entry, ctx must be empty, either freshly initialised @@ -520,7 +646,7 @@ int mbedtls_pk_parse_public_keyfile( mbedtls_pk_context *ctx, const char *path ) * return value to determine where you should start * using the buffer * - * \param ctx private to write away + * \param ctx PK context which must contain a valid private key. * \param buf buffer to write to * \param size size of the buffer * @@ -535,7 +661,7 @@ int mbedtls_pk_write_key_der( mbedtls_pk_context *ctx, unsigned char *buf, size_ * return value to determine where you should start * using the buffer * - * \param ctx public key to write away + * \param ctx PK context which must contain a valid public or private key. * \param buf buffer to write to * \param size size of the buffer * @@ -548,9 +674,10 @@ int mbedtls_pk_write_pubkey_der( mbedtls_pk_context *ctx, unsigned char *buf, si /** * \brief Write a public key to a PEM string * - * \param ctx public key to write away - * \param buf buffer to write to - * \param size size of the buffer + * \param ctx PK context which must contain a valid public or private key. + * \param buf Buffer to write to. The output includes a + * terminating null byte. + * \param size Size of the buffer in bytes. * * \return 0 if successful, or a specific error code */ @@ -559,9 +686,10 @@ int mbedtls_pk_write_pubkey_pem( mbedtls_pk_context *ctx, unsigned char *buf, si /** * \brief Write a private key to a PKCS#1 or SEC1 PEM string * - * \param ctx private to write away - * \param buf buffer to write to - * \param size size of the buffer + * \param ctx PK context which must contain a valid private key. + * \param buf Buffer to write to. The output includes a + * terminating null byte. + * \param size Size of the buffer in bytes. * * \return 0 if successful, or a specific error code */ @@ -580,7 +708,8 @@ int mbedtls_pk_write_key_pem( mbedtls_pk_context *ctx, unsigned char *buf, size_ * * \param p the position in the ASN.1 data * \param end end of the buffer - * \param pk the key to fill + * \param pk The PK context to fill. It must have been initialized + * but not set up. * * \return 0 if successful, or a specific PK error code */ @@ -595,7 +724,7 @@ int mbedtls_pk_parse_subpubkey( unsigned char **p, const unsigned char *end, * * \param p reference to current position pointer * \param start start of the buffer (for bounds-checking) - * \param key public key to write away + * \param key PK context which must contain a valid public or private key. * * \return the length written or a negative error code */ diff --git a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/pk_internal.h b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/pk_internal.h index 3dae0fc5b2..48b7a5f7bf 100644 --- a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/pk_internal.h +++ b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/pk_internal.h @@ -59,6 +59,21 @@ struct mbedtls_pk_info_t int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), void *p_rng ); +#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C) && defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE) + /** Verify signature (restartable) */ + int (*verify_rs_func)( void *ctx, mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg, + const unsigned char *hash, size_t hash_len, + const unsigned char *sig, size_t sig_len, + void *rs_ctx ); + + /** Make signature (restartable) */ + int (*sign_rs_func)( void *ctx, mbedtls_md_type_t md_alg, + const unsigned char *hash, size_t hash_len, + unsigned char *sig, size_t *sig_len, + int (*f_rng)(void *, unsigned char *, size_t), + void *p_rng, void *rs_ctx ); +#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C && MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE */ + /** Decrypt message */ int (*decrypt_func)( void *ctx, const unsigned char *input, size_t ilen, unsigned char *output, size_t *olen, size_t osize, @@ -80,6 +95,14 @@ struct mbedtls_pk_info_t /** Free the given context */ void (*ctx_free_func)( void *ctx ); +#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C) && defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE) + /** Allocate the restart context */ + void * (*rs_alloc_func)( void ); + + /** Free the restart context */ + void (*rs_free_func)( void *rs_ctx ); +#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C && MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE */ + /** Interface with the debug module */ void (*debug_func)( const void *ctx, mbedtls_pk_debug_item *items ); diff --git a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/pkcs11.h b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/pkcs11.h index bf65c55a79..02427ddc1e 100644 --- a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/pkcs11.h +++ b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/pkcs11.h @@ -50,7 +50,8 @@ extern "C" { /** * Context for PKCS #11 private keys. */ -typedef struct { +typedef struct mbedtls_pkcs11_context +{ pkcs11h_certificate_t pkcs11h_cert; int len; } mbedtls_pkcs11_context; diff --git a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/pkcs12.h b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/pkcs12.h index a621ef5b15..69f04177c8 100644 --- a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/pkcs12.h +++ b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/pkcs12.h @@ -46,6 +46,8 @@ extern "C" { #endif +#if defined(MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C) + /** * \brief PKCS12 Password Based function (encryption / decryption) * for pbeWithSHAAnd128BitRC4 @@ -87,6 +89,8 @@ int mbedtls_pkcs12_pbe( mbedtls_asn1_buf *pbe_params, int mode, const unsigned char *input, size_t len, unsigned char *output ); +#endif /* MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C */ + /** * \brief The PKCS#12 derivation function uses a password and a salt * to produce pseudo-random bits for a particular "purpose". diff --git a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/pkcs5.h b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/pkcs5.h index 9a3c9fddcc..d4bb36dfae 100644 --- a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/pkcs5.h +++ b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/pkcs5.h @@ -44,6 +44,8 @@ extern "C" { #endif +#if defined(MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C) + /** * \brief PKCS#5 PBES2 function * @@ -62,6 +64,8 @@ int mbedtls_pkcs5_pbes2( const mbedtls_asn1_buf *pbe_params, int mode, const unsigned char *data, size_t datalen, unsigned char *output ); +#endif /* MBEDTLS_ASN1_PARSE_C */ + /** * \brief PKCS#5 PBKDF2 using HMAC * diff --git a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/platform.h b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/platform.h index 624cc642ac..89fe8a7b19 100644 --- a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/platform.h +++ b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/platform.h @@ -43,6 +43,9 @@ #include "platform_time.h" #endif +#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PLATFORM_HW_ACCEL_FAILED -0x0070 /**< Hardware accelerator failed */ +#define MBEDTLS_ERR_PLATFORM_FEATURE_UNSUPPORTED -0x0072 /**< The requested feature is not supported by the platform */ + #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif @@ -315,7 +318,8 @@ int mbedtls_platform_set_nv_seed( * \note This structure may be used to assist platform-specific * setup or teardown operations. */ -typedef struct { +typedef struct mbedtls_platform_context +{ char dummy; /**< A placeholder member, as empty structs are not portable. */ } mbedtls_platform_context; diff --git a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/platform_util.h b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/platform_util.h index 84f0732eeb..b0e72ad149 100644 --- a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/platform_util.h +++ b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/platform_util.h @@ -25,12 +25,104 @@ #ifndef MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_UTIL_H #define MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_UTIL_H +#if !defined(MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE) +#include "mbedtls/config.h" +#else +#include MBEDTLS_CONFIG_FILE +#endif + #include <stddef.h> +#if defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME_DATE) +#include "mbedtls/platform_time.h" +#include <time.h> +#endif /* MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME_DATE */ #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { #endif +#if defined(MBEDTLS_CHECK_PARAMS) + +#if defined(MBEDTLS_PARAM_FAILED) +/** An alternative definition of MBEDTLS_PARAM_FAILED has been set in config.h. + * + * This flag can be used to check whether it is safe to assume that + * MBEDTLS_PARAM_FAILED() will expand to a call to mbedtls_param_failed(). + */ +#define MBEDTLS_PARAM_FAILED_ALT +#else /* MBEDTLS_PARAM_FAILED */ +#define MBEDTLS_PARAM_FAILED( cond ) \ + mbedtls_param_failed( #cond, __FILE__, __LINE__ ) + +/** + * \brief User supplied callback function for parameter validation failure. + * See #MBEDTLS_CHECK_PARAMS for context. + * + * This function will be called unless an alternative treatement + * is defined through the #MBEDTLS_PARAM_FAILED macro. + * + * This function can return, and the operation will be aborted, or + * alternatively, through use of setjmp()/longjmp() can resume + * execution in the application code. + * + * \param failure_condition The assertion that didn't hold. + * \param file The file where the assertion failed. + * \param line The line in the file where the assertion failed. + */ +void mbedtls_param_failed( const char *failure_condition, + const char *file, + int line ); +#endif /* MBEDTLS_PARAM_FAILED */ + +/* Internal macro meant to be called only from within the library. */ +#define MBEDTLS_INTERNAL_VALIDATE_RET( cond, ret ) \ + do { \ + if( !(cond) ) \ + { \ + MBEDTLS_PARAM_FAILED( cond ); \ + return( ret ); \ + } \ + } while( 0 ) + +/* Internal macro meant to be called only from within the library. */ +#define MBEDTLS_INTERNAL_VALIDATE( cond ) \ + do { \ + if( !(cond) ) \ + { \ + MBEDTLS_PARAM_FAILED( cond ); \ + return; \ + } \ + } while( 0 ) + +#else /* MBEDTLS_CHECK_PARAMS */ + +/* Internal macros meant to be called only from within the library. */ +#define MBEDTLS_INTERNAL_VALIDATE_RET( cond, ret ) do { } while( 0 ) +#define MBEDTLS_INTERNAL_VALIDATE( cond ) do { } while( 0 ) + +#endif /* MBEDTLS_CHECK_PARAMS */ + +/* Internal helper macros for deprecating API constants. */ +#if !defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED) +#if defined(MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_WARNING) +/* Deliberately don't (yet) export MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED here + * to avoid conflict with other headers which define and use + * it, too. We might want to move all these definitions here at + * some point for uniformity. */ +#define MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED __attribute__((deprecated)) +MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED typedef char const * mbedtls_deprecated_string_constant_t; +#define MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_STRING_CONSTANT( VAL ) \ + ( (mbedtls_deprecated_string_constant_t) ( VAL ) ) +MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED typedef int mbedtls_deprecated_numeric_constant_t; +#define MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_NUMERIC_CONSTANT( VAL ) \ + ( (mbedtls_deprecated_numeric_constant_t) ( VAL ) ) +#undef MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED +#else /* MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_WARNING */ +#define MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_STRING_CONSTANT( VAL ) VAL +#define MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_NUMERIC_CONSTANT( VAL ) VAL +#endif /* MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_WARNING */ +#endif /* MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED_REMOVED */ + /** * \brief Securely zeroize a buffer * @@ -55,6 +147,37 @@ extern "C" { */ void mbedtls_platform_zeroize( void *buf, size_t len ); +#if defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME_DATE) +/** + * \brief Platform-specific implementation of gmtime_r() + * + * The function is a thread-safe abstraction that behaves + * similarly to the gmtime_r() function from Unix/POSIX. + * + * Mbed TLS will try to identify the underlying platform and + * make use of an appropriate underlying implementation (e.g. + * gmtime_r() for POSIX and gmtime_s() for Windows). If this is + * not possible, then gmtime() will be used. In this case, calls + * from the library to gmtime() will be guarded by the mutex + * mbedtls_threading_gmtime_mutex if MBEDTLS_THREADING_C is + * enabled. It is recommended that calls from outside the library + * are also guarded by this mutex. + * + * If MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_GMTIME_R_ALT is defined, then Mbed TLS will + * unconditionally use the alternative implementation for + * mbedtls_platform_gmtime_r() supplied by the user at compile time. + * + * \param tt Pointer to an object containing time (in seconds) since the + * epoch to be converted + * \param tm_buf Pointer to an object where the results will be stored + * + * \return Pointer to an object of type struct tm on success, otherwise + * NULL + */ +struct tm *mbedtls_platform_gmtime_r( const mbedtls_time_t *tt, + struct tm *tm_buf ); +#endif /* MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME_DATE */ + #ifdef __cplusplus } #endif diff --git a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/poly1305.h b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/poly1305.h index 54b50abc25..05866a2da6 100644 --- a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/poly1305.h +++ b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/poly1305.h @@ -43,7 +43,13 @@ #include <stddef.h> #define MBEDTLS_ERR_POLY1305_BAD_INPUT_DATA -0x0057 /**< Invalid input parameter(s). */ + +/* MBEDTLS_ERR_POLY1305_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE is deprecated and should not be + * used. */ #define MBEDTLS_ERR_POLY1305_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE -0x0059 /**< Feature not available. For example, s part of the API is not implemented. */ + +/* MBEDTLS_ERR_POLY1305_HW_ACCEL_FAILED is deprecated and should not be used. + */ #define MBEDTLS_ERR_POLY1305_HW_ACCEL_FAILED -0x005B /**< Poly1305 hardware accelerator failed. */ #ifdef __cplusplus @@ -52,7 +58,7 @@ extern "C" { #if !defined(MBEDTLS_POLY1305_ALT) -typedef struct +typedef struct mbedtls_poly1305_context { uint32_t r[4]; /** The value for 'r' (low 128 bits of the key). */ uint32_t s[4]; /** The value for 's' (high 128 bits of the key). */ @@ -78,14 +84,18 @@ mbedtls_poly1305_context; * \c mbedtls_poly1305_finish(), then finally * \c mbedtls_poly1305_free(). * - * \param ctx The Poly1305 context to initialize. + * \param ctx The Poly1305 context to initialize. This must + * not be \c NULL. */ void mbedtls_poly1305_init( mbedtls_poly1305_context *ctx ); /** - * \brief This function releases and clears the specified Poly1305 context. + * \brief This function releases and clears the specified + * Poly1305 context. * - * \param ctx The Poly1305 context to clear. + * \param ctx The Poly1305 context to clear. This may be \c NULL, in which + * case this function is a no-op. If it is not \c NULL, it must + * point to an initialized Poly1305 context. */ void mbedtls_poly1305_free( mbedtls_poly1305_context *ctx ); @@ -96,11 +106,11 @@ void mbedtls_poly1305_free( mbedtls_poly1305_context *ctx ); * invocation of Poly1305. * * \param ctx The Poly1305 context to which the key should be bound. - * \param key The buffer containing the 256-bit key. + * This must be initialized. + * \param key The buffer containing the \c 32 Byte (\c 256 Bit) key. * * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_POLY1305_BAD_INPUT_DATA - * if ctx or key are NULL. + * \return A negative error code on failure. */ int mbedtls_poly1305_starts( mbedtls_poly1305_context *ctx, const unsigned char key[32] ); @@ -114,13 +124,14 @@ int mbedtls_poly1305_starts( mbedtls_poly1305_context *ctx, * It can be called repeatedly to process a stream of data. * * \param ctx The Poly1305 context to use for the Poly1305 operation. - * \param ilen The length of the input data (in bytes). Any value is accepted. + * This must be initialized and bound to a key. + * \param ilen The length of the input data in Bytes. + * Any value is accepted. * \param input The buffer holding the input data. - * This pointer can be NULL if ilen == 0. + * This pointer can be \c NULL if `ilen == 0`. * * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_POLY1305_BAD_INPUT_DATA - * if ctx or input are NULL. + * \return A negative error code on failure. */ int mbedtls_poly1305_update( mbedtls_poly1305_context *ctx, const unsigned char *input, @@ -131,12 +142,12 @@ int mbedtls_poly1305_update( mbedtls_poly1305_context *ctx, * Authentication Code (MAC). * * \param ctx The Poly1305 context to use for the Poly1305 operation. - * \param mac The buffer to where the MAC is written. Must be big enough - * to hold the 16-byte MAC. + * This must be initialized and bound to a key. + * \param mac The buffer to where the MAC is written. This must + * be a writable buffer of length \c 16 Bytes. * * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_POLY1305_BAD_INPUT_DATA - * if ctx or mac are NULL. + * \return A negative error code on failure. */ int mbedtls_poly1305_finish( mbedtls_poly1305_context *ctx, unsigned char mac[16] ); @@ -148,16 +159,16 @@ int mbedtls_poly1305_finish( mbedtls_poly1305_context *ctx, * \warning The key must be unique and unpredictable for each * invocation of Poly1305. * - * \param key The buffer containing the 256-bit key. - * \param ilen The length of the input data (in bytes). Any value is accepted. + * \param key The buffer containing the \c 32 Byte (\c 256 Bit) key. + * \param ilen The length of the input data in Bytes. + * Any value is accepted. * \param input The buffer holding the input data. - * This pointer can be NULL if ilen == 0. - * \param mac The buffer to where the MAC is written. Must be big enough - * to hold the 16-byte MAC. + * This pointer can be \c NULL if `ilen == 0`. + * \param mac The buffer to where the MAC is written. This must be + * a writable buffer of length \c 16 Bytes. * * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_POLY1305_BAD_INPUT_DATA - * if key, input, or mac are NULL. + * \return A negative error code on failure. */ int mbedtls_poly1305_mac( const unsigned char key[32], const unsigned char *input, diff --git a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ripemd160.h b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ripemd160.h index a0dac0c360..c74b7d2c6c 100644 --- a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ripemd160.h +++ b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ripemd160.h @@ -33,6 +33,8 @@ #include <stddef.h> #include <stdint.h> +/* MBEDTLS_ERR_RIPEMD160_HW_ACCEL_FAILED is deprecated and should not be used. + */ #define MBEDTLS_ERR_RIPEMD160_HW_ACCEL_FAILED -0x0031 /**< RIPEMD160 hardware accelerator failed */ #ifdef __cplusplus @@ -46,7 +48,7 @@ extern "C" { /** * \brief RIPEMD-160 context structure */ -typedef struct +typedef struct mbedtls_ripemd160_context { uint32_t total[2]; /*!< number of bytes processed */ uint32_t state[5]; /*!< intermediate digest state */ diff --git a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/rsa.h b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/rsa.h index 19eb2ee74c..ed65a34452 100644 --- a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/rsa.h +++ b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/rsa.h @@ -55,7 +55,12 @@ #define MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_VERIFY_FAILED -0x4380 /**< The PKCS#1 verification failed. */ #define MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_OUTPUT_TOO_LARGE -0x4400 /**< The output buffer for decryption is not large enough. */ #define MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_RNG_FAILED -0x4480 /**< The random generator failed to generate non-zeros. */ + +/* MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_UNSUPPORTED_OPERATION is deprecated and should not be used. + */ #define MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_UNSUPPORTED_OPERATION -0x4500 /**< The implementation does not offer the requested operation, for example, because of security violations or lack of functionality. */ + +/* MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_HW_ACCEL_FAILED is deprecated and should not be used. */ #define MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_HW_ACCEL_FAILED -0x4580 /**< RSA hardware accelerator failed. */ /* @@ -92,7 +97,7 @@ extern "C" { * is deprecated. All manipulation should instead be done through * the public interface functions. */ -typedef struct +typedef struct mbedtls_rsa_context { int ver; /*!< Always 0.*/ size_t len; /*!< The size of \p N in Bytes. */ @@ -153,15 +158,16 @@ mbedtls_rsa_context; * making signatures, but can be overriden for verifying them. * If set to #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE, it is always overriden. * - * \param ctx The RSA context to initialize. - * \param padding Selects padding mode: #MBEDTLS_RSA_PKCS_V15 or - * #MBEDTLS_RSA_PKCS_V21. - * \param hash_id The hash identifier of #mbedtls_md_type_t type, if - * \p padding is #MBEDTLS_RSA_PKCS_V21. + * \param ctx The RSA context to initialize. This must not be \c NULL. + * \param padding The padding mode to use. This must be either + * #MBEDTLS_RSA_PKCS_V15 or #MBEDTLS_RSA_PKCS_V21. + * \param hash_id The hash identifier of ::mbedtls_md_type_t type, if + * \p padding is #MBEDTLS_RSA_PKCS_V21. It is unused + * otherwise. */ void mbedtls_rsa_init( mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx, int padding, - int hash_id); + int hash_id ); /** * \brief This function imports a set of core parameters into an @@ -183,11 +189,11 @@ void mbedtls_rsa_init( mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx, * for the lifetime of the RSA context being set up. * * \param ctx The initialized RSA context to store the parameters in. - * \param N The RSA modulus, or NULL. - * \param P The first prime factor of \p N, or NULL. - * \param Q The second prime factor of \p N, or NULL. - * \param D The private exponent, or NULL. - * \param E The public exponent, or NULL. + * \param N The RSA modulus. This may be \c NULL. + * \param P The first prime factor of \p N. This may be \c NULL. + * \param Q The second prime factor of \p N. This may be \c NULL. + * \param D The private exponent. This may be \c NULL. + * \param E The public exponent. This may be \c NULL. * * \return \c 0 on success. * \return A non-zero error code on failure. @@ -217,16 +223,16 @@ int mbedtls_rsa_import( mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx, * for the lifetime of the RSA context being set up. * * \param ctx The initialized RSA context to store the parameters in. - * \param N The RSA modulus, or NULL. - * \param N_len The Byte length of \p N, ignored if \p N == NULL. - * \param P The first prime factor of \p N, or NULL. - * \param P_len The Byte length of \p P, ignored if \p P == NULL. - * \param Q The second prime factor of \p N, or NULL. - * \param Q_len The Byte length of \p Q, ignored if \p Q == NULL. - * \param D The private exponent, or NULL. - * \param D_len The Byte length of \p D, ignored if \p D == NULL. - * \param E The public exponent, or NULL. - * \param E_len The Byte length of \p E, ignored if \p E == NULL. + * \param N The RSA modulus. This may be \c NULL. + * \param N_len The Byte length of \p N; it is ignored if \p N == NULL. + * \param P The first prime factor of \p N. This may be \c NULL. + * \param P_len The Byte length of \p P; it ns ignored if \p P == NULL. + * \param Q The second prime factor of \p N. This may be \c NULL. + * \param Q_len The Byte length of \p Q; it is ignored if \p Q == NULL. + * \param D The private exponent. This may be \c NULL. + * \param D_len The Byte length of \p D; it is ignored if \p D == NULL. + * \param E The public exponent. This may be \c NULL. + * \param E_len The Byte length of \p E; it is ignored if \p E == NULL. * * \return \c 0 on success. * \return A non-zero error code on failure. @@ -281,7 +287,7 @@ int mbedtls_rsa_complete( mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx ); * zero Bytes. * * Possible reasons for returning - * #MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_UNSUPPORTED_OPERATION:<ul> + * #MBEDTLS_ERR_PLATFORM_FEATURE_UNSUPPORTED:<ul> * <li>An alternative RSA implementation is in use, which * stores the key externally, and either cannot or should * not export it into RAM.</li> @@ -294,14 +300,19 @@ int mbedtls_rsa_complete( mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx ); * the RSA context stays intact and remains usable. * * \param ctx The initialized RSA context. - * \param N The MPI to hold the RSA modulus, or NULL. - * \param P The MPI to hold the first prime factor of \p N, or NULL. - * \param Q The MPI to hold the second prime factor of \p N, or NULL. - * \param D The MPI to hold the private exponent, or NULL. - * \param E The MPI to hold the public exponent, or NULL. + * \param N The MPI to hold the RSA modulus. + * This may be \c NULL if this field need not be exported. + * \param P The MPI to hold the first prime factor of \p N. + * This may be \c NULL if this field need not be exported. + * \param Q The MPI to hold the second prime factor of \p N. + * This may be \c NULL if this field need not be exported. + * \param D The MPI to hold the private exponent. + * This may be \c NULL if this field need not be exported. + * \param E The MPI to hold the public exponent. + * This may be \c NULL if this field need not be exported. * * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_UNSUPPORTED_OPERATION if exporting the + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_PLATFORM_FEATURE_UNSUPPORTED if exporting the * requested parameters cannot be done due to missing * functionality or because of security policies. * \return A non-zero return code on any other failure. @@ -321,7 +332,7 @@ int mbedtls_rsa_export( const mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx, * zero Bytes. * * Possible reasons for returning - * #MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_UNSUPPORTED_OPERATION:<ul> + * #MBEDTLS_ERR_PLATFORM_FEATURE_UNSUPPORTED:<ul> * <li>An alternative RSA implementation is in use, which * stores the key externally, and either cannot or should * not export it into RAM.</li> @@ -336,21 +347,24 @@ int mbedtls_rsa_export( const mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx, * buffer pointers are NULL. * * \param ctx The initialized RSA context. - * \param N The Byte array to store the RSA modulus, or NULL. + * \param N The Byte array to store the RSA modulus, + * or \c NULL if this field need not be exported. * \param N_len The size of the buffer for the modulus. - * \param P The Byte array to hold the first prime factor of \p N, or - * NULL. + * \param P The Byte array to hold the first prime factor of \p N, + * or \c NULL if this field need not be exported. * \param P_len The size of the buffer for the first prime factor. - * \param Q The Byte array to hold the second prime factor of \p N, or - * NULL. + * \param Q The Byte array to hold the second prime factor of \p N, + * or \c NULL if this field need not be exported. * \param Q_len The size of the buffer for the second prime factor. - * \param D The Byte array to hold the private exponent, or NULL. + * \param D The Byte array to hold the private exponent, + * or \c NULL if this field need not be exported. * \param D_len The size of the buffer for the private exponent. - * \param E The Byte array to hold the public exponent, or NULL. + * \param E The Byte array to hold the public exponent, + * or \c NULL if this field need not be exported. * \param E_len The size of the buffer for the public exponent. * * \return \c 0 on success. - * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_UNSUPPORTED_OPERATION if exporting the + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_PLATFORM_FEATURE_UNSUPPORTED if exporting the * requested parameters cannot be done due to missing * functionality or because of security policies. * \return A non-zero return code on any other failure. @@ -370,9 +384,12 @@ int mbedtls_rsa_export_raw( const mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx, * mbedtls_rsa_deduce_opt(). * * \param ctx The initialized RSA context. - * \param DP The MPI to hold D modulo P-1, or NULL. - * \param DQ The MPI to hold D modulo Q-1, or NULL. - * \param QP The MPI to hold modular inverse of Q modulo P, or NULL. + * \param DP The MPI to hold \c D modulo `P-1`, + * or \c NULL if it need not be exported. + * \param DQ The MPI to hold \c D modulo `Q-1`, + * or \c NULL if it need not be exported. + * \param QP The MPI to hold modular inverse of \c Q modulo \c P, + * or \c NULL if it need not be exported. * * \return \c 0 on success. * \return A non-zero error code on failure. @@ -385,13 +402,13 @@ int mbedtls_rsa_export_crt( const mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx, * \brief This function sets padding for an already initialized RSA * context. See mbedtls_rsa_init() for details. * - * \param ctx The RSA context to be set. - * \param padding Selects padding mode: #MBEDTLS_RSA_PKCS_V15 or - * #MBEDTLS_RSA_PKCS_V21. + * \param ctx The initialized RSA context to be configured. + * \param padding The padding mode to use. This must be either + * #MBEDTLS_RSA_PKCS_V15 or #MBEDTLS_RSA_PKCS_V21. * \param hash_id The #MBEDTLS_RSA_PKCS_V21 hash identifier. */ void mbedtls_rsa_set_padding( mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx, int padding, - int hash_id); + int hash_id ); /** * \brief This function retrieves the length of RSA modulus in Bytes. @@ -409,11 +426,14 @@ size_t mbedtls_rsa_get_len( const mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx ); * \note mbedtls_rsa_init() must be called before this function, * to set up the RSA context. * - * \param ctx The RSA context used to hold the key. - * \param f_rng The RNG function. - * \param p_rng The RNG context. + * \param ctx The initialized RSA context used to hold the key. + * \param f_rng The RNG function to be used for key generation. + * This must not be \c NULL. + * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. + * This may be \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't need a context. * \param nbits The size of the public key in bits. - * \param exponent The public exponent. For example, 65537. + * \param exponent The public exponent to use. For example, \c 65537. + * This must be odd and greater than \c 1. * * \return \c 0 on success. * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_XXX error code on failure. @@ -431,7 +451,7 @@ int mbedtls_rsa_gen_key( mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx, * enough information is present to perform an RSA public key * operation using mbedtls_rsa_public(). * - * \param ctx The RSA context to check. + * \param ctx The initialized RSA context to check. * * \return \c 0 on success. * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_XXX error code on failure. @@ -470,7 +490,7 @@ int mbedtls_rsa_check_pubkey( const mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx ); * parameters, which goes beyond what is effectively checkable * by the library.</li></ul> * - * \param ctx The RSA context to check. + * \param ctx The initialized RSA context to check. * * \return \c 0 on success. * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_XXX error code on failure. @@ -482,8 +502,8 @@ int mbedtls_rsa_check_privkey( const mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx ); * * It checks each of the contexts, and makes sure they match. * - * \param pub The RSA context holding the public key. - * \param prv The RSA context holding the private key. + * \param pub The initialized RSA context holding the public key. + * \param prv The initialized RSA context holding the private key. * * \return \c 0 on success. * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_XXX error code on failure. @@ -494,18 +514,19 @@ int mbedtls_rsa_check_pub_priv( const mbedtls_rsa_context *pub, /** * \brief This function performs an RSA public key operation. * + * \param ctx The initialized RSA context to use. + * \param input The input buffer. This must be a readable buffer + * of length \c ctx->len Bytes. For example, \c 256 Bytes + * for an 2048-bit RSA modulus. + * \param output The output buffer. This must be a writable buffer + * of length \c ctx->len Bytes. For example, \c 256 Bytes + * for an 2048-bit RSA modulus. + * * \note This function does not handle message padding. * * \note Make sure to set \p input[0] = 0 or ensure that * input is smaller than \p N. * - * \note The input and output buffers must be large - * enough. For example, 128 Bytes if RSA-1024 is used. - * - * \param ctx The RSA context. - * \param input The input buffer. - * \param output The output buffer. - * * \return \c 0 on success. * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_XXX error code on failure. */ @@ -516,9 +537,6 @@ int mbedtls_rsa_public( mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx, /** * \brief This function performs an RSA private key operation. * - * \note The input and output buffers must be large - * enough. For example, 128 Bytes if RSA-1024 is used. - * * \note Blinding is used if and only if a PRNG is provided. * * \note If blinding is used, both the base of exponentation @@ -530,11 +548,18 @@ int mbedtls_rsa_public( mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx, * Future versions of the library may enforce the presence * of a PRNG. * - * \param ctx The RSA context. - * \param f_rng The RNG function. Needed for blinding. - * \param p_rng The RNG context. - * \param input The input buffer. - * \param output The output buffer. + * \param ctx The initialized RSA context to use. + * \param f_rng The RNG function, used for blinding. It is discouraged + * and deprecated to pass \c NULL here, in which case + * blinding will be omitted. + * \param p_rng The RNG context to pass to \p f_rng. This may be \c NULL + * if \p f_rng is \c NULL or if \p f_rng doesn't need a context. + * \param input The input buffer. This must be a readable buffer + * of length \c ctx->len Bytes. For example, \c 256 Bytes + * for an 2048-bit RSA modulus. + * \param output The output buffer. This must be a writable buffer + * of length \c ctx->len Bytes. For example, \c 256 Bytes + * for an 2048-bit RSA modulus. * * \return \c 0 on success. * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_XXX error code on failure. @@ -553,9 +578,6 @@ int mbedtls_rsa_private( mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx, * It is the generic wrapper for performing a PKCS#1 encryption * operation using the \p mode from the context. * - * \note The input and output buffers must be as large as the size - * of \p ctx->N. For example, 128 Bytes if RSA-1024 is used. - * * \deprecated It is deprecated and discouraged to call this function * in #MBEDTLS_RSA_PRIVATE mode. Future versions of the library * are likely to remove the \p mode argument and have it @@ -563,16 +585,26 @@ int mbedtls_rsa_private( mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx, * * \note Alternative implementations of RSA need not support * mode being set to #MBEDTLS_RSA_PRIVATE and might instead - * return #MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_UNSUPPORTED_OPERATION. - * - * \param ctx The RSA context. - * \param f_rng The RNG function. Needed for padding, PKCS#1 v2.1 - * encoding, and #MBEDTLS_RSA_PRIVATE. - * \param p_rng The RNG context. - * \param mode #MBEDTLS_RSA_PUBLIC or #MBEDTLS_RSA_PRIVATE. - * \param ilen The length of the plaintext. - * \param input The buffer holding the data to encrypt. - * \param output The buffer used to hold the ciphertext. + * return #MBEDTLS_ERR_PLATFORM_FEATURE_UNSUPPORTED. + * + * \param ctx The initialized RSA context to use. + * \param f_rng The RNG to use. It is mandatory for PKCS#1 v2.1 padding + * encoding, and for PKCS#1 v1.5 padding encoding when used + * with \p mode set to #MBEDTLS_RSA_PUBLIC. For PKCS#1 v1.5 + * padding encoding and \p mode set to #MBEDTLS_RSA_PRIVATE, + * it is used for blinding and should be provided in this + * case; see mbedtls_rsa_private() for more. + * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. May be + * \c NULL if \p f_rng is \c NULL or if \p f_rng doesn't + * need a context argument. + * \param mode The mode of operation. This must be either + * #MBEDTLS_RSA_PUBLIC or #MBEDTLS_RSA_PRIVATE (deprecated). + * \param ilen The length of the plaintext in Bytes. + * \param input The input data to encrypt. This must be a readable + * buffer of size \p ilen Bytes. This must not be \c NULL. + * \param output The output buffer. This must be a writable buffer + * of length \c ctx->len Bytes. For example, \c 256 Bytes + * for an 2048-bit RSA modulus. * * \return \c 0 on success. * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_XXX error code on failure. @@ -588,9 +620,6 @@ int mbedtls_rsa_pkcs1_encrypt( mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx, * \brief This function performs a PKCS#1 v1.5 encryption operation * (RSAES-PKCS1-v1_5-ENCRYPT). * - * \note The output buffer must be as large as the size - * of \p ctx->N. For example, 128 Bytes if RSA-1024 is used. - * * \deprecated It is deprecated and discouraged to call this function * in #MBEDTLS_RSA_PRIVATE mode. Future versions of the library * are likely to remove the \p mode argument and have it @@ -598,16 +627,24 @@ int mbedtls_rsa_pkcs1_encrypt( mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx, * * \note Alternative implementations of RSA need not support * mode being set to #MBEDTLS_RSA_PRIVATE and might instead - * return #MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_UNSUPPORTED_OPERATION. - * - * \param ctx The RSA context. - * \param f_rng The RNG function. Needed for padding and - * #MBEDTLS_RSA_PRIVATE. - * \param p_rng The RNG context. - * \param mode #MBEDTLS_RSA_PUBLIC or #MBEDTLS_RSA_PRIVATE. - * \param ilen The length of the plaintext. - * \param input The buffer holding the data to encrypt. - * \param output The buffer used to hold the ciphertext. + * return #MBEDTLS_ERR_PLATFORM_FEATURE_UNSUPPORTED. + * + * \param ctx The initialized RSA context to use. + * \param f_rng The RNG function to use. It is needed for padding generation + * if \p mode is #MBEDTLS_RSA_PUBLIC. If \p mode is + * #MBEDTLS_RSA_PRIVATE (discouraged), it is used for + * blinding and should be provided; see mbedtls_rsa_private(). + * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may + * be \c NULL if \p f_rng is \c NULL or if \p f_rng + * doesn't need a context argument. + * \param mode The mode of operation. This must be either + * #MBEDTLS_RSA_PUBLIC or #MBEDTLS_RSA_PRIVATE (deprecated). + * \param ilen The length of the plaintext in Bytes. + * \param input The input data to encrypt. This must be a readable + * buffer of size \p ilen Bytes. This must not be \c NULL. + * \param output The output buffer. This must be a writable buffer + * of length \c ctx->len Bytes. For example, \c 256 Bytes + * for an 2048-bit RSA modulus. * * \return \c 0 on success. * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_XXX error code on failure. @@ -633,18 +670,25 @@ int mbedtls_rsa_rsaes_pkcs1_v15_encrypt( mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx, * * \note Alternative implementations of RSA need not support * mode being set to #MBEDTLS_RSA_PRIVATE and might instead - * return #MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_UNSUPPORTED_OPERATION. - * - * \param ctx The RSA context. - * \param f_rng The RNG function. Needed for padding and PKCS#1 v2.1 - * encoding and #MBEDTLS_RSA_PRIVATE. - * \param p_rng The RNG context. - * \param mode #MBEDTLS_RSA_PUBLIC or #MBEDTLS_RSA_PRIVATE. + * return #MBEDTLS_ERR_PLATFORM_FEATURE_UNSUPPORTED. + * + * \param ctx The initnialized RSA context to use. + * \param f_rng The RNG function to use. This is needed for padding + * generation and must be provided. + * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may + * be \c NULL if \p f_rng doesn't need a context argument. + * \param mode The mode of operation. This must be either + * #MBEDTLS_RSA_PUBLIC or #MBEDTLS_RSA_PRIVATE (deprecated). * \param label The buffer holding the custom label to use. - * \param label_len The length of the label. - * \param ilen The length of the plaintext. - * \param input The buffer holding the data to encrypt. - * \param output The buffer used to hold the ciphertext. + * This must be a readable buffer of length \p label_len + * Bytes. It may be \c NULL if \p label_len is \c 0. + * \param label_len The length of the label in Bytes. + * \param ilen The length of the plaintext buffer \p input in Bytes. + * \param input The input data to encrypt. This must be a readable + * buffer of size \p ilen Bytes. This must not be \c NULL. + * \param output The output buffer. This must be a writable buffer + * of length \c ctx->len Bytes. For example, \c 256 Bytes + * for an 2048-bit RSA modulus. * * \return \c 0 on success. * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_XXX error code on failure. @@ -672,9 +716,6 @@ int mbedtls_rsa_rsaes_oaep_encrypt( mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx, * hold the decryption of the particular ciphertext provided, * the function returns \c MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_OUTPUT_TOO_LARGE. * - * \note The input buffer must be as large as the size - * of \p ctx->N. For example, 128 Bytes if RSA-1024 is used. - * * \deprecated It is deprecated and discouraged to call this function * in #MBEDTLS_RSA_PUBLIC mode. Future versions of the library * are likely to remove the \p mode argument and have it @@ -682,16 +723,25 @@ int mbedtls_rsa_rsaes_oaep_encrypt( mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx, * * \note Alternative implementations of RSA need not support * mode being set to #MBEDTLS_RSA_PUBLIC and might instead - * return #MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_UNSUPPORTED_OPERATION. - * - * \param ctx The RSA context. - * \param f_rng The RNG function. Only needed for #MBEDTLS_RSA_PRIVATE. - * \param p_rng The RNG context. - * \param mode #MBEDTLS_RSA_PUBLIC or #MBEDTLS_RSA_PRIVATE. - * \param olen The length of the plaintext. - * \param input The buffer holding the encrypted data. - * \param output The buffer used to hold the plaintext. - * \param output_max_len The maximum length of the output buffer. + * return #MBEDTLS_ERR_PLATFORM_FEATURE_UNSUPPORTED. + * + * \param ctx The initialized RSA context to use. + * \param f_rng The RNG function. If \p mode is #MBEDTLS_RSA_PRIVATE, + * this is used for blinding and should be provided; see + * mbedtls_rsa_private() for more. If \p mode is + * #MBEDTLS_RSA_PUBLIC, it is ignored. + * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be + * \c NULL if \p f_rng is \c NULL or doesn't need a context. + * \param mode The mode of operation. This must be either + * #MBEDTLS_RSA_PRIVATE or #MBEDTLS_RSA_PUBLIC (deprecated). + * \param olen The address at which to store the length of + * the plaintext. This must not be \c NULL. + * \param input The ciphertext buffer. This must be a readable buffer + * of length \c ctx->len Bytes. For example, \c 256 Bytes + * for an 2048-bit RSA modulus. + * \param output The buffer used to hold the plaintext. This must + * be a writable buffer of length \p output_max_len Bytes. + * \param output_max_len The length in Bytes of the output buffer \p output. * * \return \c 0 on success. * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_XXX error code on failure. @@ -715,9 +765,6 @@ int mbedtls_rsa_pkcs1_decrypt( mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx, * hold the decryption of the particular ciphertext provided, * the function returns #MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_OUTPUT_TOO_LARGE. * - * \note The input buffer must be as large as the size - * of \p ctx->N. For example, 128 Bytes if RSA-1024 is used. - * * \deprecated It is deprecated and discouraged to call this function * in #MBEDTLS_RSA_PUBLIC mode. Future versions of the library * are likely to remove the \p mode argument and have it @@ -725,16 +772,25 @@ int mbedtls_rsa_pkcs1_decrypt( mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx, * * \note Alternative implementations of RSA need not support * mode being set to #MBEDTLS_RSA_PUBLIC and might instead - * return #MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_UNSUPPORTED_OPERATION. - * - * \param ctx The RSA context. - * \param f_rng The RNG function. Only needed for #MBEDTLS_RSA_PRIVATE. - * \param p_rng The RNG context. - * \param mode #MBEDTLS_RSA_PUBLIC or #MBEDTLS_RSA_PRIVATE. - * \param olen The length of the plaintext. - * \param input The buffer holding the encrypted data. - * \param output The buffer to hold the plaintext. - * \param output_max_len The maximum length of the output buffer. + * return #MBEDTLS_ERR_PLATFORM_FEATURE_UNSUPPORTED. + * + * \param ctx The initialized RSA context to use. + * \param f_rng The RNG function. If \p mode is #MBEDTLS_RSA_PRIVATE, + * this is used for blinding and should be provided; see + * mbedtls_rsa_private() for more. If \p mode is + * #MBEDTLS_RSA_PUBLIC, it is ignored. + * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be + * \c NULL if \p f_rng is \c NULL or doesn't need a context. + * \param mode The mode of operation. This must be either + * #MBEDTLS_RSA_PRIVATE or #MBEDTLS_RSA_PUBLIC (deprecated). + * \param olen The address at which to store the length of + * the plaintext. This must not be \c NULL. + * \param input The ciphertext buffer. This must be a readable buffer + * of length \c ctx->len Bytes. For example, \c 256 Bytes + * for an 2048-bit RSA modulus. + * \param output The buffer used to hold the plaintext. This must + * be a writable buffer of length \p output_max_len Bytes. + * \param output_max_len The length in Bytes of the output buffer \p output. * * \return \c 0 on success. * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_XXX error code on failure. @@ -760,9 +816,6 @@ int mbedtls_rsa_rsaes_pkcs1_v15_decrypt( mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx, * ciphertext provided, the function returns * #MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_OUTPUT_TOO_LARGE. * - * \note The input buffer must be as large as the size - * of \p ctx->N. For example, 128 Bytes if RSA-1024 is used. - * * \deprecated It is deprecated and discouraged to call this function * in #MBEDTLS_RSA_PUBLIC mode. Future versions of the library * are likely to remove the \p mode argument and have it @@ -770,18 +823,29 @@ int mbedtls_rsa_rsaes_pkcs1_v15_decrypt( mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx, * * \note Alternative implementations of RSA need not support * mode being set to #MBEDTLS_RSA_PUBLIC and might instead - * return #MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_UNSUPPORTED_OPERATION. - * - * \param ctx The RSA context. - * \param f_rng The RNG function. Only needed for #MBEDTLS_RSA_PRIVATE. - * \param p_rng The RNG context. - * \param mode #MBEDTLS_RSA_PUBLIC or #MBEDTLS_RSA_PRIVATE. + * return #MBEDTLS_ERR_PLATFORM_FEATURE_UNSUPPORTED. + * + * \param ctx The initialized RSA context to use. + * \param f_rng The RNG function. If \p mode is #MBEDTLS_RSA_PRIVATE, + * this is used for blinding and should be provided; see + * mbedtls_rsa_private() for more. If \p mode is + * #MBEDTLS_RSA_PUBLIC, it is ignored. + * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be + * \c NULL if \p f_rng is \c NULL or doesn't need a context. + * \param mode The mode of operation. This must be either + * #MBEDTLS_RSA_PRIVATE or #MBEDTLS_RSA_PUBLIC (deprecated). * \param label The buffer holding the custom label to use. - * \param label_len The length of the label. - * \param olen The length of the plaintext. - * \param input The buffer holding the encrypted data. - * \param output The buffer to hold the plaintext. - * \param output_max_len The maximum length of the output buffer. + * This must be a readable buffer of length \p label_len + * Bytes. It may be \c NULL if \p label_len is \c 0. + * \param label_len The length of the label in Bytes. + * \param olen The address at which to store the length of + * the plaintext. This must not be \c NULL. + * \param input The ciphertext buffer. This must be a readable buffer + * of length \c ctx->len Bytes. For example, \c 256 Bytes + * for an 2048-bit RSA modulus. + * \param output The buffer used to hold the plaintext. This must + * be a writable buffer of length \p output_max_len Bytes. + * \param output_max_len The length in Bytes of the output buffer \p output. * * \return \c 0 on success. * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_XXX error code on failure. @@ -817,18 +881,30 @@ int mbedtls_rsa_rsaes_oaep_decrypt( mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx, * * \note Alternative implementations of RSA need not support * mode being set to #MBEDTLS_RSA_PUBLIC and might instead - * return #MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_UNSUPPORTED_OPERATION. - * - * \param ctx The RSA context. - * \param f_rng The RNG function. Needed for PKCS#1 v2.1 encoding and for - * #MBEDTLS_RSA_PRIVATE. - * \param p_rng The RNG context. - * \param mode #MBEDTLS_RSA_PUBLIC or #MBEDTLS_RSA_PRIVATE. + * return #MBEDTLS_ERR_PLATFORM_FEATURE_UNSUPPORTED. + * + * \param ctx The initialized RSA context to use. + * \param f_rng The RNG function to use. If the padding mode is PKCS#1 v2.1, + * this must be provided. If the padding mode is PKCS#1 v1.5 and + * \p mode is #MBEDTLS_RSA_PRIVATE, it is used for blinding + * and should be provided; see mbedtls_rsa_private() for more + * more. It is ignored otherwise. + * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be \c NULL + * if \p f_rng is \c NULL or doesn't need a context argument. + * \param mode The mode of operation. This must be either + * #MBEDTLS_RSA_PRIVATE or #MBEDTLS_RSA_PUBLIC (deprecated). * \param md_alg The message-digest algorithm used to hash the original data. * Use #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE for signing raw data. - * \param hashlen The length of the message digest. Only used if \p md_alg is #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE. - * \param hash The buffer holding the message digest. - * \param sig The buffer to hold the ciphertext. + * \param hashlen The length of the message digest. + * Ths is only used if \p md_alg is #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE. + * \param hash The buffer holding the message digest or raw data. + * If \p md_alg is #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE, this must be a readable + * buffer of length \p hashlen Bytes. If \p md_alg is not + * #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE, it must be a readable buffer of length + * the size of the hash corresponding to \p md_alg. + * \param sig The buffer to hold the signature. This must be a writable + * buffer of length \c ctx->len Bytes. For example, \c 256 Bytes + * for an 2048-bit RSA modulus. * * \return \c 0 if the signing operation was successful. * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_XXX error code on failure. @@ -846,9 +922,6 @@ int mbedtls_rsa_pkcs1_sign( mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx, * \brief This function performs a PKCS#1 v1.5 signature * operation (RSASSA-PKCS1-v1_5-SIGN). * - * \note The \p sig buffer must be as large as the size - * of \p ctx->N. For example, 128 Bytes if RSA-1024 is used. - * * \deprecated It is deprecated and discouraged to call this function * in #MBEDTLS_RSA_PUBLIC mode. Future versions of the library * are likely to remove the \p mode argument and have it @@ -856,17 +929,29 @@ int mbedtls_rsa_pkcs1_sign( mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx, * * \note Alternative implementations of RSA need not support * mode being set to #MBEDTLS_RSA_PUBLIC and might instead - * return #MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_UNSUPPORTED_OPERATION. - * - * \param ctx The RSA context. - * \param f_rng The RNG function. Only needed for #MBEDTLS_RSA_PRIVATE. - * \param p_rng The RNG context. - * \param mode #MBEDTLS_RSA_PUBLIC or #MBEDTLS_RSA_PRIVATE. + * return #MBEDTLS_ERR_PLATFORM_FEATURE_UNSUPPORTED. + * + * \param ctx The initialized RSA context to use. + * \param f_rng The RNG function. If \p mode is #MBEDTLS_RSA_PRIVATE, + * this is used for blinding and should be provided; see + * mbedtls_rsa_private() for more. If \p mode is + * #MBEDTLS_RSA_PUBLIC, it is ignored. + * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be \c NULL + * if \p f_rng is \c NULL or doesn't need a context argument. + * \param mode The mode of operation. This must be either + * #MBEDTLS_RSA_PRIVATE or #MBEDTLS_RSA_PUBLIC (deprecated). * \param md_alg The message-digest algorithm used to hash the original data. * Use #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE for signing raw data. - * \param hashlen The length of the message digest. Only used if \p md_alg is #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE. - * \param hash The buffer holding the message digest. - * \param sig The buffer to hold the ciphertext. + * \param hashlen The length of the message digest. + * Ths is only used if \p md_alg is #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE. + * \param hash The buffer holding the message digest or raw data. + * If \p md_alg is #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE, this must be a readable + * buffer of length \p hashlen Bytes. If \p md_alg is not + * #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE, it must be a readable buffer of length + * the size of the hash corresponding to \p md_alg. + * \param sig The buffer to hold the signature. This must be a writable + * buffer of length \c ctx->len Bytes. For example, \c 256 Bytes + * for an 2048-bit RSA modulus. * * \return \c 0 if the signing operation was successful. * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_XXX error code on failure. @@ -884,9 +969,6 @@ int mbedtls_rsa_rsassa_pkcs1_v15_sign( mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx, * \brief This function performs a PKCS#1 v2.1 PSS signature * operation (RSASSA-PSS-SIGN). * - * \note The \p sig buffer must be as large as the size - * of \p ctx->N. For example, 128 Bytes if RSA-1024 is used. - * * \note The \p hash_id in the RSA context is the one used for the * encoding. \p md_alg in the function call is the type of hash * that is encoded. According to <em>RFC-3447: Public-Key @@ -894,6 +976,16 @@ int mbedtls_rsa_rsassa_pkcs1_v15_sign( mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx, * Specifications</em> it is advised to keep both hashes the * same. * + * \note This function always uses the maximum possible salt size, + * up to the length of the payload hash. This choice of salt + * size complies with FIPS 186-4 §5.5 (e) and RFC 8017 (PKCS#1 + * v2.2) §9.1.1 step 3. Furthermore this function enforces a + * minimum salt size which is the hash size minus 2 bytes. If + * this minimum size is too large given the key size (the salt + * size, plus the hash size, plus 2 bytes must be no more than + * the key size in bytes), this function returns + * #MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_BAD_INPUT_DATA. + * * \deprecated It is deprecated and discouraged to call this function * in #MBEDTLS_RSA_PUBLIC mode. Future versions of the library * are likely to remove the \p mode argument and have it @@ -901,18 +993,26 @@ int mbedtls_rsa_rsassa_pkcs1_v15_sign( mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx, * * \note Alternative implementations of RSA need not support * mode being set to #MBEDTLS_RSA_PUBLIC and might instead - * return #MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_UNSUPPORTED_OPERATION. - * - * \param ctx The RSA context. - * \param f_rng The RNG function. Needed for PKCS#1 v2.1 encoding and for - * #MBEDTLS_RSA_PRIVATE. - * \param p_rng The RNG context. - * \param mode #MBEDTLS_RSA_PUBLIC or #MBEDTLS_RSA_PRIVATE. + * return #MBEDTLS_ERR_PLATFORM_FEATURE_UNSUPPORTED. + * + * \param ctx The initialized RSA context to use. + * \param f_rng The RNG function. It must not be \c NULL. + * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be \c NULL + * if \p f_rng doesn't need a context argument. + * \param mode The mode of operation. This must be either + * #MBEDTLS_RSA_PRIVATE or #MBEDTLS_RSA_PUBLIC (deprecated). * \param md_alg The message-digest algorithm used to hash the original data. * Use #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE for signing raw data. - * \param hashlen The length of the message digest. Only used if \p md_alg is #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE. - * \param hash The buffer holding the message digest. - * \param sig The buffer to hold the ciphertext. + * \param hashlen The length of the message digest. + * Ths is only used if \p md_alg is #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE. + * \param hash The buffer holding the message digest or raw data. + * If \p md_alg is #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE, this must be a readable + * buffer of length \p hashlen Bytes. If \p md_alg is not + * #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE, it must be a readable buffer of length + * the size of the hash corresponding to \p md_alg. + * \param sig The buffer to hold the signature. This must be a writable + * buffer of length \c ctx->len Bytes. For example, \c 256 Bytes + * for an 2048-bit RSA modulus. * * \return \c 0 if the signing operation was successful. * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_XXX error code on failure. @@ -933,9 +1033,6 @@ int mbedtls_rsa_rsassa_pss_sign( mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx, * This is the generic wrapper for performing a PKCS#1 * verification using the mode from the context. * - * \note The \p sig buffer must be as large as the size - * of \p ctx->N. For example, 128 Bytes if RSA-1024 is used. - * * \note For PKCS#1 v2.1 encoding, see comments on * mbedtls_rsa_rsassa_pss_verify() about \p md_alg and * \p hash_id. @@ -947,17 +1044,28 @@ int mbedtls_rsa_rsassa_pss_sign( mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx, * * \note Alternative implementations of RSA need not support * mode being set to #MBEDTLS_RSA_PRIVATE and might instead - * return #MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_UNSUPPORTED_OPERATION. - * - * \param ctx The RSA public key context. - * \param f_rng The RNG function. Only needed for #MBEDTLS_RSA_PRIVATE. - * \param p_rng The RNG context. - * \param mode #MBEDTLS_RSA_PUBLIC or #MBEDTLS_RSA_PRIVATE. + * return #MBEDTLS_ERR_PLATFORM_FEATURE_UNSUPPORTED. + * + * \param ctx The initialized RSA public key context to use. + * \param f_rng The RNG function to use. If \p mode is #MBEDTLS_RSA_PRIVATE, + * this is used for blinding and should be provided; see + * mbedtls_rsa_private() for more. Otherwise, it is ignored. + * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be + * \c NULL if \p f_rng is \c NULL or doesn't need a context. + * \param mode The mode of operation. This must be either + * #MBEDTLS_RSA_PUBLIC or #MBEDTLS_RSA_PRIVATE (deprecated). * \param md_alg The message-digest algorithm used to hash the original data. * Use #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE for signing raw data. - * \param hashlen The length of the message digest. Only used if \p md_alg is #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE. - * \param hash The buffer holding the message digest. - * \param sig The buffer holding the ciphertext. + * \param hashlen The length of the message digest. + * This is only used if \p md_alg is #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE. + * \param hash The buffer holding the message digest or raw data. + * If \p md_alg is #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE, this must be a readable + * buffer of length \p hashlen Bytes. If \p md_alg is not + * #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE, it must be a readable buffer of length + * the size of the hash corresponding to \p md_alg. + * \param sig The buffer holding the signature. This must be a readable + * buffer of length \c ctx->len Bytes. For example, \c 256 Bytes + * for an 2048-bit RSA modulus. * * \return \c 0 if the verify operation was successful. * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_XXX error code on failure. @@ -975,9 +1083,6 @@ int mbedtls_rsa_pkcs1_verify( mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx, * \brief This function performs a PKCS#1 v1.5 verification * operation (RSASSA-PKCS1-v1_5-VERIFY). * - * \note The \p sig buffer must be as large as the size - * of \p ctx->N. For example, 128 Bytes if RSA-1024 is used. - * * \deprecated It is deprecated and discouraged to call this function * in #MBEDTLS_RSA_PRIVATE mode. Future versions of the library * are likely to remove the \p mode argument and have it @@ -985,17 +1090,28 @@ int mbedtls_rsa_pkcs1_verify( mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx, * * \note Alternative implementations of RSA need not support * mode being set to #MBEDTLS_RSA_PRIVATE and might instead - * return #MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_UNSUPPORTED_OPERATION. - * - * \param ctx The RSA public key context. - * \param f_rng The RNG function. Only needed for #MBEDTLS_RSA_PRIVATE. - * \param p_rng The RNG context. - * \param mode #MBEDTLS_RSA_PUBLIC or #MBEDTLS_RSA_PRIVATE. + * return #MBEDTLS_ERR_PLATFORM_FEATURE_UNSUPPORTED. + * + * \param ctx The initialized RSA public key context to use. + * \param f_rng The RNG function to use. If \p mode is #MBEDTLS_RSA_PRIVATE, + * this is used for blinding and should be provided; see + * mbedtls_rsa_private() for more. Otherwise, it is ignored. + * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be + * \c NULL if \p f_rng is \c NULL or doesn't need a context. + * \param mode The mode of operation. This must be either + * #MBEDTLS_RSA_PUBLIC or #MBEDTLS_RSA_PRIVATE (deprecated). * \param md_alg The message-digest algorithm used to hash the original data. * Use #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE for signing raw data. - * \param hashlen The length of the message digest. Only used if \p md_alg is #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE. - * \param hash The buffer holding the message digest. - * \param sig The buffer holding the ciphertext. + * \param hashlen The length of the message digest. + * This is only used if \p md_alg is #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE. + * \param hash The buffer holding the message digest or raw data. + * If \p md_alg is #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE, this must be a readable + * buffer of length \p hashlen Bytes. If \p md_alg is not + * #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE, it must be a readable buffer of length + * the size of the hash corresponding to \p md_alg. + * \param sig The buffer holding the signature. This must be a readable + * buffer of length \c ctx->len Bytes. For example, \c 256 Bytes + * for an 2048-bit RSA modulus. * * \return \c 0 if the verify operation was successful. * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_XXX error code on failure. @@ -1016,9 +1132,6 @@ int mbedtls_rsa_rsassa_pkcs1_v15_verify( mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx, * The hash function for the MGF mask generating function * is that specified in the RSA context. * - * \note The \p sig buffer must be as large as the size - * of \p ctx->N. For example, 128 Bytes if RSA-1024 is used. - * * \note The \p hash_id in the RSA context is the one used for the * verification. \p md_alg in the function call is the type of * hash that is verified. According to <em>RFC-3447: Public-Key @@ -1034,17 +1147,28 @@ int mbedtls_rsa_rsassa_pkcs1_v15_verify( mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx, * * \note Alternative implementations of RSA need not support * mode being set to #MBEDTLS_RSA_PRIVATE and might instead - * return #MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_UNSUPPORTED_OPERATION. - * - * \param ctx The RSA public key context. - * \param f_rng The RNG function. Only needed for #MBEDTLS_RSA_PRIVATE. - * \param p_rng The RNG context. - * \param mode #MBEDTLS_RSA_PUBLIC or #MBEDTLS_RSA_PRIVATE. + * return #MBEDTLS_ERR_PLATFORM_FEATURE_UNSUPPORTED. + * + * \param ctx The initialized RSA public key context to use. + * \param f_rng The RNG function to use. If \p mode is #MBEDTLS_RSA_PRIVATE, + * this is used for blinding and should be provided; see + * mbedtls_rsa_private() for more. Otherwise, it is ignored. + * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be + * \c NULL if \p f_rng is \c NULL or doesn't need a context. + * \param mode The mode of operation. This must be either + * #MBEDTLS_RSA_PUBLIC or #MBEDTLS_RSA_PRIVATE (deprecated). * \param md_alg The message-digest algorithm used to hash the original data. * Use #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE for signing raw data. - * \param hashlen The length of the message digest. Only used if \p md_alg is #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE. - * \param hash The buffer holding the message digest. - * \param sig The buffer holding the ciphertext. + * \param hashlen The length of the message digest. + * This is only used if \p md_alg is #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE. + * \param hash The buffer holding the message digest or raw data. + * If \p md_alg is #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE, this must be a readable + * buffer of length \p hashlen Bytes. If \p md_alg is not + * #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE, it must be a readable buffer of length + * the size of the hash corresponding to \p md_alg. + * \param sig The buffer holding the signature. This must be a readable + * buffer of length \c ctx->len Bytes. For example, \c 256 Bytes + * for an 2048-bit RSA modulus. * * \return \c 0 if the verify operation was successful. * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_XXX error code on failure. @@ -1070,19 +1194,29 @@ int mbedtls_rsa_rsassa_pss_verify( mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx, * * \note The \p hash_id in the RSA context is ignored. * - * \param ctx The RSA public key context. - * \param f_rng The RNG function. Only needed for #MBEDTLS_RSA_PRIVATE. - * \param p_rng The RNG context. - * \param mode #MBEDTLS_RSA_PUBLIC or #MBEDTLS_RSA_PRIVATE. + * \param ctx The initialized RSA public key context to use. + * \param f_rng The RNG function to use. If \p mode is #MBEDTLS_RSA_PRIVATE, + * this is used for blinding and should be provided; see + * mbedtls_rsa_private() for more. Otherwise, it is ignored. + * \param p_rng The RNG context to be passed to \p f_rng. This may be + * \c NULL if \p f_rng is \c NULL or doesn't need a context. + * \param mode The mode of operation. This must be either + * #MBEDTLS_RSA_PUBLIC or #MBEDTLS_RSA_PRIVATE. * \param md_alg The message-digest algorithm used to hash the original data. * Use #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE for signing raw data. - * \param hashlen The length of the message digest. Only used if \p md_alg is - * #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE. - * \param hash The buffer holding the message digest. - * \param mgf1_hash_id The message digest used for mask generation. - * \param expected_salt_len The length of the salt used in padding. Use - * #MBEDTLS_RSA_SALT_LEN_ANY to accept any salt length. - * \param sig The buffer holding the ciphertext. + * \param hashlen The length of the message digest. + * This is only used if \p md_alg is #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE. + * \param hash The buffer holding the message digest or raw data. + * If \p md_alg is #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE, this must be a readable + * buffer of length \p hashlen Bytes. If \p md_alg is not + * #MBEDTLS_MD_NONE, it must be a readable buffer of length + * the size of the hash corresponding to \p md_alg. + * \param mgf1_hash_id The message digest used for mask generation. + * \param expected_salt_len The length of the salt used in padding. Use + * #MBEDTLS_RSA_SALT_LEN_ANY to accept any salt length. + * \param sig The buffer holding the signature. This must be a readable + * buffer of length \c ctx->len Bytes. For example, \c 256 Bytes + * for an 2048-bit RSA modulus. * * \return \c 0 if the verify operation was successful. * \return An \c MBEDTLS_ERR_RSA_XXX error code on failure. @@ -1101,8 +1235,8 @@ int mbedtls_rsa_rsassa_pss_verify_ext( mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx, /** * \brief This function copies the components of an RSA context. * - * \param dst The destination context. - * \param src The source context. + * \param dst The destination context. This must be initialized. + * \param src The source context. This must be initialized. * * \return \c 0 on success. * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_MPI_ALLOC_FAILED on memory allocation failure. @@ -1112,7 +1246,9 @@ int mbedtls_rsa_copy( mbedtls_rsa_context *dst, const mbedtls_rsa_context *src ) /** * \brief This function frees the components of an RSA key. * - * \param ctx The RSA Context to free. + * \param ctx The RSA context to free. May be \c NULL, in which case + * this function is a no-op. If it is not \c NULL, it must + * point to an initialized RSA context. */ void mbedtls_rsa_free( mbedtls_rsa_context *ctx ); diff --git a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/sha1.h b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/sha1.h index 65a124c94b..38ea10b137 100644 --- a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/sha1.h +++ b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/sha1.h @@ -40,7 +40,9 @@ #include <stddef.h> #include <stdint.h> +/* MBEDTLS_ERR_SHA1_HW_ACCEL_FAILED is deprecated and should not be used. */ #define MBEDTLS_ERR_SHA1_HW_ACCEL_FAILED -0x0035 /**< SHA-1 hardware accelerator failed */ +#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SHA1_BAD_INPUT_DATA -0x0073 /**< SHA-1 input data was malformed. */ #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { @@ -58,7 +60,7 @@ extern "C" { * stronger message digests instead. * */ -typedef struct +typedef struct mbedtls_sha1_context { uint32_t total[2]; /*!< The number of Bytes processed. */ uint32_t state[5]; /*!< The intermediate digest state. */ @@ -78,6 +80,7 @@ mbedtls_sha1_context; * stronger message digests instead. * * \param ctx The SHA-1 context to initialize. + * This must not be \c NULL. * */ void mbedtls_sha1_init( mbedtls_sha1_context *ctx ); @@ -89,7 +92,10 @@ void mbedtls_sha1_init( mbedtls_sha1_context *ctx ); * constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering * stronger message digests instead. * - * \param ctx The SHA-1 context to clear. + * \param ctx The SHA-1 context to clear. This may be \c NULL, + * in which case this function does nothing. If it is + * not \c NULL, it must point to an initialized + * SHA-1 context. * */ void mbedtls_sha1_free( mbedtls_sha1_context *ctx ); @@ -101,8 +107,8 @@ void mbedtls_sha1_free( mbedtls_sha1_context *ctx ); * constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering * stronger message digests instead. * - * \param dst The SHA-1 context to clone to. - * \param src The SHA-1 context to clone from. + * \param dst The SHA-1 context to clone to. This must be initialized. + * \param src The SHA-1 context to clone from. This must be initialized. * */ void mbedtls_sha1_clone( mbedtls_sha1_context *dst, @@ -115,9 +121,10 @@ void mbedtls_sha1_clone( mbedtls_sha1_context *dst, * constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering * stronger message digests instead. * - * \param ctx The SHA-1 context to initialize. + * \param ctx The SHA-1 context to initialize. This must be initialized. * * \return \c 0 on success. + * \return A negative error code on failure. * */ int mbedtls_sha1_starts_ret( mbedtls_sha1_context *ctx ); @@ -130,11 +137,14 @@ int mbedtls_sha1_starts_ret( mbedtls_sha1_context *ctx ); * constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering * stronger message digests instead. * - * \param ctx The SHA-1 context. + * \param ctx The SHA-1 context. This must be initialized + * and have a hash operation started. * \param input The buffer holding the input data. - * \param ilen The length of the input data. + * This must be a readable buffer of length \p ilen Bytes. + * \param ilen The length of the input data \p input in Bytes. * * \return \c 0 on success. + * \return A negative error code on failure. */ int mbedtls_sha1_update_ret( mbedtls_sha1_context *ctx, const unsigned char *input, @@ -148,10 +158,13 @@ int mbedtls_sha1_update_ret( mbedtls_sha1_context *ctx, * constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering * stronger message digests instead. * - * \param ctx The SHA-1 context. - * \param output The SHA-1 checksum result. + * \param ctx The SHA-1 context to use. This must be initialized and + * have a hash operation started. + * \param output The SHA-1 checksum result. This must be a writable + * buffer of length \c 20 Bytes. * * \return \c 0 on success. + * \return A negative error code on failure. */ int mbedtls_sha1_finish_ret( mbedtls_sha1_context *ctx, unsigned char output[20] ); @@ -163,10 +176,12 @@ int mbedtls_sha1_finish_ret( mbedtls_sha1_context *ctx, * constitutes a security risk. We recommend considering * stronger message digests instead. * - * \param ctx The SHA-1 context. - * \param data The data block being processed. + * \param ctx The SHA-1 context to use. This must be initialized. + * \param data The data block being processed. This must be a + * readable buffer of length \c 64 Bytes. * * \return \c 0 on success. + * \return A negative error code on failure. * */ int mbedtls_internal_sha1_process( mbedtls_sha1_context *ctx, @@ -187,7 +202,7 @@ int mbedtls_internal_sha1_process( mbedtls_sha1_context *ctx, * * \deprecated Superseded by mbedtls_sha1_starts_ret() in 2.7.0. * - * \param ctx The SHA-1 context to initialize. + * \param ctx The SHA-1 context to initialize. This must be initialized. * */ MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED void mbedtls_sha1_starts( mbedtls_sha1_context *ctx ); @@ -202,9 +217,11 @@ MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED void mbedtls_sha1_starts( mbedtls_sha1_context *ctx ); * * \deprecated Superseded by mbedtls_sha1_update_ret() in 2.7.0. * - * \param ctx The SHA-1 context. + * \param ctx The SHA-1 context. This must be initialized and + * have a hash operation started. * \param input The buffer holding the input data. - * \param ilen The length of the input data. + * This must be a readable buffer of length \p ilen Bytes. + * \param ilen The length of the input data \p input in Bytes. * */ MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED void mbedtls_sha1_update( mbedtls_sha1_context *ctx, @@ -221,9 +238,10 @@ MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED void mbedtls_sha1_update( mbedtls_sha1_context *ctx, * * \deprecated Superseded by mbedtls_sha1_finish_ret() in 2.7.0. * - * \param ctx The SHA-1 context. + * \param ctx The SHA-1 context. This must be initialized and + * have a hash operation started. * \param output The SHA-1 checksum result. - * + * This must be a writable buffer of length \c 20 Bytes. */ MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED void mbedtls_sha1_finish( mbedtls_sha1_context *ctx, unsigned char output[20] ); @@ -237,8 +255,9 @@ MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED void mbedtls_sha1_finish( mbedtls_sha1_context *ctx, * * \deprecated Superseded by mbedtls_internal_sha1_process() in 2.7.0. * - * \param ctx The SHA-1 context. + * \param ctx The SHA-1 context. This must be initialized. * \param data The data block being processed. + * This must be a readable buffer of length \c 64 bytes. * */ MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED void mbedtls_sha1_process( mbedtls_sha1_context *ctx, @@ -261,10 +280,13 @@ MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED void mbedtls_sha1_process( mbedtls_sha1_context *ctx, * stronger message digests instead. * * \param input The buffer holding the input data. - * \param ilen The length of the input data. + * This must be a readable buffer of length \p ilen Bytes. + * \param ilen The length of the input data \p input in Bytes. * \param output The SHA-1 checksum result. + * This must be a writable buffer of length \c 20 Bytes. * * \return \c 0 on success. + * \return A negative error code on failure. * */ int mbedtls_sha1_ret( const unsigned char *input, @@ -293,8 +315,10 @@ int mbedtls_sha1_ret( const unsigned char *input, * \deprecated Superseded by mbedtls_sha1_ret() in 2.7.0 * * \param input The buffer holding the input data. - * \param ilen The length of the input data. - * \param output The SHA-1 checksum result. + * This must be a readable buffer of length \p ilen Bytes. + * \param ilen The length of the input data \p input in Bytes. + * \param output The SHA-1 checksum result. This must be a writable + * buffer of size \c 20 Bytes. * */ MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED void mbedtls_sha1( const unsigned char *input, diff --git a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/sha256.h b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/sha256.h index adf31a82ed..0e42f0abba 100644 --- a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/sha256.h +++ b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/sha256.h @@ -36,7 +36,9 @@ #include <stddef.h> #include <stdint.h> +/* MBEDTLS_ERR_SHA256_HW_ACCEL_FAILED is deprecated and should not be used. */ #define MBEDTLS_ERR_SHA256_HW_ACCEL_FAILED -0x0037 /**< SHA-256 hardware accelerator failed */ +#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SHA256_BAD_INPUT_DATA -0x0074 /**< SHA-256 input data was malformed. */ #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { @@ -53,7 +55,7 @@ extern "C" { * checksum calculations. The choice between these two is * made in the call to mbedtls_sha256_starts_ret(). */ -typedef struct +typedef struct mbedtls_sha256_context { uint32_t total[2]; /*!< The number of Bytes processed. */ uint32_t state[8]; /*!< The intermediate digest state. */ @@ -70,22 +72,24 @@ mbedtls_sha256_context; /** * \brief This function initializes a SHA-256 context. * - * \param ctx The SHA-256 context to initialize. + * \param ctx The SHA-256 context to initialize. This must not be \c NULL. */ void mbedtls_sha256_init( mbedtls_sha256_context *ctx ); /** * \brief This function clears a SHA-256 context. * - * \param ctx The SHA-256 context to clear. + * \param ctx The SHA-256 context to clear. This may be \c NULL, in which + * case this function returns immediately. If it is not \c NULL, + * it must point to an initialized SHA-256 context. */ void mbedtls_sha256_free( mbedtls_sha256_context *ctx ); /** * \brief This function clones the state of a SHA-256 context. * - * \param dst The destination context. - * \param src The context to clone. + * \param dst The destination context. This must be initialized. + * \param src The context to clone. This must be initialized. */ void mbedtls_sha256_clone( mbedtls_sha256_context *dst, const mbedtls_sha256_context *src ); @@ -94,11 +98,12 @@ void mbedtls_sha256_clone( mbedtls_sha256_context *dst, * \brief This function starts a SHA-224 or SHA-256 checksum * calculation. * - * \param ctx The context to initialize. - * \param is224 Determines which function to use: - * 0: Use SHA-256, or 1: Use SHA-224. + * \param ctx The context to use. This must be initialized. + * \param is224 This determines which function to use. This must be + * either \c 0 for SHA-256, or \c 1 for SHA-224. * * \return \c 0 on success. + * \return A negative error code on failure. */ int mbedtls_sha256_starts_ret( mbedtls_sha256_context *ctx, int is224 ); @@ -106,11 +111,14 @@ int mbedtls_sha256_starts_ret( mbedtls_sha256_context *ctx, int is224 ); * \brief This function feeds an input buffer into an ongoing * SHA-256 checksum calculation. * - * \param ctx The SHA-256 context. - * \param input The buffer holding the data. - * \param ilen The length of the input data. + * \param ctx The SHA-256 context. This must be initialized + * and have a hash operation started. + * \param input The buffer holding the data. This must be a readable + * buffer of length \p ilen Bytes. + * \param ilen The length of the input data in Bytes. * * \return \c 0 on success. + * \return A negative error code on failure. */ int mbedtls_sha256_update_ret( mbedtls_sha256_context *ctx, const unsigned char *input, @@ -120,10 +128,13 @@ int mbedtls_sha256_update_ret( mbedtls_sha256_context *ctx, * \brief This function finishes the SHA-256 operation, and writes * the result to the output buffer. * - * \param ctx The SHA-256 context. + * \param ctx The SHA-256 context. This must be initialized + * and have a hash operation started. * \param output The SHA-224 or SHA-256 checksum result. + * This must be a writable buffer of length \c 32 Bytes. * * \return \c 0 on success. + * \return A negative error code on failure. */ int mbedtls_sha256_finish_ret( mbedtls_sha256_context *ctx, unsigned char output[32] ); @@ -133,10 +144,12 @@ int mbedtls_sha256_finish_ret( mbedtls_sha256_context *ctx, * the ongoing SHA-256 computation. This function is for * internal use only. * - * \param ctx The SHA-256 context. - * \param data The buffer holding one block of data. + * \param ctx The SHA-256 context. This must be initialized. + * \param data The buffer holding one block of data. This must + * be a readable buffer of length \c 64 Bytes. * * \return \c 0 on success. + * \return A negative error code on failure. */ int mbedtls_internal_sha256_process( mbedtls_sha256_context *ctx, const unsigned char data[64] ); @@ -151,12 +164,11 @@ int mbedtls_internal_sha256_process( mbedtls_sha256_context *ctx, * \brief This function starts a SHA-224 or SHA-256 checksum * calculation. * - * * \deprecated Superseded by mbedtls_sha256_starts_ret() in 2.7.0. * - * \param ctx The context to initialize. - * \param is224 Determines which function to use: - * 0: Use SHA-256, or 1: Use SHA-224. + * \param ctx The context to use. This must be initialized. + * \param is224 Determines which function to use. This must be + * either \c 0 for SHA-256, or \c 1 for SHA-224. */ MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED void mbedtls_sha256_starts( mbedtls_sha256_context *ctx, int is224 ); @@ -167,9 +179,11 @@ MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED void mbedtls_sha256_starts( mbedtls_sha256_context *ctx, * * \deprecated Superseded by mbedtls_sha256_update_ret() in 2.7.0. * - * \param ctx The SHA-256 context to initialize. - * \param input The buffer holding the data. - * \param ilen The length of the input data. + * \param ctx The SHA-256 context to use. This must be + * initialized and have a hash operation started. + * \param input The buffer holding the data. This must be a readable + * buffer of length \p ilen Bytes. + * \param ilen The length of the input data in Bytes. */ MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED void mbedtls_sha256_update( mbedtls_sha256_context *ctx, const unsigned char *input, @@ -181,8 +195,10 @@ MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED void mbedtls_sha256_update( mbedtls_sha256_context *ctx, * * \deprecated Superseded by mbedtls_sha256_finish_ret() in 2.7.0. * - * \param ctx The SHA-256 context. - * \param output The SHA-224 or SHA-256 checksum result. + * \param ctx The SHA-256 context. This must be initialized and + * have a hash operation started. + * \param output The SHA-224 or SHA-256 checksum result. This must be + * a writable buffer of length \c 32 Bytes. */ MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED void mbedtls_sha256_finish( mbedtls_sha256_context *ctx, unsigned char output[32] ); @@ -194,8 +210,9 @@ MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED void mbedtls_sha256_finish( mbedtls_sha256_context *ctx, * * \deprecated Superseded by mbedtls_internal_sha256_process() in 2.7.0. * - * \param ctx The SHA-256 context. - * \param data The buffer holding one block of data. + * \param ctx The SHA-256 context. This must be initialized. + * \param data The buffer holding one block of data. This must be + * a readable buffer of size \c 64 Bytes. */ MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED void mbedtls_sha256_process( mbedtls_sha256_context *ctx, const unsigned char data[64] ); @@ -213,11 +230,13 @@ MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED void mbedtls_sha256_process( mbedtls_sha256_context *ctx, * The SHA-256 result is calculated as * output = SHA-256(input buffer). * - * \param input The buffer holding the input data. - * \param ilen The length of the input data. - * \param output The SHA-224 or SHA-256 checksum result. - * \param is224 Determines which function to use: - * 0: Use SHA-256, or 1: Use SHA-224. + * \param input The buffer holding the data. This must be a readable + * buffer of length \p ilen Bytes. + * \param ilen The length of the input data in Bytes. + * \param output The SHA-224 or SHA-256 checksum result. This must + * be a writable buffer of length \c 32 Bytes. + * \param is224 Determines which function to use. This must be + * either \c 0 for SHA-256, or \c 1 for SHA-224. */ int mbedtls_sha256_ret( const unsigned char *input, size_t ilen, @@ -243,11 +262,13 @@ int mbedtls_sha256_ret( const unsigned char *input, * * \deprecated Superseded by mbedtls_sha256_ret() in 2.7.0. * - * \param input The buffer holding the data. - * \param ilen The length of the input data. - * \param output The SHA-224 or SHA-256 checksum result. - * \param is224 Determines which function to use: - * 0: Use SHA-256, or 1: Use SHA-224. + * \param input The buffer holding the data. This must be a readable + * buffer of length \p ilen Bytes. + * \param ilen The length of the input data in Bytes. + * \param output The SHA-224 or SHA-256 checksum result. This must be + * a writable buffer of length \c 32 Bytes. + * \param is224 Determines which function to use. This must be either + * \c 0 for SHA-256, or \c 1 for SHA-224. */ MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED void mbedtls_sha256( const unsigned char *input, size_t ilen, diff --git a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/sha512.h b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/sha512.h index 5bb83f43bd..7b26cf5cc3 100644 --- a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/sha512.h +++ b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/sha512.h @@ -35,7 +35,9 @@ #include <stddef.h> #include <stdint.h> +/* MBEDTLS_ERR_SHA512_HW_ACCEL_FAILED is deprecated and should not be used. */ #define MBEDTLS_ERR_SHA512_HW_ACCEL_FAILED -0x0039 /**< SHA-512 hardware accelerator failed */ +#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SHA512_BAD_INPUT_DATA -0x0075 /**< SHA-512 input data was malformed. */ #ifdef __cplusplus extern "C" { @@ -52,7 +54,7 @@ extern "C" { * checksum calculations. The choice between these two is * made in the call to mbedtls_sha512_starts_ret(). */ -typedef struct +typedef struct mbedtls_sha512_context { uint64_t total[2]; /*!< The number of Bytes processed. */ uint64_t state[8]; /*!< The intermediate digest state. */ @@ -69,22 +71,26 @@ mbedtls_sha512_context; /** * \brief This function initializes a SHA-512 context. * - * \param ctx The SHA-512 context to initialize. + * \param ctx The SHA-512 context to initialize. This must + * not be \c NULL. */ void mbedtls_sha512_init( mbedtls_sha512_context *ctx ); /** * \brief This function clears a SHA-512 context. * - * \param ctx The SHA-512 context to clear. + * \param ctx The SHA-512 context to clear. This may be \c NULL, + * in which case this function does nothing. If it + * is not \c NULL, it must point to an initialized + * SHA-512 context. */ void mbedtls_sha512_free( mbedtls_sha512_context *ctx ); /** * \brief This function clones the state of a SHA-512 context. * - * \param dst The destination context. - * \param src The context to clone. + * \param dst The destination context. This must be initialized. + * \param src The context to clone. This must be initialized. */ void mbedtls_sha512_clone( mbedtls_sha512_context *dst, const mbedtls_sha512_context *src ); @@ -93,11 +99,12 @@ void mbedtls_sha512_clone( mbedtls_sha512_context *dst, * \brief This function starts a SHA-384 or SHA-512 checksum * calculation. * - * \param ctx The SHA-512 context to initialize. - * \param is384 Determines which function to use: - * 0: Use SHA-512, or 1: Use SHA-384. + * \param ctx The SHA-512 context to use. This must be initialized. + * \param is384 Determines which function to use. This must be + * either \c for SHA-512, or \c 1 for SHA-384. * * \return \c 0 on success. + * \return A negative error code on failure. */ int mbedtls_sha512_starts_ret( mbedtls_sha512_context *ctx, int is384 ); @@ -105,11 +112,14 @@ int mbedtls_sha512_starts_ret( mbedtls_sha512_context *ctx, int is384 ); * \brief This function feeds an input buffer into an ongoing * SHA-512 checksum calculation. * - * \param ctx The SHA-512 context. - * \param input The buffer holding the input data. - * \param ilen The length of the input data. + * \param ctx The SHA-512 context. This must be initialized + * and have a hash operation started. + * \param input The buffer holding the input data. This must + * be a readable buffer of length \p ilen Bytes. + * \param ilen The length of the input data in Bytes. * * \return \c 0 on success. + * \return A negative error code on failure. */ int mbedtls_sha512_update_ret( mbedtls_sha512_context *ctx, const unsigned char *input, @@ -120,10 +130,13 @@ int mbedtls_sha512_update_ret( mbedtls_sha512_context *ctx, * the result to the output buffer. This function is for * internal use only. * - * \param ctx The SHA-512 context. + * \param ctx The SHA-512 context. This must be initialized + * and have a hash operation started. * \param output The SHA-384 or SHA-512 checksum result. + * This must be a writable buffer of length \c 64 Bytes. * * \return \c 0 on success. + * \return A negative error code on failure. */ int mbedtls_sha512_finish_ret( mbedtls_sha512_context *ctx, unsigned char output[64] ); @@ -132,10 +145,12 @@ int mbedtls_sha512_finish_ret( mbedtls_sha512_context *ctx, * \brief This function processes a single data block within * the ongoing SHA-512 computation. * - * \param ctx The SHA-512 context. - * \param data The buffer holding one block of data. + * \param ctx The SHA-512 context. This must be initialized. + * \param data The buffer holding one block of data. This + * must be a readable buffer of length \c 128 Bytes. * * \return \c 0 on success. + * \return A negative error code on failure. */ int mbedtls_internal_sha512_process( mbedtls_sha512_context *ctx, const unsigned char data[128] ); @@ -151,9 +166,9 @@ int mbedtls_internal_sha512_process( mbedtls_sha512_context *ctx, * * \deprecated Superseded by mbedtls_sha512_starts_ret() in 2.7.0 * - * \param ctx The SHA-512 context to initialize. - * \param is384 Determines which function to use: - * 0: Use SHA-512, or 1: Use SHA-384. + * \param ctx The SHA-512 context to use. This must be initialized. + * \param is384 Determines which function to use. This must be either + * \c 0 for SHA-512 or \c 1 for SHA-384. */ MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED void mbedtls_sha512_starts( mbedtls_sha512_context *ctx, int is384 ); @@ -164,9 +179,11 @@ MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED void mbedtls_sha512_starts( mbedtls_sha512_context *ctx, * * \deprecated Superseded by mbedtls_sha512_update_ret() in 2.7.0. * - * \param ctx The SHA-512 context. - * \param input The buffer holding the data. - * \param ilen The length of the input data. + * \param ctx The SHA-512 context. This must be initialized + * and have a hash operation started. + * \param input The buffer holding the data. This must be a readable + * buffer of length \p ilen Bytes. + * \param ilen The length of the input data in Bytes. */ MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED void mbedtls_sha512_update( mbedtls_sha512_context *ctx, const unsigned char *input, @@ -178,8 +195,10 @@ MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED void mbedtls_sha512_update( mbedtls_sha512_context *ctx, * * \deprecated Superseded by mbedtls_sha512_finish_ret() in 2.7.0. * - * \param ctx The SHA-512 context. - * \param output The SHA-384 or SHA-512 checksum result. + * \param ctx The SHA-512 context. This must be initialized + * and have a hash operation started. + * \param output The SHA-384 or SHA-512 checksum result. This must + * be a writable buffer of size \c 64 Bytes. */ MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED void mbedtls_sha512_finish( mbedtls_sha512_context *ctx, unsigned char output[64] ); @@ -191,8 +210,9 @@ MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED void mbedtls_sha512_finish( mbedtls_sha512_context *ctx, * * \deprecated Superseded by mbedtls_internal_sha512_process() in 2.7.0. * - * \param ctx The SHA-512 context. - * \param data The buffer holding one block of data. + * \param ctx The SHA-512 context. This must be initialized. + * \param data The buffer holding one block of data. This must be + * a readable buffer of length \c 128 Bytes. */ MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED void mbedtls_sha512_process( mbedtls_sha512_context *ctx, @@ -211,13 +231,16 @@ MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED void mbedtls_sha512_process( * The SHA-512 result is calculated as * output = SHA-512(input buffer). * - * \param input The buffer holding the input data. - * \param ilen The length of the input data. + * \param input The buffer holding the input data. This must be + * a readable buffer of length \p ilen Bytes. + * \param ilen The length of the input data in Bytes. * \param output The SHA-384 or SHA-512 checksum result. - * \param is384 Determines which function to use: - * 0: Use SHA-512, or 1: Use SHA-384. + * This must be a writable buffer of length \c 64 Bytes. + * \param is384 Determines which function to use. This must be either + * \c 0 for SHA-512, or \c 1 for SHA-384. * * \return \c 0 on success. + * \return A negative error code on failure. */ int mbedtls_sha512_ret( const unsigned char *input, size_t ilen, @@ -242,11 +265,13 @@ int mbedtls_sha512_ret( const unsigned char *input, * * \deprecated Superseded by mbedtls_sha512_ret() in 2.7.0 * - * \param input The buffer holding the data. - * \param ilen The length of the input data. - * \param output The SHA-384 or SHA-512 checksum result. - * \param is384 Determines which function to use: - * 0: Use SHA-512, or 1: Use SHA-384. + * \param input The buffer holding the data. This must be a + * readable buffer of length \p ilen Bytes. + * \param ilen The length of the input data in Bytes. + * \param output The SHA-384 or SHA-512 checksum result. This must + * be a writable buffer of length \c 64 Bytes. + * \param is384 Determines which function to use. This must be either + * \c 0 for SHA-512, or \c 1 for SHA-384. */ MBEDTLS_DEPRECATED void mbedtls_sha512( const unsigned char *input, size_t ilen, diff --git a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ssl.h b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ssl.h index 2d511a8ea1..8106bb4ab0 100644 --- a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ssl.h +++ b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ssl.h @@ -121,6 +121,8 @@ #define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_INVALID_VERIFY_HASH -0x6600 /**< Couldn't set the hash for verifying CertificateVerify */ #define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CONTINUE_PROCESSING -0x6580 /**< Internal-only message signaling that further message-processing should be done */ #define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ASYNC_IN_PROGRESS -0x6500 /**< The asynchronous operation is not completed yet. */ +#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_EARLY_MESSAGE -0x6480 /**< Internal-only message signaling that a message arrived early. */ +#define MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CRYPTO_IN_PROGRESS -0x7000 /**< A cryptographic operation is in progress. Try again later. */ /* * Various constants @@ -242,6 +244,14 @@ #define MBEDTLS_SSL_OUT_CONTENT_LEN MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_CONTENT_LEN #endif +/* + * Maximum number of heap-allocated bytes for the purpose of + * DTLS handshake message reassembly and future message buffering. + */ +#if !defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_MAX_BUFFERING) +#define MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_MAX_BUFFERING 32768 +#endif + /* \} name SECTION: Module settings */ /* @@ -1022,14 +1032,14 @@ struct mbedtls_ssl_context int renego_records_seen; /*!< Records since renego request, or with DTLS, number of retransmissions of request if renego_max_records is < 0 */ -#endif +#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGOTIATION */ int major_ver; /*!< equal to MBEDTLS_SSL_MAJOR_VERSION_3 */ int minor_ver; /*!< either 0 (SSL3) or 1 (TLS1.0) */ #if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_BADMAC_LIMIT) unsigned badmac_seen; /*!< records with a bad MAC received */ -#endif +#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_BADMAC_LIMIT */ mbedtls_ssl_send_t *f_send; /*!< Callback for network send */ mbedtls_ssl_recv_t *f_recv; /*!< Callback for network receive */ @@ -1085,11 +1095,11 @@ struct mbedtls_ssl_context uint16_t in_epoch; /*!< DTLS epoch for incoming records */ size_t next_record_offset; /*!< offset of the next record in datagram (equal to in_left if none) */ -#endif +#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS */ #if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_ANTI_REPLAY) uint64_t in_window_top; /*!< last validated record seq_num */ uint64_t in_window; /*!< bitmask for replay detection */ -#endif +#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_ANTI_REPLAY */ size_t in_hslen; /*!< current handshake message length, including the handshake header */ @@ -1098,6 +1108,11 @@ struct mbedtls_ssl_context int keep_current_message; /*!< drop or reuse current message on next call to record layer? */ +#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS) + uint8_t disable_datagram_packing; /*!< Disable packing multiple records + * within a single datagram. */ +#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS */ + /* * Record layer (outgoing data) */ @@ -1112,12 +1127,18 @@ struct mbedtls_ssl_context size_t out_msglen; /*!< record header: message length */ size_t out_left; /*!< amount of data not yet written */ + unsigned char cur_out_ctr[8]; /*!< Outgoing record sequence number. */ + +#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS) + uint16_t mtu; /*!< path mtu, used to fragment outgoing messages */ +#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS */ + #if defined(MBEDTLS_ZLIB_SUPPORT) unsigned char *compress_buf; /*!< zlib data buffer */ -#endif +#endif /* MBEDTLS_ZLIB_SUPPORT */ #if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_CBC_RECORD_SPLITTING) signed char split_done; /*!< current record already splitted? */ -#endif +#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_CBC_RECORD_SPLITTING */ /* * PKI layer @@ -1130,11 +1151,11 @@ struct mbedtls_ssl_context #if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C) char *hostname; /*!< expected peer CN for verification (and SNI if available) */ -#endif +#endif /* MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C */ #if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_ALPN) const char *alpn_chosen; /*!< negotiated protocol */ -#endif +#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_ALPN */ /* * Information for DTLS hello verify @@ -1142,7 +1163,7 @@ struct mbedtls_ssl_context #if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_HELLO_VERIFY) && defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C) unsigned char *cli_id; /*!< transport-level ID of the client */ size_t cli_id_len; /*!< length of cli_id */ -#endif +#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_HELLO_VERIFY && MBEDTLS_SSL_SRV_C */ /* * Secure renegotiation @@ -1154,7 +1175,7 @@ struct mbedtls_ssl_context size_t verify_data_len; /*!< length of verify data stored */ char own_verify_data[MBEDTLS_SSL_VERIFY_DATA_MAX_LEN]; /*!< previous handshake verify data */ char peer_verify_data[MBEDTLS_SSL_VERIFY_DATA_MAX_LEN]; /*!< previous handshake verify data */ -#endif +#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGOTIATION */ }; #if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_HW_RECORD_ACCEL) @@ -1374,6 +1395,52 @@ void mbedtls_ssl_set_bio( mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl, mbedtls_ssl_recv_t *f_recv, mbedtls_ssl_recv_timeout_t *f_recv_timeout ); +#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS) +/** + * \brief Set the Maximum Tranport Unit (MTU). + * Special value: 0 means unset (no limit). + * This represents the maximum size of a datagram payload + * handled by the transport layer (usually UDP) as determined + * by the network link and stack. In practice, this controls + * the maximum size datagram the DTLS layer will pass to the + * \c f_send() callback set using \c mbedtls_ssl_set_bio(). + * + * \note The limit on datagram size is converted to a limit on + * record payload by subtracting the current overhead of + * encapsulation and encryption/authentication if any. + * + * \note This can be called at any point during the connection, for + * example when a Path Maximum Transfer Unit (PMTU) + * estimate becomes available from other sources, + * such as lower (or higher) protocol layers. + * + * \note This setting only controls the size of the packets we send, + * and does not restrict the size of the datagrams we're + * willing to receive. Client-side, you can request the + * server to use smaller records with \c + * mbedtls_ssl_conf_max_frag_len(). + * + * \note If both a MTU and a maximum fragment length have been + * configured (or negotiated with the peer), the resulting + * lower limit on record payload (see first note) is used. + * + * \note This can only be used to decrease the maximum size + * of datagrams (hence records, see first note) sent. It + * cannot be used to increase the maximum size of records over + * the limit set by #MBEDTLS_SSL_OUT_CONTENT_LEN. + * + * \note Values lower than the current record layer expansion will + * result in an error when trying to send data. + * + * \note Using record compression together with a non-zero MTU value + * will result in an error when trying to send data. + * + * \param ssl SSL context + * \param mtu Value of the path MTU in bytes + */ +void mbedtls_ssl_set_mtu( mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl, uint16_t mtu ); +#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS */ + /** * \brief Set the timeout period for mbedtls_ssl_read() * (Default: no timeout.) @@ -1757,6 +1824,38 @@ void mbedtls_ssl_conf_dtls_badmac_limit( mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, unsigned limi #endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_DTLS_BADMAC_LIMIT */ #if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS) + +/** + * \brief Allow or disallow packing of multiple handshake records + * within a single datagram. + * + * \param ssl The SSL context to configure. + * \param allow_packing This determines whether datagram packing may + * be used or not. A value of \c 0 means that every + * record will be sent in a separate datagram; a + * value of \c 1 means that, if space permits, + * multiple handshake messages (including CCS) belonging to + * a single flight may be packed within a single datagram. + * + * \note This is enabled by default and should only be disabled + * for test purposes, or if datagram packing causes + * interoperability issues with peers that don't support it. + * + * \note Allowing datagram packing reduces the network load since + * there's less overhead if multiple messages share the same + * datagram. Also, it increases the handshake efficiency + * since messages belonging to a single datagram will not + * be reordered in transit, and so future message buffering + * or flight retransmission (if no buffering is used) as + * means to deal with reordering are needed less frequently. + * + * \note Application records are not affected by this option and + * are currently always sent in separate datagrams. + * + */ +void mbedtls_ssl_set_datagram_packing( mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl, + unsigned allow_packing ); + /** * \brief Set retransmit timeout values for the DTLS handshake. * (DTLS only, no effect on TLS.) @@ -1945,6 +2044,14 @@ void mbedtls_ssl_conf_ca_chain( mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, * whether it matches those preferences - the server can then * decide what it wants to do with it. * + * \note The provided \p pk_key needs to match the public key in the + * first certificate in \p own_cert, or all handshakes using + * that certificate will fail. It is your responsibility + * to ensure that; this function will not perform any check. + * You may use mbedtls_pk_check_pair() in order to perform + * this check yourself, but be aware that this function can + * be computationally expensive on some key types. + * * \param conf SSL configuration * \param own_cert own public certificate chain * \param pk_key own private key @@ -2433,6 +2540,18 @@ void mbedtls_ssl_conf_cert_req_ca_list( mbedtls_ssl_config *conf, * (Client: set maximum fragment length to emit *and* * negotiate with the server during handshake) * + * \note With TLS, this currently only affects ApplicationData (sent + * with \c mbedtls_ssl_read()), not handshake messages. + * With DTLS, this affects both ApplicationData and handshake. + * + * \note This sets the maximum length for a record's payload, + * excluding record overhead that will be added to it, see + * \c mbedtls_ssl_get_record_expansion(). + * + * \note For DTLS, it is also possible to set a limit for the total + * size of daragrams passed to the transport layer, including + * record overhead, see \c mbedtls_ssl_set_mtu(). + * * \param conf SSL configuration * \param mfl_code Code for maximum fragment length (allowed values: * MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_FRAG_LEN_512, MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_FRAG_LEN_1024, @@ -2663,13 +2782,14 @@ size_t mbedtls_ssl_get_bytes_avail( const mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl ); /** * \brief Return the result of the certificate verification * - * \param ssl SSL context + * \param ssl The SSL context to use. * - * \return 0 if successful, - * -1 if result is not available (eg because the handshake was - * aborted too early), or - * a combination of BADCERT_xxx and BADCRL_xxx flags, see - * x509.h + * \return \c 0 if the certificate verification was successful. + * \return \c -1u if the result is not available. This may happen + * e.g. if the handshake aborts early, or a verification + * callback returned a fatal error. + * \return A bitwise combination of \c MBEDTLS_X509_BADCERT_XXX + * and \c MBEDTLS_X509_BADCRL_XXX failure flags; see x509.h. */ uint32_t mbedtls_ssl_get_verify_result( const mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl ); @@ -2695,6 +2815,9 @@ const char *mbedtls_ssl_get_version( const mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl ); * \brief Return the (maximum) number of bytes added by the record * layer: header + encryption/MAC overhead (inc. padding) * + * \note This function is not available (always returns an error) + * when record compression is enabled. + * * \param ssl SSL context * * \return Current maximum record expansion in bytes, or @@ -2709,6 +2832,23 @@ int mbedtls_ssl_get_record_expansion( const mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl ); * This is the value negotiated with peer if any, * or the locally configured value. * + * \sa mbedtls_ssl_conf_max_frag_len() + * \sa mbedtls_ssl_get_max_record_payload() + * + * \param ssl SSL context + * + * \return Current maximum fragment length. + */ +size_t mbedtls_ssl_get_max_frag_len( const mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl ); +#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_FRAGMENT_LENGTH */ + +/** + * \brief Return the current maximum outgoing record payload in bytes. + * This takes into account the config.h setting \c + * MBEDTLS_SSL_OUT_CONTENT_LEN, the configured and negotiated + * max fragment length extension if used, and for DTLS the + * path MTU as configured and current record expansion. + * * \note With DTLS, \c mbedtls_ssl_write() will return an error if * called with a larger length value. * With TLS, \c mbedtls_ssl_write() will fragment the input if @@ -2716,12 +2856,19 @@ int mbedtls_ssl_get_record_expansion( const mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl ); * to the caller to call \c mbedtls_ssl_write() again in * order to send the remaining bytes if any. * + * \note This function is not available (always returns an error) + * when record compression is enabled. + * + * \sa mbedtls_ssl_set_mtu() + * \sa mbedtls_ssl_get_max_frag_len() + * \sa mbedtls_ssl_get_record_expansion() + * * \param ssl SSL context * - * \return Current maximum fragment length. + * \return Current maximum payload for an outgoing record, + * or a negative error code. */ -size_t mbedtls_ssl_get_max_frag_len( const mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl ); -#endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_FRAGMENT_LENGTH */ +int mbedtls_ssl_get_max_out_record_payload( const mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl ); #if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C) /** @@ -2776,35 +2923,50 @@ int mbedtls_ssl_get_session( const mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl, mbedtls_ssl_session * * \param ssl SSL context * - * \return 0 if successful, or - * MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ or MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_WRITE, or - * MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_HELLO_VERIFY_REQUIRED (see below), or - * a specific SSL error code. + * \return \c 0 if successful. + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ or #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_WRITE + * if the handshake is incomplete and waiting for data to + * be available for reading from or writing to the underlying + * transport - in this case you must call this function again + * when the underlying transport is ready for the operation. + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ASYNC_IN_PROGRESS if an asynchronous + * operation is in progress (see + * mbedtls_ssl_conf_async_private_cb()) - in this case you + * must call this function again when the operation is ready. + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CRYPTO_IN_PROGRESS if a cryptographic + * operation is in progress (see mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops()) - + * in this case you must call this function again to complete + * the handshake when you're done attending other tasks. + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_HELLO_VERIFY_REQUIRED if DTLS is in use + * and the client did not demonstrate reachability yet - in + * this case you must stop using the context (see below). + * \return Another SSL error code - in this case you must stop using + * the context (see below). + * + * \warning If this function returns something other than + * \c 0, + * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ, + * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_WRITE, + * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ASYNC_IN_PROGRESS or + * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CRYPTO_IN_PROGRESS, + * you must stop using the SSL context for reading or writing, + * and either free it or call \c mbedtls_ssl_session_reset() + * on it before re-using it for a new connection; the current + * connection must be closed. * - * If this function returns MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ, the - * handshake is unfinished and no further data is available - * from the underlying transport. In this case, you must call - * the function again at some later stage. + * \note If DTLS is in use, then you may choose to handle + * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_HELLO_VERIFY_REQUIRED specially for logging + * purposes, as it is an expected return value rather than an + * actual error, but you still need to reset/free the context. * * \note Remarks regarding event-driven DTLS: - * If the function returns MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ, no datagram + * If the function returns #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ, no datagram * from the underlying transport layer is currently being processed, * and it is safe to idle until the timer or the underlying transport * signal a new event. This is not true for a successful handshake, * in which case the datagram of the underlying transport that is * currently being processed might or might not contain further * DTLS records. - * - * \note If this function returns something other than 0 or - * MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ/WRITE, you must stop using - * the SSL context for reading or writing, and either free it or - * call \c mbedtls_ssl_session_reset() on it before re-using it - * for a new connection; the current connection must be closed. - * - * \note If DTLS is in use, then you may choose to handle - * MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_HELLO_VERIFY_REQUIRED specially for logging - * purposes, as it is an expected return value rather than an - * actual error, but you still need to reset/free the context. */ int mbedtls_ssl_handshake( mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl ); @@ -2812,20 +2974,21 @@ int mbedtls_ssl_handshake( mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl ); * \brief Perform a single step of the SSL handshake * * \note The state of the context (ssl->state) will be at - * the next state after execution of this function. Do not + * the next state after this function returns \c 0. Do not * call this function if state is MBEDTLS_SSL_HANDSHAKE_OVER. * - * \note If this function returns something other than 0 or - * MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ/WRITE, you must stop using - * the SSL context for reading or writing, and either free it or - * call \c mbedtls_ssl_session_reset() on it before re-using it - * for a new connection; the current connection must be closed. - * * \param ssl SSL context * - * \return 0 if successful, or - * MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ or MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_WRITE, or - * a specific SSL error code. + * \return See mbedtls_ssl_handshake(). + * + * \warning If this function returns something other than \c 0, + * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ, #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_WRITE, + * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ASYNC_IN_PROGRESS or + * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CRYPTO_IN_PROGRESS, you must stop using + * the SSL context for reading or writing, and either free it + * or call \c mbedtls_ssl_session_reset() on it before + * re-using it for a new connection; the current connection + * must be closed. */ int mbedtls_ssl_handshake_step( mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl ); @@ -2840,13 +3003,18 @@ int mbedtls_ssl_handshake_step( mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl ); * \param ssl SSL context * * \return 0 if successful, or any mbedtls_ssl_handshake() return - * value. + * value except #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CLIENT_RECONNECT that can't + * happen during a renegotiation. + * + * \warning If this function returns something other than \c 0, + * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ, #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_WRITE, + * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ASYNC_IN_PROGRESS or + * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CRYPTO_IN_PROGRESS, you must stop using + * the SSL context for reading or writing, and either free it + * or call \c mbedtls_ssl_session_reset() on it before + * re-using it for a new connection; the current connection + * must be closed. * - * \note If this function returns something other than 0 or - * MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ/WRITE, you must stop using - * the SSL context for reading or writing, and either free it or - * call \c mbedtls_ssl_session_reset() on it before re-using it - * for a new connection; the current connection must be closed. */ int mbedtls_ssl_renegotiate( mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl ); #endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGOTIATION */ @@ -2858,42 +3026,56 @@ int mbedtls_ssl_renegotiate( mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl ); * \param buf buffer that will hold the data * \param len maximum number of bytes to read * - * \return One of the following: - * - 0 if the read end of the underlying transport was closed, - * - the (positive) number of bytes read, or - * - a negative error code on failure. - * - * If MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ is returned, no application data - * is available from the underlying transport. In this case, - * the function needs to be called again at some later stage. - * - * If MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_WRITE is returned, a write is pending - * but the underlying transport isn't available for writing. In this - * case, the function needs to be called again at some later stage. + * \return The (positive) number of bytes read if successful. + * \return \c 0 if the read end of the underlying transport was closed + * - in this case you must stop using the context (see below). + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ or #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_WRITE + * if the handshake is incomplete and waiting for data to + * be available for reading from or writing to the underlying + * transport - in this case you must call this function again + * when the underlying transport is ready for the operation. + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ASYNC_IN_PROGRESS if an asynchronous + * operation is in progress (see + * mbedtls_ssl_conf_async_private_cb()) - in this case you + * must call this function again when the operation is ready. + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CRYPTO_IN_PROGRESS if a cryptographic + * operation is in progress (see mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops()) - + * in this case you must call this function again to complete + * the handshake when you're done attending other tasks. + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CLIENT_RECONNECT if we're at the server + * side of a DTLS connection and the client is initiating a + * new connection using the same source port. See below. + * \return Another SSL error code - in this case you must stop using + * the context (see below). + * + * \warning If this function returns something other than + * a positive value, + * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ, + * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_WRITE, + * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ASYNC_IN_PROGRESS, + * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CRYPTO_IN_PROGRESS or + * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CLIENT_RECONNECT, + * you must stop using the SSL context for reading or writing, + * and either free it or call \c mbedtls_ssl_session_reset() + * on it before re-using it for a new connection; the current + * connection must be closed. * - * When this function return MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CLIENT_RECONNECT + * \note When this function returns #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CLIENT_RECONNECT * (which can only happen server-side), it means that a client * is initiating a new connection using the same source port. * You can either treat that as a connection close and wait * for the client to resend a ClientHello, or directly * continue with \c mbedtls_ssl_handshake() with the same - * context (as it has beeen reset internally). Either way, you - * should make sure this is seen by the application as a new + * context (as it has been reset internally). Either way, you + * must make sure this is seen by the application as a new * connection: application state, if any, should be reset, and * most importantly the identity of the client must be checked * again. WARNING: not validating the identity of the client * again, or not transmitting the new identity to the * application layer, would allow authentication bypass! * - * \note If this function returns something other than a positive value - * or MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ/WRITE or MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CLIENT_RECONNECT, - * you must stop using the SSL context for reading or writing, - * and either free it or call \c mbedtls_ssl_session_reset() on it - * before re-using it for a new connection; the current connection - * must be closed. - * * \note Remarks regarding event-driven DTLS: - * - If the function returns MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ, no datagram + * - If the function returns #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ, no datagram * from the underlying transport layer is currently being processed, * and it is safe to idle until the timer or the underlying transport * signal a new event. @@ -2922,21 +3104,39 @@ int mbedtls_ssl_read( mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl, unsigned char *buf, size_t len ) * \param buf buffer holding the data * \param len how many bytes must be written * - * \return the number of bytes actually written (may be less than len), - * or MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_WRITE or MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ, - * or another negative error code. - * - * \note If this function returns something other than 0, a positive - * value or MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ/WRITE, you must stop - * using the SSL context for reading or writing, and either - * free it or call \c mbedtls_ssl_session_reset() on it before - * re-using it for a new connection; the current connection - * must be closed. + * \return The (non-negative) number of bytes actually written if + * successful (may be less than \p len). + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ or #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_WRITE + * if the handshake is incomplete and waiting for data to + * be available for reading from or writing to the underlying + * transport - in this case you must call this function again + * when the underlying transport is ready for the operation. + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ASYNC_IN_PROGRESS if an asynchronous + * operation is in progress (see + * mbedtls_ssl_conf_async_private_cb()) - in this case you + * must call this function again when the operation is ready. + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CRYPTO_IN_PROGRESS if a cryptographic + * operation is in progress (see mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops()) - + * in this case you must call this function again to complete + * the handshake when you're done attending other tasks. + * \return Another SSL error code - in this case you must stop using + * the context (see below). + * + * \warning If this function returns something other than + * a non-negative value, + * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_READ, + * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_WRITE, + * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_ASYNC_IN_PROGRESS or + * #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_CRYPTO_IN_PROGRESS, + * you must stop using the SSL context for reading or writing, + * and either free it or call \c mbedtls_ssl_session_reset() + * on it before re-using it for a new connection; the current + * connection must be closed. * - * \note When this function returns MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_WRITE/READ, + * \note When this function returns #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_WRITE/READ, * it must be called later with the *same* arguments, * until it returns a value greater that or equal to 0. When - * the function returns MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_WRITE there may be + * the function returns #MBEDTLS_ERR_SSL_WANT_WRITE there may be * some partial data in the output buffer, however this is not * yet sent. * diff --git a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ssl_cookie.h b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ssl_cookie.h index 80b65bbbb9..6a0ad4fa96 100644 --- a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ssl_cookie.h +++ b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ssl_cookie.h @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ extern "C" { /** * \brief Context for the default cookie functions. */ -typedef struct +typedef struct mbedtls_ssl_cookie_ctx { mbedtls_md_context_t hmac_ctx; /*!< context for the HMAC portion */ #if !defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME) diff --git a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ssl_internal.h b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ssl_internal.h index d214703d77..97abb9f90b 100644 --- a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ssl_internal.h +++ b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ssl_internal.h @@ -93,6 +93,14 @@ #endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_1 */ #endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_2 */ +/* Shorthand for restartable ECC */ +#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE) && \ + defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_CLI_C) && \ + defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_TLS1_2) && \ + defined(MBEDTLS_KEY_EXCHANGE_ECDHE_ECDSA_ENABLED) +#define MBEDTLS_SSL__ECP_RESTARTABLE +#endif + #define MBEDTLS_SSL_INITIAL_HANDSHAKE 0 #define MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGOTIATION_IN_PROGRESS 1 /* In progress */ #define MBEDTLS_SSL_RENEGOTIATION_DONE 2 /* Done or aborted */ @@ -155,6 +163,9 @@ #define MBEDTLS_SSL_OUT_PAYLOAD_LEN ( MBEDTLS_SSL_PAYLOAD_OVERHEAD + \ ( MBEDTLS_SSL_OUT_CONTENT_LEN ) ) +/* The maximum number of buffered handshake messages. */ +#define MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_BUFFERED_HS 4 + /* Maximum length we can advertise as our max content length for RFC 6066 max_fragment_length extension negotiation purposes (the lesser of both sizes, if they are unequal.) @@ -284,7 +295,18 @@ struct mbedtls_ssl_handshake_params mbedtls_x509_crl *sni_ca_crl; /*!< trusted CAs CRLs from SNI */ #endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_SERVER_NAME_INDICATION */ #endif /* MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C */ - +#if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL__ECP_RESTARTABLE) + int ecrs_enabled; /*!< Handshake supports EC restart? */ + mbedtls_x509_crt_restart_ctx ecrs_ctx; /*!< restart context */ + enum { /* this complements ssl->state with info on intra-state operations */ + ssl_ecrs_none = 0, /*!< nothing going on (yet) */ + ssl_ecrs_crt_verify, /*!< Certificate: crt_verify() */ + ssl_ecrs_ske_start_processing, /*!< ServerKeyExchange: pk_verify() */ + ssl_ecrs_cke_ecdh_calc_secret, /*!< ClientKeyExchange: ECDH step 2 */ + ssl_ecrs_crt_vrfy_sign, /*!< CertificateVerify: pk_sign() */ + } ecrs_state; /*!< current (or last) operation */ + size_t ecrs_n; /*!< place for saving a length */ +#endif #if defined(MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS) unsigned int out_msg_seq; /*!< Outgoing handshake sequence number */ unsigned int in_msg_seq; /*!< Incoming handshake sequence number */ @@ -294,18 +316,45 @@ struct mbedtls_ssl_handshake_params unsigned char verify_cookie_len; /*!< Cli: cookie length Srv: flag for sending a cookie */ - unsigned char *hs_msg; /*!< Reassembled handshake message */ - uint32_t retransmit_timeout; /*!< Current value of timeout */ unsigned char retransmit_state; /*!< Retransmission state */ - mbedtls_ssl_flight_item *flight; /*!< Current outgoing flight */ - mbedtls_ssl_flight_item *cur_msg; /*!< Current message in flight */ + mbedtls_ssl_flight_item *flight; /*!< Current outgoing flight */ + mbedtls_ssl_flight_item *cur_msg; /*!< Current message in flight */ + unsigned char *cur_msg_p; /*!< Position in current message */ unsigned int in_flight_start_seq; /*!< Minimum message sequence in the flight being received */ mbedtls_ssl_transform *alt_transform_out; /*!< Alternative transform for resending messages */ unsigned char alt_out_ctr[8]; /*!< Alternative record epoch/counter for resending messages */ + + struct + { + size_t total_bytes_buffered; /*!< Cumulative size of heap allocated + * buffers used for message buffering. */ + + uint8_t seen_ccs; /*!< Indicates if a CCS message has + * been seen in the current flight. */ + + struct mbedtls_ssl_hs_buffer + { + unsigned is_valid : 1; + unsigned is_fragmented : 1; + unsigned is_complete : 1; + unsigned char *data; + size_t data_len; + } hs[MBEDTLS_SSL_MAX_BUFFERED_HS]; + + struct + { + unsigned char *data; + size_t len; + unsigned epoch; + } future_record; + + } buffering; + + uint16_t mtu; /*!< Handshake mtu, used to fragment outgoing messages */ #endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_PROTO_DTLS */ /* @@ -364,6 +413,8 @@ struct mbedtls_ssl_handshake_params #endif /* MBEDTLS_SSL_ASYNC_PRIVATE */ }; +typedef struct mbedtls_ssl_hs_buffer mbedtls_ssl_hs_buffer; + /* * This structure contains a full set of runtime transform parameters * either in negotiation or active. @@ -478,7 +529,6 @@ int mbedtls_ssl_send_fatal_handshake_failure( mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl ); void mbedtls_ssl_reset_checksum( mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl ); int mbedtls_ssl_derive_keys( mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl ); -int mbedtls_ssl_read_record_layer( mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl ); int mbedtls_ssl_handle_message_type( mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl ); int mbedtls_ssl_prepare_handshake_record( mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl ); void mbedtls_ssl_update_handshake_status( mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl ); @@ -490,7 +540,10 @@ void mbedtls_ssl_update_handshake_status( mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl ); * of the logic of (D)TLS from the implementation * of the secure transport. * - * \param ssl SSL context to use + * \param ssl The SSL context to use. + * \param update_hs_digest This indicates if the handshake digest + * should be automatically updated in case + * a handshake message is found. * * \return 0 or non-zero error code. * @@ -556,10 +609,12 @@ void mbedtls_ssl_update_handshake_status( mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl ); * following the above definition. * */ -int mbedtls_ssl_read_record( mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl ); +int mbedtls_ssl_read_record( mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl, + unsigned update_hs_digest ); int mbedtls_ssl_fetch_input( mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl, size_t nb_want ); -int mbedtls_ssl_write_record( mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl ); +int mbedtls_ssl_write_handshake_msg( mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl ); +int mbedtls_ssl_write_record( mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl, uint8_t force_flush ); int mbedtls_ssl_flush_output( mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl ); int mbedtls_ssl_parse_certificate( mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl ); @@ -668,6 +723,7 @@ static inline size_t mbedtls_ssl_hs_hdr_len( const mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl ) void mbedtls_ssl_send_flight_completed( mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl ); void mbedtls_ssl_recv_flight_completed( mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl ); int mbedtls_ssl_resend( mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl ); +int mbedtls_ssl_flight_transmit( mbedtls_ssl_context *ssl ); #endif /* Visible for testing purposes only */ diff --git a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ssl_ticket.h b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ssl_ticket.h index 93ad46ac9c..b2686df09f 100644 --- a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ssl_ticket.h +++ b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/ssl_ticket.h @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ extern "C" { /** * \brief Information for session ticket protection */ -typedef struct +typedef struct mbedtls_ssl_ticket_key { unsigned char name[4]; /*!< random key identifier */ uint32_t generation_time; /*!< key generation timestamp (seconds) */ @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ mbedtls_ssl_ticket_key; /** * \brief Context for session ticket handling functions */ -typedef struct +typedef struct mbedtls_ssl_ticket_context { mbedtls_ssl_ticket_key keys[2]; /*!< ticket protection keys */ unsigned char active; /*!< index of the currently active key */ diff --git a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/threading.h b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/threading.h index c25daa5cdf..92e6e6b987 100644 --- a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/threading.h +++ b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/threading.h @@ -36,13 +36,16 @@ extern "C" { #endif +/* MBEDTLS_ERR_THREADING_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE is deprecated and should not be + * used. */ #define MBEDTLS_ERR_THREADING_FEATURE_UNAVAILABLE -0x001A /**< The selected feature is not available. */ + #define MBEDTLS_ERR_THREADING_BAD_INPUT_DATA -0x001C /**< Bad input parameters to function. */ #define MBEDTLS_ERR_THREADING_MUTEX_ERROR -0x001E /**< Locking / unlocking / free failed with error code. */ #if defined(MBEDTLS_THREADING_PTHREAD) #include <pthread.h> -typedef struct +typedef struct mbedtls_threading_mutex_t { pthread_mutex_t mutex; char is_valid; @@ -99,6 +102,17 @@ extern int (*mbedtls_mutex_unlock)( mbedtls_threading_mutex_t *mutex ); #if defined(MBEDTLS_FS_IO) extern mbedtls_threading_mutex_t mbedtls_threading_readdir_mutex; #endif + +#if defined(MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME_DATE) && !defined(MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_GMTIME_R_ALT) +/* This mutex may or may not be used in the default definition of + * mbedtls_platform_gmtime_r(), but in order to determine that, + * we need to check POSIX features, hence modify _POSIX_C_SOURCE. + * With the current approach, this declaration is orphaned, lacking + * an accompanying definition, in case mbedtls_platform_gmtime_r() + * doesn't need it, but that's not a problem. */ +extern mbedtls_threading_mutex_t mbedtls_threading_gmtime_mutex; +#endif /* MBEDTLS_HAVE_TIME_DATE && !MBEDTLS_PLATFORM_GMTIME_R_ALT */ + #endif /* MBEDTLS_THREADING_C */ #ifdef __cplusplus diff --git a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/timing.h b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/timing.h index bbcb90688a..a965fe0d35 100644 --- a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/timing.h +++ b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/timing.h @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ struct mbedtls_timing_hr_time /** * \brief Context for mbedtls_timing_set/get_delay() */ -typedef struct +typedef struct mbedtls_timing_delay_context { struct mbedtls_timing_hr_time timer; uint32_t int_ms; diff --git a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/version.h b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/version.h index eaf25d908c..56e7398a2a 100644 --- a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/version.h +++ b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/version.h @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ * Major, Minor, Patchlevel */ #define MBEDTLS_VERSION_MAJOR 2 -#define MBEDTLS_VERSION_MINOR 12 +#define MBEDTLS_VERSION_MINOR 16 #define MBEDTLS_VERSION_PATCH 0 /** @@ -47,9 +47,9 @@ * MMNNPP00 * Major version | Minor version | Patch version */ -#define MBEDTLS_VERSION_NUMBER 0x020C0000 -#define MBEDTLS_VERSION_STRING "2.12.0" -#define MBEDTLS_VERSION_STRING_FULL "mbed TLS 2.12.0" +#define MBEDTLS_VERSION_NUMBER 0x02100000 +#define MBEDTLS_VERSION_STRING "2.16.0" +#define MBEDTLS_VERSION_STRING_FULL "mbed TLS 2.16.0" #if defined(MBEDTLS_VERSION_C) diff --git a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/x509_crt.h b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/x509_crt.h index ac23cffe84..3dd5922486 100644 --- a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/x509_crt.h +++ b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/x509_crt.h @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ mbedtls_x509_crt; * * All lists are bitfields, built by ORing flags from MBEDTLS_X509_ID_FLAG(). */ -typedef struct +typedef struct mbedtls_x509_crt_profile { uint32_t allowed_mds; /**< MDs for signatures */ uint32_t allowed_pks; /**< PK algs for signatures */ @@ -143,6 +143,63 @@ typedef struct mbedtls_x509write_cert } mbedtls_x509write_cert; +/** + * Item in a verification chain: cert and flags for it + */ +typedef struct { + mbedtls_x509_crt *crt; + uint32_t flags; +} mbedtls_x509_crt_verify_chain_item; + +/** + * Max size of verification chain: end-entity + intermediates + trusted root + */ +#define MBEDTLS_X509_MAX_VERIFY_CHAIN_SIZE ( MBEDTLS_X509_MAX_INTERMEDIATE_CA + 2 ) + +/** + * Verification chain as built by \c mbedtls_crt_verify_chain() + */ +typedef struct +{ + mbedtls_x509_crt_verify_chain_item items[MBEDTLS_X509_MAX_VERIFY_CHAIN_SIZE]; + unsigned len; +} mbedtls_x509_crt_verify_chain; + +#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C) && defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE) + +/** + * \brief Context for resuming X.509 verify operations + */ +typedef struct +{ + /* for check_signature() */ + mbedtls_pk_restart_ctx pk; + + /* for find_parent_in() */ + mbedtls_x509_crt *parent; /* non-null iff parent_in in progress */ + mbedtls_x509_crt *fallback_parent; + int fallback_signature_is_good; + + /* for find_parent() */ + int parent_is_trusted; /* -1 if find_parent is not in progress */ + + /* for verify_chain() */ + enum { + x509_crt_rs_none, + x509_crt_rs_find_parent, + } in_progress; /* none if no operation is in progress */ + int self_cnt; + mbedtls_x509_crt_verify_chain ver_chain; + +} mbedtls_x509_crt_restart_ctx; + +#else /* MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C && MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE */ + +/* Now we can declare functions that take a pointer to that */ +typedef void mbedtls_x509_crt_restart_ctx; + +#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C && MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE */ + #if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C) /** * Default security profile. Should provide a good balance between security @@ -175,19 +232,34 @@ int mbedtls_x509_crt_parse_der( mbedtls_x509_crt *chain, const unsigned char *bu size_t buflen ); /** - * \brief Parse one or more certificates and add them - * to the chained list. Parses permissively. If some - * certificates can be parsed, the result is the number - * of failed certificates it encountered. If none complete - * correctly, the first error is returned. + * \brief Parse one DER-encoded or one or more concatenated PEM-encoded + * certificates and add them to the chained list. * - * \param chain points to the start of the chain - * \param buf buffer holding the certificate data in PEM or DER format - * \param buflen size of the buffer - * (including the terminating null byte for PEM data) + * For CRTs in PEM encoding, the function parses permissively: + * if at least one certificate can be parsed, the function + * returns the number of certificates for which parsing failed + * (hence \c 0 if all certificates were parsed successfully). + * If no certificate could be parsed, the function returns + * the first (negative) error encountered during parsing. + * + * PEM encoded certificates may be interleaved by other data + * such as human readable descriptions of their content, as + * long as the certificates are enclosed in the PEM specific + * '-----{BEGIN/END} CERTIFICATE-----' delimiters. + * + * \param chain The chain to which to add the parsed certificates. + * \param buf The buffer holding the certificate data in PEM or DER format. + * For certificates in PEM encoding, this may be a concatenation + * of multiple certificates; for DER encoding, the buffer must + * comprise exactly one certificate. + * \param buflen The size of \p buf, including the terminating \c NULL byte + * in case of PEM encoded data. + * + * \return \c 0 if all certificates were parsed successfully. + * \return The (positive) number of certificates that couldn't + * be parsed if parsing was partly successful (see above). + * \return A negative X509 or PEM error code otherwise. * - * \return 0 if all certificates parsed successfully, a positive number - * if partly successful or a specific X509 or PEM error code */ int mbedtls_x509_crt_parse( mbedtls_x509_crt *chain, const unsigned char *buf, size_t buflen ); @@ -353,6 +425,37 @@ int mbedtls_x509_crt_verify_with_profile( mbedtls_x509_crt *crt, int (*f_vrfy)(void *, mbedtls_x509_crt *, int, uint32_t *), void *p_vrfy ); +/** + * \brief Restartable version of \c mbedtls_crt_verify_with_profile() + * + * \note Performs the same job as \c mbedtls_crt_verify_with_profile() + * but can return early and restart according to the limit + * set with \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops() to reduce blocking. + * + * \param crt a certificate (chain) to be verified + * \param trust_ca the list of trusted CAs + * \param ca_crl the list of CRLs for trusted CAs + * \param profile security profile for verification + * \param cn expected Common Name (can be set to + * NULL if the CN must not be verified) + * \param flags result of the verification + * \param f_vrfy verification function + * \param p_vrfy verification parameter + * \param rs_ctx restart context (NULL to disable restart) + * + * \return See \c mbedtls_crt_verify_with_profile(), or + * \return #MBEDTLS_ERR_ECP_IN_PROGRESS if maximum number of + * operations was reached: see \c mbedtls_ecp_set_max_ops(). + */ +int mbedtls_x509_crt_verify_restartable( mbedtls_x509_crt *crt, + mbedtls_x509_crt *trust_ca, + mbedtls_x509_crl *ca_crl, + const mbedtls_x509_crt_profile *profile, + const char *cn, uint32_t *flags, + int (*f_vrfy)(void *, mbedtls_x509_crt *, int, uint32_t *), + void *p_vrfy, + mbedtls_x509_crt_restart_ctx *rs_ctx ); + #if defined(MBEDTLS_X509_CHECK_KEY_USAGE) /** * \brief Check usage of certificate against keyUsage extension. @@ -424,6 +527,18 @@ void mbedtls_x509_crt_init( mbedtls_x509_crt *crt ); * \param crt Certificate chain to free */ void mbedtls_x509_crt_free( mbedtls_x509_crt *crt ); + +#if defined(MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C) && defined(MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE) +/** + * \brief Initialize a restart context + */ +void mbedtls_x509_crt_restart_init( mbedtls_x509_crt_restart_ctx *ctx ); + +/** + * \brief Free the components of a restart context + */ +void mbedtls_x509_crt_restart_free( mbedtls_x509_crt_restart_ctx *ctx ); +#endif /* MBEDTLS_ECDSA_C && MBEDTLS_ECP_RESTARTABLE */ #endif /* MBEDTLS_X509_CRT_PARSE_C */ /* \} name */ diff --git a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/xtea.h b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/xtea.h index 8df708a3a5..6430c1318a 100644 --- a/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/xtea.h +++ b/thirdparty/mbedtls/include/mbedtls/xtea.h @@ -37,6 +37,8 @@ #define MBEDTLS_XTEA_DECRYPT 0 #define MBEDTLS_ERR_XTEA_INVALID_INPUT_LENGTH -0x0028 /**< The data input has an invalid length. */ + +/* MBEDTLS_ERR_XTEA_HW_ACCEL_FAILED is deprecated and should not be used. */ #define MBEDTLS_ERR_XTEA_HW_ACCEL_FAILED -0x0029 /**< XTEA hardware accelerator failed. */ #ifdef __cplusplus @@ -50,7 +52,7 @@ extern "C" { /** * \brief XTEA context structure */ -typedef struct +typedef struct mbedtls_xtea_context { uint32_t k[4]; /*!< key */ } |